Home

Lexmark C750 Service Manual (5060-00x)

1. Cyan Drive Lift Brush LET PHA QUT Motor Assembly LIEF PHA OUTE z Motor 5x5 2418 3 a alela s 5 29 12121215 B EE ES SE lolo 54 52122268 28 2 HBEBHEERHESERE EF gg osa EE ITU Drive BIN FULL IN 222258 FREE 9555555585588 522 23 Motor Assembly 55828 1151 86018058 88355 95 g 88 85 3355 88 48 mes BEBO 244325 os o sio 88 EEBEBE
2. Alignment Press Menu until Print Tests is displayed and press Select Select Print Line Length Calibration There are six alignment groups A through F eed i H TUNER 7 E L wear ims ae H SOT Te Ta TTA E 10864202 4 6 8 10 E See Print Line Len page on appendix page B 14 for a color sample A color band is visible through the black bars Locate the center of the color band and determine the value 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 If all the color bands for cyan magenta and yellow on all six groups A through F are centered between 2 and 2 you are done Ifthe center is located outside the area between 2 and 2 you need to calculate the appropriate alignment adjustment for that color Continue to the next step Calculate the Alignment Group values Alignment Group Adjustment Calculation s A dT A B B C D 3 dT A B B C D 3 dZ B C 2 D dT A B B C D 3 dL E F 6 dL E F 6 dR F 6 See Electronic color alignment on page 4 60 After completing calculations for the col
3. Connector am Signal J23 Power 1 Ground Connector 2 Ground 3 Ground 417 J13 5 Ground Ethernet NNW 6 Ground NW 7 Ground 8 Ground 9 3 V dc Sense 10 3 3 V dc A 11 3 3 V dc 2 4 12 43 3 V dc re 9 13 5Vde 2 E 14 5 V dc E 15 45V dc 16 24 V dc Fuser J24 Engine to RIP 1 ITU Zone CLk Connector 2 ITU Zone HB 3 RIPPRES N 4 Ground 5 HSYNCN 6 HSYNCN 7 HSYNCN Y 8 HSYNCN C 9 Ground 10 VSYNCN K 11 VSYNCN M 12 VSYNCN C 13 VSYNCN Y 14 OP IRQ R 15 OWL PIO NOTIFY R 16 Ground iH ORE 17 OP I2DATAR 18 OPI2CLKR 5 18 Service Manual 5060 00 Transfer high voltage power supply HVPS 99 Black Transfer Cable 1 ITU to Black Contact Black Band _ Cyan Transfer Cable 2 ITU to Cyan Contact Cyan Band Yellow Transfer Cable ITU to Yellow Contact Yellow Band Magenta Transfer Cable ITU to Magenta Contact To J71 on Engine Board Magenta Band
4. Connector Signal no RIP Board Power 1 Ground Return 3 3 V dc rtn 5 1 8 2 Ground Return Dh 43 3 V dc 61611616 9116161611616 AAMAS 563 9 83 GO 8 3 Ground Return 43 3 V dc rtn 10 6 LVPS to LVPS to 4 Ground Return Engine Board RIP Board 3 3 V de rin To J9 To J23 5 Ground Return 5 V dc rtn 6 Ground Return 5 V dc rtn 7 Ground Return 5 V dc rtn 8 Ground Return 24 V dc rtn 9 3 3 V dc Sense 10 3 3 V dc 11 3 3 V dc 12 3 3 V dc 13 5 V dc 14 5 V dc 15 5 V dc 16 24 V dc Engine Board 1 3 3 V dc Power 2 5 V dc 3 5 V dc 4 24 V dc 5 24 V dc 6 Ground 7 Ground 8 Ground 9 Ground 10 Ground 5 22 Service Manual 5060 00 Connector Pn Signal EXITSENSORIN BURCam1 N C WebEncoderA WebEncoderB HRThermistor BURThermistor Ground 5 V dc switched ZEROXINGIN Heat On 1 HR Heat On 2x BUR Engine board cable LVPS to 1 1 8 J10 fuser connector s 2 eje Do 10 26 6 9 LVPS to LVPS to Engine Board RIP Board 9 23 TOYO Ho
5. 2nd Transfer Cable 5 to 2nd Transfer Gray Band Transfer HVPS Connector Pin no Signal CN1 HVPS Input Connector 24 V dc 24 V dc Return M Txpwm M Srvo out Y Txpwm Y Srvo out C Txpwm C Srvo out CO om BY K Txpwm K Srvo out KCYM Txenable Connector locations 5 19 5060 00 Connector Pin no Signal CN1 HVPS Input Connector 12 I Txpwm continued 13 Srvo out 14 1 15 l Txenable T102 Transformer HV Terminal 1 HV Transformer output to 2nd Transfer Roll Cable ITU T201 Transformer HV Terminal K 1 HV Transformer Output Terminal to Black Transfer Black Cable T301 Transformer HV Terminal C 1 HV Transformer Output Terminal to Cyan Transfer Cyan Cable T401 Transformer HV Terminal Y 1 HV Transformer Output Terminal to Yellow Transfer Yellow Cable T501 Transformer HV Terminal M 1 HV Transformer Output Terminal to Magenta Magenta Transfer Cable 5 20 Service Manual Developer high voltage power supply HVPS board Developer HVPS CB Cleaner Bias Terminal
6. 18 Finisher alignment hmmm rnm cee cee oe ee 22 Duplex option deflector button A 29 Appendix B Print quality B 1 Print Menus Page B 1 Print Mens Page WO O WWO E a ee hee a B 2 515 2 2 eee S 3 Print Quality Pages Title page total B 4 Print Quality Pages total 443 39 denis cai d cds ce apo B 6 Print Quality Pages Page 2 total of IVE PIA B 7 Print Quality 9 lotal ol IVe 8 Print Quality Pages Page 4 total of five B 9 Registration 10 des 10 Alignment test Paves 11 Printhead alignment test pages magenta one of three B 11 Printhead alignment test page yellow two of three B 12 Printhead alignm
7. 7 71 56P0343 Punch timing sensor OJ 541 A5 7 71 56P0344 Inverter timing sensor OJ511K A5 7 73 56P0345 Punch motor homing sensor GP1A73A 7 71 56P0346 Chad box full sensor EE SPY415 7 73 56P0346 Exit timing sensor EE SPY415 7 71 56P0347 Inverter jam tray near full output tray offset sensor EE SX1235A P2 7 71 56P0347 Jogger fence homing sensor EE SX460 P1 CHN 7 73 56P0348 Drop timing sensor OS 535223 602 7 73 56P0349 Accumulator homing sensor OS 311D A5 7 73 56P0350 Paper surface sensor EE SX460 P1 CHN 7 71 56P0351 Cover open switch 7 73 56P0352 Printer docking switch SS 5FL 3T 10E 7 71 56P0354 Bracket finisher alignment 7 71 56P0355 Guide vertical paper 7
8. 7 69 56 1295 ITU assembly 7 25 56P1431 MarkNet X2011e Ethernet 10 100 BaseTX 1 port 7 76 56P1432 MarkNet X2012e Ethernet 10 100 BaseTX 10 Base2 1 port 7 76 56P1433 MarkNet X2031e Ethernet 10 100 Base port 7 76 56P1434 MarkNet X2030e Token Ring 3 port 7 76 56P1461 Card assembly ImageQuick 7 76 56P 1495 Parts packet ITU loading yellow 7 29 56P 1496 Parts packet ITU loading 7 29 56P 1497 Parts packet ITU loading magenta 7 29 56P 1498 Parts packet ITU loading black 7 29 56P1502 Cable assembly HVPS control transfer 7 47 56P1502 Cable HVPS control transfer 7 46 56P 1504 Active restraint pad 7 23 7 59 56P1561 Cartridge contact assembly complete black
9. 7 21 12G6347 Front hold down bellcrank 7 3 12G6349 Cable fuser and yellow cartridge motor 7 43 12G6350 Cable and magenta cartridge drive motors 7 43 12G6350 Cable cyan and magenta cartridge motor 7 43 12G6353 Cartridge support roller 7 29 1206354 Rib housing 7 21 1206355 Redrive door 7 16 12G6356 Door assembly lower right 7 16 12G6356 Lower right door assembly 7 3 12G6357 Front cover assembly 7 3 1206358 Fuser bottom duct 7 5 12G6360 Fuser wall duct 7 5 12G6361 Cable attached to RIP fan 7 43 1206361 RIP 7 41 12G6376 Rear hold down spring
10. 7 31 12G6376 Spring rear hold down 7 3 12G6377 Rear hold down bellcrank 7 31 12G6380 Machine pad 7 3 7 57 1206382 Cable attached to main fan 7 43 1266382 Fuser fan 7 41 12G6383 Fuser latch slide 7 5 12G6384 Fuser latch slide spring 7 5 1206385 58 Gear 7 27 12G6386 Duplex actuator arm 7 5 12G6387 Cable ground 7 43 7 45 12G6387 Ground cable 7 5 12G6387 Ground strap 7 39 12G6388 Front lower left cover 7 3 12G6389 Top front support bracket 7 3 12G6390 Rear cover
11. 7 35 56P0161 RS 232 C serial parallel 1284 C adapter 7 76 56P0162 Adapter parallel 1284 7 76 56P0167 Anchor bracket mounting 7 16 56P0167 Parts packet screw 7 49 7 51 56P0168 Drive assembly 500 option 2 7 57 56P0169 Plate 500 support assembly 7 57 56P0174 Cable assembly 2nd transfer voltage 7 46 56P0310 Cable signature button attached to black HV contact assembly 7 45 56P0310 Cable signature button attached to cyan HV contact assembly 7 45 56P0310 Cable signature button attached to magenta HV contact assembly 7 45 56P0310 Cable signature button attached to yellow HV contact assembly 7 45 56P0310 Cartridge contact assembly complete 7 31 56P0310 Cartridge contact assembly complete cyan magenta yellow 7 47 56P0311 Cable ITU autoconnect
12. 1 4 12G6514 Fuser assembly web oiler 115V 500W 7 11 12G6515 220 V web oiler fuser 1 4 6 4 12G6515 220 V web oiler upgrade kit 1 4 12G6515 Fuser assembly web oiler 220V 500W 7 11 12G6516 Fuser lamp 100V 500W hot roll 7 9 12G6517 Fuser lamp 100V 400W backup roll 7 9 12G6529 Screws fuser fan mounting 7 41 12G6530 Parts packet screw 7 3 7 16 7 33 7 38 12G6530 Parts packet screw type 324 7 77 12G6530 Parts packet screws 7 41 12G6531 Parts packet screw 7 39 12G6531 Parts packet screw type 232 7 77 12G6531 Parts packet Screw paper size sensing assembly mounting 7 18 12G6532 Parts packet Screw 7 3 7 7 12G6532 Parts packet
13. 7 76 99A0560 Tri Port Adapter LocalTalk serial infrared 7 76 99A0572 Parts packet shaft bearing 7 49 7 51 99A0629 Coax Twinax Adapter for SCS 7 76 99A0912 Frame assembly 7 51 99A0913 Shaft assembly middle 40T also order PP 99A0572 7 51 9940915 Board Output Expander DC motor 7 49 99A0923 Parallel port USB INA card assembly 7 76 99A1512 Cover redrive 7 53 99A1580 Flag output paper level 7 49 99A1611 Ethernet blank shield use with non network RIP boards 7 37 99A1687 Stop asm paper tray 7 53 99A1688 Diverter arm 7 49 99A1689 Spring clutch assembly 7 49 99A1708 Cover right side 7 53 99A1710 Cover w
14. 7 3 1266408 Left upper cover assembly 7 5 12G6409 Redrive cap cover assembly 7 3 12G6410 Top cover assembly 7 3 12G6411 Front right handle cover assembly 7 8 12G6412 Front left handle cover assembly 7 3 8 Service Manual 5060 00 1266413 ITU light shield assembly 7 25 12G6416 500 Sheet tray assembly 7 23 7 59 12G6417 Side restraint 7 23 7 59 12G6418 Back restraint 7 23 7 59 12G6419 Back restraint latch 7 23 7 59 12G6420 Tray wear clip 7 23 7 59 1266421 Wear strip 7 23 7 59 12G6425 Tray bias bellcrank assembly 7 23 7 59 12G6426 Tray bias spring
15. 7 76 56P1187 RIP board assembly non network Model 5060 001 7 37 56P1188 RIP board assembly network model 5060 002 7 37 56 1198 Thermistor card 7 15 56P1213 Fuser drive assembly 7 12 56P 1214 Cartridge drive assembly cyan magenta black 7 33 56P1215 Cartridge drive assembly yellow 7 33 56P1216 Cable waste toner full attached to ITU drive assembly 7 43 56P1216 ITU motor drive assembly with SKC motor 7 27 56P1237 Autocomp shaft assembly 7 24 56P1238 Fuser drive motor 7 12 56P1277 Paper tray guide 7 3 56P1280 Harness cable assembly stapler 7 75 56P1286 Upper right side cover short finisher 7 69 56P1287 Scanner plate short finisher 7 69 56P1290 Cover wire
16. 7 12 12G6309 Registration motor assembly screw 7 19 12G6309 Screw parts packet 7 27 7 29 12G6310 Cable video printhead yellow 7 45 12G6311 Cable video printhead 7 45 12G6312 Cable video printhead magenta 7 45 12G6312 Printhead assembly cyan includes HSYNC and mirror motor cables 7 45 12G6313 Cable video printhead black 7 45 12G6314 Cable thermistor yellow and cyan 7 45 12G6315 Cable thermistor magenta and black 7 45 12G6316 Cable HVPS control developer 7 43 12G6317 Cable HVPS control transfer 7 43 12G6318 Cable engine RIP communications 7 43 12G6319 Cable options stacker 7 3 7 43 12G6320 Cable options bottom 7 43 1266321 Cable
17. 7 72 Service Manual 5060 00 Assembly 31 2 High capacity output finisher Asm Part index number Units Description 30 2 4 56P0355 1 Guide vertical paper 2 56P0385 1 Solenoid drop assembly 3 56P0347 1 Jogger fence homing sensor EE SX1235A P2 4 56P0384 1 Accumulator belt hook 5 56P2294 1 Accumulator drive belt B30S2M334 6 56P0319 1 Accumulator w o stapler 7 56P0348 1 Drop timing sensor OS 535223 602 8 56P0349 1 Accumulator homing sensor OS 311D A5 9 56P0316 1 Staple assembly 10 56P0358 2 Accumulator slides 11 56P0317 1 Staple cartridge 12 56P0346 1 Chad box full sensor EE SPY415 13 56P0344 1 Inverter timing sensor OJ511K A5 14 56P0330 1 Paper feed input belt 40S3M279 15 56P0351 1 Cover open switch 16 56P2295 1 Jogger fence belt B40S2M460 NS 56P0382 1 Harness cable assembly D5 low voltage power supply to low voltage power relay board Parts catalog 7 73 Draft only as of 1 28 04 Assembly 32 High capacity output finisher cables C In Red Paper Surface Lower Sensor Paper Surface Upper Sensor Tray Sensors Exit Timing Drop Solenoid Bik Whi Whi Whi Whi Blue Blue Blue Blue
18. 7 5 12G6391 Paper path access door 7 3 12G6392 Left upper pivot Cover 7 5 12G6393 Right front cover 7 3 12G6394 Front lower right cover 7 3 12G6395 Cover left lower 7 5 12G6396 Right rear cover 7 3 1206397 Front access door support 7 3 12G6398 Left lower pivot cover 7 5 12G6399 Front upper pivot cover 7 3 12G6400 Waste container door 7 5 12G6401 Rear fan cover 7 5 12G6402 Operator panel bezel with logos 7 3 1206403 Spring paper path access door 7 3 1206404 Left front light shield cover 7 3 12G6405 Front right light shield cover
19. 6 1 Safety inspection guide cr gui A bes ESTAS 6 1 Lubrication Specifications 6 1 Lubrication for replacement motors 6 2 FUSER gu 6 2 drive assembly RI RET PERENNI PT 6 3 LSU irap ps 6 3 Scheduled maintenance 6 4 TJ 7 1 How to use this parts catalog 2 s020s22 esses sede zoo 7 1 7 2 Assembly 2 Cartridge 7 6 RAssembiy 97 FUSER 7 8 Assembly 4 7 12 Assembly 5 Vacuum transport belt 7 13 Assembly 6 2 22 2 2 2 7 14 Assembly 7 lt 7 15 Assembly 8 Paper feed output redrive 7 16 Assembly 9 Paper feed input 7 17 Assembly 10 Paper size sensing
20. 7 45 12G6503 Cable printhead interlock cover open 3 wire 7 3 7 25 12G6504 Cable HVPS interlock cover open 7 43 12G6504 Cable HVPS interlock cover open 2 7 3 7 25 12G6506 Bin full sensor 7 3 12G6506 Cable bin full sensor with sensor 7 43 12G6507 250 output flag includes flag retainer 7 3 12G6509 Card assembly 64MB SDRAM 7 76 12G6509 SDRAM DIMM 64MB 7 37 1206510 Cable tie 7 5 7 57 12G6510 Cable Tie 6 in pack 7 63 1206511 Cable mount 7 5 12G6512 Lower front door latch 7 16 12G6513 Lower rear door latch 7 16 12G6514 110 V web oiler fuser 1 4 6 4 12G6514 115V web oiler upgrade kit
21. 7 65 56P0563 Ring 7 elevator lift gear elevator lift 7 65 56P0564 Kit stabilizer with mounting screws 7 67 56P0565 Parts packet screws 7 65 7 67 56P0566 Finisher install kit 7 69 56P0568 ITU drive motor SKC 7 27 56P0569 Rear cover 7 69 56P0573 Upper right side cover tall finisher 7 69 56P0574 Lower tray cover 7 69 56P0575 Front rear lower cover 7 69 56P0576 Bottom kick cover 7 69 56P0577 Lower right side cover 7 69 56P0578 Tray wall cover 7 71 56P0594 Cam BOR front 7 29 56P0595 Cam BOR rear 7 29 56P1120 Card assembly Bar code
22. SE fh 27 AAV UT 185 Wie MBASI G WHA TER WA amp RAES ALIE Na X at TBA R SED BE f Bo 4 AOR BT ARE im BST A E ARATE 838 zz As TE T TE ART hb M MEE A R f mid T A f KW LA Ing dich mA e Safety information 5060 00 Preface This manual contains maintenance procedures for service personnel It is divided into the following chapters 1 General information contains a general description of the printer and the maintenance approach used to repair it Special tools and test equipment are as well as general environmental and safety instructions 2 Diagnostic information contains an error indicator table symptom tables and service checks used to isolate failing field replaceable units FRUS 3 Diagnostic aids contains tests and checks used to locate or repeat symptoms of printer problems 4 Repair information provides instructions for making printer adjustments and removing and installing FRUs 5 Connector locations uses illustrations to identify the connector locations and test points on the printe
23. m Cable 11 A H gt Cable Exit Motor Thru Frame Connectorg Tr Paper Surface Upper Sensor Paper Surface Lower Sensor Cable 13 Thru Black K Cable 3 sou c Connector SOL Hole in Frame Inline NC Inline MIR Accumulator s No Cartridge Low Staple Home Position Unit Check Gnd 5Vdc Jogger A E Homing Jog Sensor Bun A Bun Tray Upper Limit Switch 2 Bun B ESS m Accumulator Jog Home Pos Sensor Y Cable Gnd SS Bik PEU Homing Sensor 356 Whi Bik Bundle Belt Home Pos Sensor 2 Gnd imi 2 Thru Frame Tray Upper Limit Connector Cable 9 i5 MED 1 Chad Box Sensor Output Cha Jay i Cable Offset Tray Limit SW Sensor 38Vdc Cable Tray Near Full Sensor Gnd 5Vde Tray Offset Posit Sensor 18 Inline Connector MEME Gnd orto Connector Output Cable 7 Punch Motor MTR Homing ThuFrame Offset Sensor 2 Connector Motor Cable 8 ET Box Full Inverter 1 Sensor Solenoid Inline C
24. 1 1 4 17 Front lewerler cover removal 22552555552 LP PR S RSS 4 18 Autocompensator pick assembly removal 4 19 BOR dilve assembly femdaval 4222 22 25 24 A Rd ARE 4 25 Cartridge contact assembly removal 2 2 eom ert been dede en 4 26 Cartridge drive assembly removal ois totes 4 28 Carnage aSsembly her Edad eara cd Raw oed wee een es 4 29 IJjeveloper MYPS mad dba acit a Dura RES IRR SERO E S PEU MESA 4 30 Engine DosrdutermoVall eee SHE a editio ends 4 31 Engiebesrdshieldremiavall ode cade 4 32 Friction buckler remoVal dowdy quad d rdg pera deb d e 4 32 user assembly auus a ota QI Rer E Ode dra 4 33 Fuser bottom GUCITEMOVAll bb chee 4 34 Table of contents Vii 5060 00 l user drivedassemblyV Tet iDVal 3345 3 4 5 8 in DM 4 34 FuserdatitemoVal 5 2 5 osse bee dads ede EQ Prid rro oe erede eg sane 4 36 rebas ssi da m ier hee ee E fr iE 4 36 Fuser web oiler motor assembly removal 4
25. Black cartridge contact assembly Cartridge signature button cable Magenta cartridge contact assembly Cartridge signature button cable Cyan cartridge contact assembly Cartridge signature button cable Yellow cartridge contact assembly button cable 5060 00x To J20 on Engine Board Cartridge signature Connector Pin no Signal CN1 Developer HVPS Input 1 Ground 24 V dc return 2 24 V dc 3 Y Ctsense 4 Y Devpwm 5 Y TnrSense 6 C Devpwm 7 C CtSense 8 M Devpwm 9 C TnrSense 10 CYM Acenable 11 M CtSense 12 CYM Chgpwm 13 M TnrSense 14 K Chgpwm 15 K CtSense 16 K Devpwm 17 K TnrSense 18 K Acenable CN Cartridge Signature Button 1 K CtSense 2 K TnrSense Gnd Return CN3 Cartridge Signature Button 1 M CtSense 2 M TnrSense Gnd Return CN4 Cartridge Signature Button 1 C CtSense Oyan 2 C TnrSense Gnd Return Connector locations 5 21 5060 00 Connector Pin no Signal CN5 Cartridge Signature Button 1 Y CtSense Yellow 2 Y TnrSense Gnd Return CB Terminal Cleaner Bias Terminal Low voltage power supply LVPS Engine and RIP board cable connectors
26. Nub db ys 3 8 Pit Quality POS bade deo dd 3 8 Table of contents V 5060 00 Color TESDDIBO a dolar qoo bou usce tup 3 8 SIE SENING ae adea OU devi 3 8 TRESEN 58822 Lapi Mui Eus Eid 3 9 SENSED TCI RE Et 3 9 SENSED PAPER 2 lt 3 9 25 3 9 Panel theca 3 10 Pros 552 Ege 3 10 Download EMUS 3 10 32 3 10 ac Oe 3 11 3 11 odio qe Eabb perd pep M eee S LE 3 11 Color AJUS ER PPP PLE Pepe teer EO Bara 3 12 sd uec sa 22222322 IY 3 12 Diagnostics Mode 2 2 222222 222 2 2 4 4 4 0 3 13 ModE 3 13 Exiting Diagnostics Modo id don 3
27. deis ebbe e bd ebbe bere E debo APP 2 57 No TOPCON TIS EE EE 2 58 2 58 pee alae A 2 59 152 osse side Debet e EO te Deine drin 2 59 eee 2 60 154 Emor Code ogous Lea 2 61 155 MON COGS PR DRE RE ENDE EP V SUE PPS 2 62 I SGsEMOR CUE debe lh ed tind de PH b desde db be ddr dE SPEM S 2 62 MAC E UL Rc bx EDI at rre 2 63 158 Emor code es qud des 2 64 159 Bor COGS 2220 baa RR RUE A ROME A EROR IG 2 64 TOO EMGPr Code oi ie sm bb dbi init dhe bd a d demie o dichas 2 65 COJE RR het 2 65 162 Emer code 1664358 epe Veg 2 65 163 Emor COGS 1i ces dpe pep EE ede dein oie be Ha ER ERES 2 66 IOT COOS 2e be di beh e reo eee deed es ibtd 2 66 OSE TO COO pni eee LII Edu 2 66 200 Fabr attis DUI se gu Pg oder eT ERE PECORE ELS
28. To Out Wo Inverter Timing N Sensor i Inline Connector Punch Timing Sensor Thru Frame Connector Drop Timing Sensor 5060 0xx 5060 00 Assembly 32 High capacity output finisher cables m Units Description 31 56P0340 1 Cable communications 2 56P0341 1 Power cord 3 56P0359 1 Harness cable assembly H2 system board to drop solenoid 4 56P0360 1 Harness cable assembly H3 system board to harness cable assembly H4 drop timing sensor punch motor homing sensor inverter timing sensor 5 56P0361 1 Harness cable assembly H4 harness cable H3 to punch timing sensor 6 56P0362 1 Harness cable assembly H5 system board to printer docking switch 7 56P0363 1 Harness cable assembly H6 system board to fan 8 56P0364 1 Harness cable assembly S1 stapler cable to stapler assembly 9 56P1280 1 Harness cable assembly stapler system board to cable S1 jogger fence homing sensor accumulator homing sensor jogger motor accumulator drive motor 10 56P0368 1 Harness cable assembly S5 system board to chad box full sensor 11 56P0369 1 Harness cable assembly E2 cable E5 to exit timing sensor 12 56P0370 1 Harness cable assembly E3 cable E5 to paper surface upper sensor paper surface lower sensor 13 56P0371 1 Harness cable assembly E5 system board to cable E2 E3 14
29. DB1 Explanation 01 Paper detected at inverter timing sensor too long Paper jam in inverter sensor failure 02 Paper detected at inverter jam sensor too long Paper jam in inverter sensor failure 03 Paper detected at drop timing sensor too long Paper jam at accumulator entrance sensor failure 04 Paper detected at exit timing sensor too long Paper jam at exit chad stuck in sensor sensor failure 06 Punch motor homing timeout error Backup chads jamming motor motor or sensor failure 07 Stapler jam detected Too many sheets or stiff paper in accumulator motor or sensor failure 08 Belt motor homing timeout error Paper jam in accumulator motor or sensor failure 09 Tray elevation motor timeout error Stuck or failed paper level sensor motor failure 13 Paper not detected at inverter timing sensor within timeout Jam near input misdirected sheet diverter stuck or misaligned sensor failure 14 Paper not detected at inverter jam sensor within timeout Paper jam in inverter sensor failure 15 Paper not detected at drop timing sensor within timeout Paper jam in inverter sensor failure 16 Paper not detected at exit timing sensor within timeout Jam in accumulator belt motor failure sensor failure 1B Paper detected at inverter timing sensor before punch timing sensor Damaged sheet dogear transparency sent to finisher sensor failure Diagnostic information 2 87 5060 00
30. 7 18 Assembly 11 1 1 lt 1 7 19 Assembly 12 Multipurpose feeder 7 20 Assembly 13 500 sheet integrated 7 22 Assembly 14 Autocompensator assembly 7 24 Assembly 15 ITU lt 7 25 Assembly 16 ITU drive lt 7 26 Assembiy 17 MU loading dro ues EE bad hated orae 7 28 Assembly 18 BOR drive 7 30 Assembly 19 Cartridge 7 31 Assembly 20 Cartridge drive 7 32 Assembiy 21 BEIeclrOniCS udine dde rouge ded cde gt 7 34 Assembly 22 Electronic cabling engine 7 42 Assembly 23 Electronic cabling RIP 7 44 Assembly 24 Electronic cabling transfer 5 7 46 Assembly 25 Electronic cabling developer HVPS 7 47 Assembly 26 7 48 Assembly 27 5 binmallbOX
31. RAE ERU EA d 2 134 Quality Seivice Checks 854 RP Bere weed diede Rye des 2 136 Horizontal line TP 2 137 Sheaks 2 137 Vertical lines of Streaks ens cres perg ES SOR REG CIT OR S CREE 2 138 Light lines or streaks appear on the page 2 138 White streak im Color plane uae i rec de Rn ERU Reader ires 2 138 Blaue Page elfidib daa QE Inm dea 2 139 Entire page is mostly one color Full bleed planes one 2 140 Missing colors Complete or partially missing color planes 2 141 Black and white only cyan magenta and yellow are missing bise de 2 142 Light print over the entire Page iusso cede Bias S HORROR ened debe od 2 142 All colors have light print over the entire page 2 142 One color has light print over the entire 2 143 LOWIMAGEGENSIY 545 aeeenss aaar 2 143 22952 Du 2 144 Negative ghostingioriaded image 2 144 Residual age cee eae eee 2 145
32. 7 57 12G6563 Wall support plate 7 57 12G6565 Paper level sensing assembly 7 57 12G6566 Paper size sensing assembly 7 57 1266567 Grounding spring 7 57 12G6568 Reflector label 7 23 7 59 1339517 Power cord set Bolivia 7 35 1339519 Power cord set Kuwait Bahrain Qatar UAE Oman Pakistan Yemen Iraq Libya Cyprus UK Ireland 7 35 1339520 Power cord Set 7 35 1339521 Power cord set Israel HV 7 35 1339522 Power cord set Switzerland HV French German and Italian 7 35 1339523 Power cord set South Africa HV Namibia HV Lesotho HV Botswana HV 7 35 1339524 Power cord set Chile HV 7 35 1339525 Power cord set Denmark HV 7 35 1339544 Power cord set Argentina HV 7 35 43H5544 Power cord set
33. ids 3 33 High capacity input tray tests 3 34 standalone Mode dU e Rode b RAE dud 3 34 Dip Switch SENGS ae sha eae 3 34 Repair information iade des 4 1 Handling ESD sensifive parts 4 1 Screw identification fable 4 2 Removal procedures usce cc Rn Rx APPEAR 4 5 Top cover assembly foruoVall 25 dere ueber aq ent Bee kdened a doped 4 5 Real Tan CoVelTelmoval suba acc addas FM CIE IJI EFE due 4 9 Rear cover removal ROMS TEDSTER 4 9 Front right handle cover assembly 1 4 10 Front left handle cover assembly 1 4 11 Fronteover assembly at QUSS PELIS dd 4 12 Lower right door assembly removal 5 22 eee Seema 4 13 Jarrett nda dua 4 15 Lower jam access door assembly removal ev less ege E 4 15 door accu aum totu Riad ed Scie sas 4 16 Paper path access door cover removal
34. Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Measure the voltage on connector J10 11 on the Replace the fuser Go to step 2 engine board The voltage should measure assembly See approximately 0 13 V dc to 0 64 V dc as the hot roll Fuser assembly lamp turn on and off removal on page 4 33 1 1 5 U U U J N 10 6 AC Fuser DC Fuser Connector Control Connector Is the voltage correct 2 Remove the fuser from the printer Check continuity of Go to step 3 Go to step 4 the hot roll lamp by measuring between pins 1 and 2 on the AC fuser connector on the fuser assembly Is there continuity 3 Make sure the hot roll lamp is installed correctly Go to step 4 Install the lamp Is the lamp installed correctly correcty 4 Carefully remove the lamp from the fuser assembly Replace the fuser Replace the lamp being careful to only handle the lamp by the ceramic assembly See end pieces and not by the glass envelope Fuser assembly e removal on Warning Use caution when handling the lamp as it is page 4 33 easily broken Check continuity of the lamp Is there continuity 5 Reinstall the fuser assembly Watch to see if the lamps Go to step 6 Replace the LVPS turn on and off as the lap heats up assembly See Do the lamps turn on and off LVPS removal on page 4 40 6 Turn the printer on and off and allow it to reach Ready Go to step 7 Replace the engine Note The printer may not
35. LNA N Low E Dy 5 Sj 52 5 S 41 Units Description 8 4 56P0167 8 Anchor bracket mounting 2 12G6493 2 Upper door hinge 3 2 Screw PP 12G6533 4 56P2204 1 Redrive belt 300 T 5 12G6492 1 Redrive assembly 6 12G6355 1 Redrive door 7 12G6513 1 Lower rear door latch 8 12G6512 1 Lower front door latch 9 2 Screw PP 12G6530 10 12G6356 1 Door assembly lower right 7 16 Service Manual Assembly 9 Paper feed input 5060 00x Part m Index number Units Description 9 12G6486 1 S2 transparency narrow media sensor assembly Parts catalog 7 17 5060 00 Assembly 10 Paper size sensing oe a Units Description 10 4 12G6470 1 Waste container latch spring 2 12G6469 1 Waste container latch 3 12G6467 4 Paper size sensing spring 4 12G6468 1 Paper size sensing bracket 5 1 Screw paper size sensing assembly mounting 1206531 6 12G6466 4 Paper size sensing link 7 18 Service Manual Assembly 11 Paper feed transport 5060 00x Asm Part index Number Units Description 11 4 56P2194 1 Nip relief handle 2 12G6483 1 Gear staging idler 3 12G6482 1 Gear staging reduction 1 4 12G6481 1 Registration plate assembly 5 12G6484 1 Gear reference plate drive 6 12G6480 1 Registration motor 3 Registration motor assembly scr
36. Step Action and questions Yes No 7 Measure the voltage on pin 7 of the fuser DC control Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS connector The voltage should measure approximately assembly See assembly See 3 3 V de Fuser assembly Low voltage removal on power supply Is the voltage correct page 4 33 LVPS removal on page 4 40 132 Error code Cold fuser hot roll Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Measure the voltage on connector J10 11 on the Replace the fuser Go to step 2 engine board The voltage should measure assembly See approximately 0 13 V dc to 0 64 V dc as the hot roll Fuser assembly lamp turns on and off removal on Is the voltage correct pene tee 2 Remove the fuser from the printer Check continuity of Go to step 5 Go to step 3 the hot roll lamp by measuring between pins 1 and 2 on the AC fuser connector on the fuser assembly 1 1 5 U U U a s aoe 25256 10 N 10 6 AC Fuser DC Fuser Connector Control Connector Is there continuity 3 Make sure the hot roll lamp is installed correctly Go to step 4 Install the hot roll Is the lamp installed correctly lamp correctly 4 Carefully remove the lamp from the fuser assembly Replace the fuser Replace the hot roll being careful to only handle the lamp by the ceramic assembly See lamp end pieces and not by the glass envelope Fuser assembly Warning Use caution when handling the lamp as it is easily broken 5
37. 7 43 56P0311 Cable ITU Autocomp out with CB lead 7 47 56P0315 Punch assembly 7 71 56P0316 Staple assembly 7 73 56P0317 Cartridge staple 7 69 56P0317 Staple cartridge 7 73 56P0318 chad 7 71 56P0319 Accumulator w o stapler 7 73 56P0320 Cover front door 7 69 56P0321 Top cover tall finisher 7 69 56P0322 Tray paper 7 71 56P0323 Output tray offset motor and gear assembly 7 71 56P0324 Motor assembly elevator tray 7 71 56P0325 Motor assembly paper feed 7 71 56P0326 Flag paper 7 71 Part number index 1 11 5060 00 56P0327 Paper feed belt 4
38. PP RCM 3 29 FISH Test heath qq P Wed deed dde ye uu qs 3 30 PRINTER SETUP 4 22 5 3 30 DefaiillS 4 5 YO HE ORE teem Yo ae RUPEE pO Ys 3 30 Reset Calin PET 3 31 Page COUN qii 3 31 Pem COUN 22629 os Gab Pa C EROS 3 31 Setial SSE Re dee de 3 31 a oa cc xaxd RASA ERO HATES SL SARS 3 31 Model NENG eect SUMA ses 3 32 3 32 Edge 1o Edge 44444424326 BP PIPER HE Pg ue Pide iid 3 32 aui adobe adus 3 32 EP SETUP sca siia hh der RP PEE os 3 32 EP Deus 2235253 9 metes dotis PR PER EE DIEN ib as 3 32 FUSE NEMS m P e P 3 32 BG charge AINSI LS cs p 3 32 DoY BSAH dup ee OT 3 33 Transfer AJUST acct totum anode ain Rus GR HD qu I Redon d s 3 33 Se Gla Rs aaa EUR duds 3 33 MIBW LOG deed ped od b E eer dre Wege idee PR MIHI Pda d des 3 33 Cleared
39. 7 37 1206332 RIP board cover shield 7 37 12G6333 RIP board shield assembly 7 37 12G6334 INA riser support bracket 7 37 12G6335 Standoff INA RIP spacer 7 37 12G6336 Engine board shield 7 39 1206337 Fuser lamp 115V 500W hot roll lt 7 9 12G6338 Fuser lamp 115V 400W backup roll lt 4 4 7 9 12G6339 Blank TLI SN label 7 5 Part number index 1 7 5060 00 12G6340 Fuser top duct 7 5 1206341 Fuser lamp 220V 500W hot roll 7 9 12G6342 Fuser lamp 220V 400W backup roll 7 9 12G6343 RIP fan duct 7 41 12G6344 Operator panel assembly low volt 7 3 1206345 Operator panel assembly high volt 7 3 12G6346 Buckler housing
40. CARES 5 1 Printer SO 5 1 5 2 Printer 5 3 Garti dge contact assembly piri loGatloHis ianuas b RR Rx GORGE RS RR HSER E RR 5 4 Engine board Cabling eo obe dr ab 5 5 RIP board 5 6 CONNECINS vlde qi RAI e EE RNC I EP 5 7 Peete E S 5 7 RIP bOSIH 5 14 Transfer high vollage power Supply HVPS suo hb RA PAESE Iu Rd 5 19 Developer high voltage power supply HVPS board 5 21 Low volta e power supply SPESE 5 22 Low voltage power supply EVPS Ecke RR Eb 5 24 High capacity input tray 2000 sheet HCIT board 5 26 High capacity output tinishen HOGrF sas cceceisccbdee ache ches i khoda 5 28 Service Manual Parts catalog 5060 00x eG 5 28 SUBLVPSielay Baald ol tite dies 5 28 HOOF system boad 5 29 Preventive maintenancB
41. Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Checkthe black cartridge drive motor cable connection Go to step 2 Install the cable to J64 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Check the black cartridge drive motor cable connection Go to step 3 Install the cable to the black cartridge drive motor card correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check continuity of the black cartridge drive motor Go to step 4 Replace the black cable Is there continuity cartridge assembly cable 4 Replace the black cartridge drive assembly Perform Problem solved Go to step 5 the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does this fix the problem 5 Replace the engine board Problem solved Call your next level Does this fix the problem support 2 62 Service Manual 157 Error code Magenta cartridge drive assembly The magenta cartridge drive motor has either failed to lock or has lost lock 5060 00x Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the magenta cartridge drive motor cable Go to step 2 Install the cable connection to J47 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Check the magenta cartridge drive motor cable Go to step 3 Install the cable connection to
42. v cisonso 5 Cage Yalow HV Contact Assombly Yellow 0 CMY CHG PWM OUT METER MIN DEV PWM OUT CART METER KIN CART METER IN SC KCHIP 24Vde Switched CART METER KINJ M DEV PWM OUT K CHG OUT Gra Y DEV PWM OUT SCY CHIP C DEV PWM OUT SCMCHIP 5 V c EOS card mtr V e mir mtr 24 Vde mir mtr lexhsyncloos 24 Ve mie mtr Gna 38 Vee EOS card ALTHERM ALTHERM lexhsyncloos video data video data data Gnd FEBER BEPRLEEBEIEEDI J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 12GDATA ET vac head Op Panel gt a 25 J13 p EN mA arallel Port Feature Card RIP Board 8 2 NM Hr3 J23 J24 3T DEEP EEEEEO TESTS Riser Card ih E lC DATARIP PC CLK RIP EVSYNG Y OUT FPIRQ AIP VSYNC OUT CHSYNG Y IN EHSYNG C IN ITU ZONECIK OUT TTU HOMEZONE OUT ON
43. Diagnostic information 2 89 5060 00 925 Error code Fuser fan Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Turn the power off and manually spin the fan and check Go to step 2 Replace the fuser that it rotates freely fan See Fuser fan removal on Does the fan rotate freely page 4 36 2 Check the fuser fan cable connection to the engine Go to step 3 Install the cable board J2 for correct installation correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Disconnect the fuser fan from J2 on the engine board Replace the fuser Replace the engine and check the voltages on J2 tan See Fuser board See Pin Fan off Fan Fan fan removal on Engine board disconnected disconnected Page 4 36 removal on Fan switch on Fan switch off page 4 31 42 1 1 6Vdc 3 3V dc 3 3 V dc 3 3 V dc 42 2 0 42 5 1 9 0 OV 2 V dc 42 4 24V dc 424Vdc 24Vdc 24 V dc Are the voltages correct 926 Error code VTB Fan Note The VTB fan is turned on during POR and while printing Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Turn the power off and manually spin the fan and check Go to step 2 Replace the VTB that it rotates freely fan See Vacuum Does the fan rotate freely VTB fan belt removal on page 4 86 2 Check the VTB fan cable connection to the engine Go to step 3 Install the cable board J4 for correct installation
44. A Connector locations 5 11 5060 00 See Engine board on page 5 7 Connector Pin no Signal J67 Registration Motor 5 V dc switched STAGING ENC OUT Ground Ground STAGING OUT 2 STAGING OUT 1 J68 S2 NM Prism Media 1 Narrow Media IN 5 V dc switched Ground PPS2 IN 5 V switched Ground PRISM LED VOLT Ground CO NI DO GH N PRISM SENSOR IN a 5 V dc switched J69 Paper Out Low XPAR Media 2 5 V switched PAPER OUT IN PAPER LOW IN Ground LED VCC Ground 3 3 V dc XPAR TRAY 1 IN J70 MPF Media 5 V dc switched MPF FEED LOW IN MPF FEED OUT IN io N NI J aj AJ OJ N Ground 5 12 Service Manual See Engine board on page 5 7 5060 00x Connector Pin no Signal J71 HVPS Transfer ITU TX ENA OUT ITU TX CUR PWM 0 ITU SERVO INTO ITU TX PWM OUT CMY TX ENA OUT K SERVO INTO K TX PWM OUT C SERVO INTO AJ OJ N C TX PWM OUT Y SERVO INTO Y TX PWM OUT SERVO INTO 4 M TX PWM OUT A Ground 24 V switched 472 Autoconnect 45 V dc ITU DATA 3 3 V dc TPS GAIN OUT
45. Remove the printhead diagnostic tool The problem is in either the printhead cables or the printhead Replace the printhead cables If the problem remains replace the printhead Perform the printhead adjustments Appendix A Service tips 5060 00 Printhead alignment Identifying the printheads Black K Cyan C Yellow Y 5 109 106 108 GO 59 114 TE 117 5 169 174 175 2 5 170 172 176 Y Front Warnings Do not loosen or replace more than one printhead at a time to retain factory settings Whenever a printhead is replaced you must to perform the Printhead mechanical alignment on appendix page A 5 and Electronic color alignment on appendix page A 12 e The front cover must be installed and closed before any printhead alignment be performed It is not necessary to remove the front cover to access the printheads e If there is a protective lens cover on the new printhead it must be removed before installing the replacement printhead A 4 Service Manual 5060 00 Printhead mechanical alignment 1 Identify the configuration of your printer The following steps are similar for both versions except you need to remove two extra screws when you have the PSD bracket You may have a PSD bracket A whether or not the PSD or thermistor is connected Appendix Service tips 5 5060 00 2 Insert the first
46. 7 65 56P0524 Paper tray guide 7 65 56P0525 Feed unit complete assembly 7 65 56P0526 Sensors special optical 7 65 56 0527 Bushing 7 65 56P0528 Feed roller 7 65 56P0529 Feed 7 65 56P0530 Spring feed unit 7 65 56P0531 Parts packet E clips 7 65 56P0532 Bushing 060 esses e s mimm mmi mm meme mm E me espe ERN SET REESE SS HS SSeS UE SS 7 65 56P0533 Spring feed unit front 7 65 56P0534 Spring feed unit rear 7 65 56P0535 Clip plastic BW 7 65 56P0536 Level sensor flag 7 65 56P0539 Near empty sensor flag 7 65 56P0540 Spring extension
47. 7 47 56P1565 Cable assembly black terminal contact 7 46 56P1566 Cable assembly magenta terminal contact 7 46 56P1567 Cable assembly cyan terminal contact 7 46 56P1568 Cable assembly yellow terminal contact 7 46 56P2031 Cable web oiler motor 7 43 Part number index 1 15 5060 00 56P2107 Card assembly IPDS SCS Tne 7 76 56P2194 Nip relief handle 7 19 56P2204 Redrive belt 300 7 16 56P2216 Shield door spring 7 3 56P2217 Handle front access door 7 3 56P2218 Detent front access door 7 3 56P2219 Housing front access door 7 3 56P2220 Parts packet screw 7 3 56P2246 Detent spring 7 3 56P2290 Fuser lift duc
48. 7 65 56P0541 Tray present lever 7 67 56P0542 Separation torque roller 7 65 56P0543 Cable clamp 7 67 56P0544 Emitter timing wheel 7 65 56P0547 Elevator lift belt 7 65 56P0548 Elevator lift gear 7 65 56P0549 Elevator lift 7 65 1 14 Service Manual 5060 00 56P0550 Cable tray media level sensor 7 55 56P0551 Cable paper media low out 7 24 56P0551 Cable paper out low and transparency media 2 sensors 7 43 56P0552 Cable autocompensator motor 7 43 56P0552 Cable pick motor extension 7 24 56P0560 Rear ITU guide 7 29 56P0561 Paper size sensor box assembly 7 65 56P0562 Feed cover
49. Service Manual Lexmark C750 5060 00x e Table of contents e Start diagnostics e Safety and notices e Trademarks Index LEXMARK 5060 00 Edition March 2004 The following paragraph does not apply to any country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law LEXMARK INTERNATIONAL INC PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in later editions Improvements or changes in the products or the programs described may be made at any time Comments may be addressed to Lexmark International Inc Department D22A 032 2 740 West New Circle Road Lexington Kentucky 40550 U S A or e mail at ServicelnfoAndTraining Lexmark com Lexmark may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you You can purchase additional copies of publications related to this product by calling 1 800 553 9727 In other countries contact your point of purchase Lexmark Lexmark with diamond design
50. 3 CT BELT a ais H 1 Exit Motor Tray 2 BEL Lift Motor 8 F fn EE Cable E2 4 9 E a Cable 51 Drop Solenoid HH Cable n rH 7 1 1 n Ln A 1818 LL Enter of Printer 3 Motor iss 2 Paper Surac 8 L 2 lt Hole in Frame bie HE URAN H 1 oe z Be He Susan 5 8 5 91988 2844 i 44 4 PETER EDT EEREN ERREN EDT EI mutis Box A CN8 2 1o Connector EICN1 gt gt gt gt 2 E LLL EL nire 2 E o ea ES E E c swi gt lt B swale EM LVPS CN2 e Unit heck E m 5 c 5 d j EI p og A Position 1 Sensor z ER E CN3 Tray Upper Limit Switch 2 5 d C750 5 jm J H SIS bs cate es Bundle Belt Home c B HCOF System Board 1 Position Sensor e E I aT ic 2 28 02 1 Tray Upper Limit ya ET Switch 1 TE Tray Offset BRE H Cavie Hs Position Sensor Tt co J _ Yay Rear Fu CN6 2 m 5 Cable P2 H S i Tray Offset Sensor Tray Motor nw i To Outlet Inlin
51. 7 51 99A0363 Pulley drive 7 51 99A0364 Spring belt tensioner 7 51 99A0368 Shaft assembly lower also order 99 0572 7 51 1 16 Service Manual 5060 00 99A0369 shaft assembly exit also order 99A0572 7 49 99A0408 INA blank flat shield use when options are not installed 7 37 9940409 Level sensor bracket 7 49 9940414 Sensor dual bin full 7 49 99A0415 Spring swing arm 7 49 99A0424 Infrared adapter 7 76 99A0426 Screw parallel connector mounting 7 37 99A0450 Retainer 7 55 99A0462 Grease packet 23 nnn eee 7 55 99A0481 Latch output tray 7 49 7 51 99A0482 Spring output tray 7 49 7 51 99A0545 External serial adapter
52. 7 61 56P0490 Jumper AC power cord 7 65 56P0491 Caster movable 7 67 56P0492 Caster fixed 7 67 56P0493 adjuster 7 67 56P0494 System control board 7 65 56 0495 LVPS 7 65 56P0497 AC power outlet 7 65 56P0498 AC power inlet 7 65 56P0500 Front cover 7 67 56P0501 Cover main CA 7 67 56P0503 Right side cover 7 67 56 0504 Left side cover 7 67 56P0505 Rear cover 7 67 56P0506 Locating pin options rear left 7 67 56P0507 Locating pin options front right
53. Options Conn Lower Trays Connector locations 5 5 5060 00 RIP board cabling Door ITU Switch Switch Door ITU Switch Switch J86 on Engine Board To ITU Autoconnect 26 Printhead E S55 J45 on Magenta Engine Board Printhead f C750 RIP Board Printhead J20 Engine Board Panel Cleaner Bias Terminal CN7 CN2 5 i To LVPS Black HV Magenta HV Cyan HV Yellow HV Contact Assembly Contact Assembly Contact Assembly Contact Assembly 5 6 Service Manual Connectors Engine board SW4 SW3 5 2 SW1 J12 00000000 20 1 00000000 000000000000 1 o WTB Present Paper Size Sense
54. Printhead J19 421 26 5 P E E ae BH i C750 Board Magenta Printhead Yellow Printhead J20 on Engine Board Panel M MM SED SEE 5 Developer Board Cleaner 16 CB Bias Terminal CN7 CN6 2 5 nj Im To LVPS Black HV Magenta HV Cyan HV Yellow HV Contact Assembly Contact Assembly Contact Assembly Contact Assembly 7 44 Service Manual 5060 00 Assembly 23 Electronic cabling RIP board ium Units Description 23 1 1266503 1 Cable printhead interlock cover open 2 56P0310 1 Cable signature button attached to yellow HV contact assembly 3 56P0310 1 Cable signature button attached to cyan HV contact assembly 4 56P0310 1 Cable signature button attached to magenta HV contact assembly 5 56P0310 1 Cable signature button attached to black HV contact assembly 6 12G6387 1 Cable ground 7 12G6321 1 Cable operator panel 8 1 Printhead assembly yellow includes HSYNC and mirror mot
55. 7 23 7 59 12G6427 Pick assembly 500 tray 7 24 12G6439 Black terminal contact assembly 7 29 12G6440 Magenta terminal contact assembly 7 29 1206441 Cyan terminal contact assembly 7 29 1266442 Terminal contact spring 7 29 1266443 ITU bias spring 7 29 12G6446 BOR housing assembly with motor 7 30 12G6446 Cable attached to BOR lift motor 7 43 12G6447 Friction buckler 7 21 1266448 Cable MPF paper level 7 43 12G6449 MPF cable cover 7 21 12G6450 MPF door assembly 7 21 1206451 MPF autocompensator pick assembly 7 21 12G6452 MP feeder door cover 7 21 12G6453 Frame bias latch
56. 7 67 56P0508 Upper left side jam cover 7 67 56P0509 Cable feed unit special sensors 7 67 56P0510 Cable feed unit sensors 7 67 56P0511 Paper size sensors cable 7 65 56P0512 Cable elevator motor 7 67 56P0513 Elevator motor assembly 7 65 56P0514 Options autoconnect cable assembly 7 67 56P0515 Magnetic latch 7 67 56P0516 Sensor photo interrupter 7 65 56P0517 Options cable mounting plate 7 67 56P0518 Flag paper size 7 65 56P0519 Flag paper size 7 65 56P0520 Flag paper size F 7 65 56P0522 Spring paper size flag 7 65 56P0523 Paper tray arms
57. 7 75 56P0374 Harness cable assembly 7 75 56P0375 Harness cable assembly 9 7 75 56P0376 Harness cable assembly E10 7 75 56P0378 Harness cable assembly R1 7 75 56P0379 Harness cable assembly 01 7 75 56P0380 Harness cable assembly D2 7 75 56P0381 Harness cable assembly 03 7 75 56P0382 Harness cable assembly 05 7 73 7 75 56P0383 Solenoid inverter 7 71 56P0384 Accumulator belt hook 7 73 56P0385 Solenoid drop assembly 7 73 56P0386 Fan assembly DC motor 7 71 1 12 Service Manual 5060 00 56P0387 Bar tip unit 7 69 56P0388 Tray limit switch 7 71 56P0400 Cover fro
58. When 990 error is installed press and hold Return and Select to view the sub error code Scroll down with Menu to see the additional display lines and view the value at the indicated position EQC and DB1 and match the information to the table below Finisher Bin 1 No other output options 26 9D ea DB6 Does the information on the table help find the problem Repair the finisher as indicated in the table Contact your next level of support EQC DB1 Explanation 45 05 Jogger motor homing timeout error Obstruction in Jogger motor or sensor failure 4C 0C Offset motor timeout error No clearance around output bin motor or sensor failure 50 10 Stapler unit is removed Cable harness to stapler damaged or disconnected Diagnostic information 2 103 5060 00 5 Bin mailbox option service check Note Make sure the option s are installed correctly and the printer is configured correctly The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the left and right side covers Step Symptoms Yes No 1 Problems with excessive static electricity buildup Go to step 2 Go to step 3 2 Excessive static electricity buildup Check the front cover assembly is firmly attached to the 5 bin mailbox frame and the ESD brush is not loose or damaged Is the ESD brush ground cable correctly installed and the E
59. 1 10 Service Manual 5060 00 Media Weight 2 000 Sheet drawer Paper 5 Xerographic or business paper 16 to 19 9 Ib bond 60 to 74 9 g m grain long 20 to 47 Ib bond 75 to 176 g m grain long Specialty papers Gloss book 60 to 120 Ib book 88 to 176 g m grain long Gloss cover 60 to 65 Ib cover 162 to 176 g m grain long For 60 to 176 g m paper grain long fibers are recommended For papers heavier than 176 g m grain short is preferred 5 Paper less than 75 g m limited to less than 60 relative humidity and is not supported in duplex Pressure sensitive area must enter the printer first 910095 cotton content maximum weight is 24 Ib bond 28 Ib envelopes are limited to 25 cotton content 28 Ib bond envelopes are limited to 2596 cotton content f The duplex option supports the same types and weights as the printer except 16 to 19 9 Ib 60 to 74 9 g m grain long paper transparencies labels envelopes or A5 card stock 9 Vinyl labels are supported only when printing environment and media are 20 to 23 C 68 to 90 F Refer to the Converter Listing on Lexmark s Home Page and Automated FAX system LEXFAX for information on whether your vinyl label converter has passed Lexmark s criteria Refer to the Card Stock and Label Guide for more details i Lexmark transparency numbers 12 5940 and 12A5941 are supported from the standard tray optional 500 sheet trays and the multipurpose fe
60. 2 92 Service Manual 940 Error code Cyan toner metering cycle TMC 5060 00x Toner metering cycle TMC is where the code and electronics in the printer sense an addition of toner in the cartridge developing area If the printer is expecting a toner addition cycle but one is not detected a 94x TMC Error is displayed Replacement of the cartridge may fix the problem temporarily if the problem is with the printer Only replace the cartridge if there are no problems with the printer or if the cartridge is known to be defective Note Before proceeding with this service check observe the error log for repetitive occurrences of a 94x service error Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the toner metering cam A on the rear of the Go to step 2 If the toner cyan cartridge metering cam is Note In some cartridges the toner metering cam is ae 22 black sure it is not inside Replace the damaged cartridge Is the cam present on the cartridge 2 Check the TMC pin in the cyan cartridge contact Go to step 3 Replace the assembly to make sure it moves freely cartridge contact assembly Does the pin move freely Diagnostic information 2 93 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No 3 Press the TMC pin in the cyan cartridge contact Replace the Go to step 4 assembly make sure it actuates the TMC switch onthe cartridge developer HVPS Wh
61. 7 52 Assembly 28 500 sheet drawer 7 56 Assembly 29 Duplex RE MRE RAE Y RA SER ewe 7 60 Assembly 30 High capacity input tray 7 64 Assembly 31 High capacity output finisher 7 68 Assembly 32 High capacity output finisher cables 7 74 Assembly 33 gt ODNONS rob EO EU accio Eo ote dade dob stuba 7 76 Assembly 34 lt lt 7 77 Table of contents ix 5060 00 Appendix A Service UPS s aua dac do a o CR AC MUR D A 1 Printhead diagnoslics 2 02220 ise rA Er eder FEN Med E mE Nue A 1 Printhead alignment dv uo AA 4 Identifying the ONNINGEOS eade 4 Printhead mechanical AiGniment rU DIE EE EAT OE pd A 5 Printer registration only for black printhead replacement A 10 alipDEfIGDb 12 Printing lengthicalibratl n 255242050359 ind 14 Partial Print uu un emm RR Ra cR REG Rod 16 Nip relief handle
62. Fuser below temperature when printing BUR Go to 123 Error code on page 2 46 124 Fuser Error Fuser over temperature hot roll Go to 124 Error code on page 2 46 125 Fuser Error Fuser over temperature BUR Go to 125 Error code on page 2 47 126 Fuser Error Fuser open thermistor hot roll Go to 126 Error code on page 2 47 127 Fuser Error Fuser open thermistor BUR Go to 127 Error code on page 2 48 2 12 Service Manual 5060 00 Error code Action 128 Fuser Error Fuser under temperature in standby hot roll Go to 128 Error code on page 2 48 129 Fuser Error Fuser under temperature in standby BUR Go to 129 Error code on page 2 49 130 Fuser Error Fuser failed to reach standby temperature hot roll Go to 130 Error code on page 2 50 131 Fuser Error Fuser failed to reach standby temperature BUR Go to 131 Error code on page 2 51 132 Fuser Error Fuser cold hot roll Go to 132 Error code on page 2 52 133 Fuser Error Fuser cold roll BUR Go to 133 Error code on page 2 53 134 Fuser Error Fuser lamp on too long hot roll Go to 134 Error code on page 2 54 135 Fuser Error Fuser lamp on too long BUR Go to 135 Error code on page 2 55 136 Fuser Error Fuser cam position not found go to 136 Error code on page 2 56 1
63. Resetting Calibration The printer returns to the previous screen when calibration is complete Page Count The printer s page count can be changed by the Diagnostics Mode The Color and Mono Page Count can be changed whenever the paper size sensing board is replaced Note The Perm Page Count cannot be changed 1 2 Select Page Count from the Printer Setup Menu Select either Color Page Count Mono Page Count or Perm Page Count from the menu When you have made the selection the following screen is displayed Color Page Count 1234567 The left most digit blinks indicating it is the first digit to be changed To change the value press either Menu until the desired value is displayed Press Select to move to the next digit The digit blinks Continue modifying each digit using this method To skip a digit and keep its current value press Select 4 When you have completed selecting the final digit press Select and the count is stored in NVRAM 5 6 Select a new test or select Exit Diagnostics from the Diagnostic Menu Press Return to return to the Printer Setup Menu Perm Page Count The permanent page count can only be viewed from the operator panel and cannot be changed 1 2 3 4 Select Perm Page Count from the menu The following screen will be displayed when permanent page count is selected Perm Page Count 1234567 Press Return to return to the Printer Setu
64. on page 3 1 180 PSD Error PSD sensor error black Update machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 181 PSD Error PSD sensor error cyan Update machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 182 PSD Error PSD sensor error magenta Update machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 183 PSD Error PSD sensor error yellow Update machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 184 PSD Error EOS sensor out of range scan direction black Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Pri Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 185 PSD Error EOS sensor out of range scan direction cyan Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Diagnostic information 2 15 5060 00 Error code Action 186 PSD Error EOS sensor out of range scan direction magenta
65. replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 954 NVRAM Failure NVRAM CRC failure replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 955 Code CRC lt gt RIP board this error indicates that the Code ROM or NAND failed the CRC check The location of the failure is indicated by lt oc gt Replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 956 System Board Processor Failure Errors 956 and 957 indicate which area of the controller RIP card failed Replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 957 System Board ASIC Failure Replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 958 NAND Failure Replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 Diagnostic information 2 7 5060 00 Error code Action 960 RAM Memory Error RAM soldered on board is bad Replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 961 RAM Memory Error 962 RAM Memory Error 963 RAM Memory Error Errors 961 through 963 indicate that a memory error has occurred on RAM x in slot x installed on the RIP card If available switch memory from the failing slot with one from a non failing slot to see if this fixes the problem If it does not fix the problem replace the RIP board If another RAM option is not available replace the RAM that is failing If this does not fix the problem replace the RIP b
66. 14 C DEV PWM OUT 15 SC Y CHIP 16 Y DEV PWM OUT 17 Ground 18 24 V dc switched J45 RIP Interface 1 2 DATA RIP 2 2 CLK RIP 3 NOTIFY RIP 4 Ground 5 VSYNC Y OUT 6 FPIRQ RIP 7 VSYNC M OUT 8 VSYNC C OUT 9 Ground 10 VSYNC OUT 11 HSYNC Y IN 12 HSYNC C IN 13 HSYNC M IN 14 HSYNC K IN 15 RIP PRESENT OUT 16 Ground 17 ITU ZONECLK OUT 18 ITU HOMEZONE OUT 5 10 Service Manual 5060 00 See Engine board on page 5 7 Connector Pin no Signal M ON OUT C ON OUT 5 V dc 5 V dc M DIR OUT C DIR OUT 24 V dc M and C 24 V dc M and C Ground Ground M CLK OUT C CLK OUT M HALL IN C HALL IN M LOCK IN C LOCK IN CLR FULL IN Ground FAN3 STALL IN Ground FAN3 PWM OUT 24 V dc Right Side K ON OUT ITU ON OUT 5 V dc 5 V dc K DIR OUT ITU DIR OUT 24 V dc ITU and K 24 V dc ITU and K Ground Ground K CLK OUT ITU CLK OUT K HALL IN ITU HALL IN K LOCK IN ITU LOCK IN J47 Cyan Cartridge Motor Magenta Cartridge Motor BR Wy N E E A A E J52 Waste Full J53 RIP Fan OJ N J64 ITU Drive Motor Black Cartridge Drive Motor o NI o Aaj AJ OJN o E A E
67. 5060 00x 00000000 000000000 See Engine board on page 5 7 J45 1 0000 Pwr On 45V 000000 Cover 1 Interlock 5 J86 Heartbeat CR10 Connector Pin no Signal J2 Main Fan FAN1 Stall IN Ground FAN1 PWM Out 24 V Left Side J3 Oiler Stepper Motor Oiler PHA OUT Oiler PHA OUT Oiler PHB OUT pm BR Oiler PHB OUT Connector locations 5 7 5060 00 See Engine board on page 5 7 Connector Pin no Signal J4 VTB Fan FAN2 Stall IN Ground FAN2 PWM Out 24 V dc Left Side J5 Options Conn Trays 24 V dc options Ground RXD1_OPTS_IN Ground STAG_ENC 5 V dc options Ground TXD1_OUT J7 Options Conn Stacker 24 V dc options Ground RXD1_OPTS_IN Ground 5 V dc options Ground N AJ AJ TXD1_OUT J8 Yellow Drive Motor Fuser Drive Motor Y ON OUT FUSER ON OUT 5 V dc 5 V dc Y DIR OUT FUSER DIR OUT 24 V dc 24 V dc A
68. 7 21 12G6454 Frame bias spring 7 21 12G6455 Frame bias latch cover 7 21 12G6456 Sensor mount bracket 7 21 12G6457 MPD support bracket cover 7 21 12G6458 MPF support bracket spring 7 21 12G6459 MPF support bracket 7 21 12G6460 Door hinge restraint 7 21 12G6461 Paper out low sensor 7 21 12G6461 Sensor paper out low 7 24 12G6462 MPF bracket assembly 7 21 12G6463 MPF drive gear 7 21 12G6464 MPF drive gear shaft 7 21 1206465 MPF drive gear bushing 7 21 12G6466 Paper size sensing link 7 18 12G6467 Paper size sensing spring 7 18 1
69. 7 43 12G6486 S2 transparency narrow media sensor assembly 7 17 12G6488 Transfer plate assembly 7 14 12G6489 Vacuum transport belt assembly 7 13 Part number index 9 5060 00 12G6490 fan gap cover 7 41 12G6491 Jam access spring 7 13 12G6492 Redrive assembly 7 16 1266493 Upper door hinge 7 16 12G6495 Fuser assembly web oiler 100V 500W 7 11 12G6496 Fuser assembly 100V 500W 7 9 1206496 Maintenance kit 115V 6 4 1206497 Maintenance kit 220V 6 4 12G6498 Maintenance kit 100V 6 4 12G6502 100 V web oiler fuser 1 4 6 4 12G6502 100 V web oiler upgrade kit 1 4 12G6503 Cable printhead interlock cover open
70. 990 Service error This error indicates which option is causing the error 5 Bin mailbox Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Mechanical linkage DC motor assembly make sure Go to step 2 Reseat the cable the DC motor cable connector is installed at J2 on the and recheck for control board correct operation of Is the cable connected correctly the option 2 Resistance check disconnect J2 from the option Go to step 3 Replace the board and check the resistance of the motor on the mechanical cable connector between J2 1 and J2 2 The linkage DC motor resistance measures between 115 and 135 ohms assembly Is the resistance correct 3 DC motor check between J2 1 and between J2 2 and Replace the Go to step 4 the case of the DC motor for shorts mechanical linkage DC motor Is the DC motor shorted assembly Note If the DC motor is shorted damage may result to the Control board 4 Output Expander control board check disconnect the Replacethecontrol Replace the motor cable J2 and check the voltages at J2 on the board mechanical board linkage DC motor Warning Be careful not to short to adjacent pins on assembly the connector Note All voltages are approximate values Pins Voltages motor idle J2 1 24 V dc J2 2 24 V dc J2 3 5 V dc J2 4 5 V dc Are the voltages correct Diagnostic information 2 101 5060 00 500 sheet drawer For 990 Service Error Tr
71. DB1 Explanation 1C Paper detected at punch timing sensor too long Dirty or failed punch timing sensor 1E Paper not detected at punch timing sensor within timeout Jam near input misdirected sheet diverter stuck or misaligned sensor failure 1F Finisher internal software error Intermittent sensor might cause this error 20 Unexpected sheet detected at punch timing sensor Stuck diverter possibly due to alignment damaged sheet dirty or failed sensor 900 RIP Software Error There may be a communication problem bad cable network connection and so on software issue or a hardware problem with the controller board INA The communication and software aspects should be checked first Determine if the problem is constant or intermittent Constant 900 errors Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Resetthe ITU electrical disconnect Turn the printer off Go to step 2 Problem resolved Raise and lower the lever above the ITU handle Do not remove the ITU assembly itself Make sure the level is pressed firmly in place Turn the printer on Does the 900 error display 2 Disconnect the printer from any external connections Go to step 4 Go to step 3 Turn the power off and remove any parallel USB or network connections Turn the printer on Does the 900 error display 3 Runthe internal test pages Print one of the internal Inform the user or Go to step 4 test pages from the Utilities
72. ER Ol 10 Be N a A A o Connector locations 5 23 5060 00 Low voltage power supply LVPS LVPS to fuser connectors on LVPS 1 1 5 U U uu 10 6 AC Fuser DC Fuser Connector Control Connector Guo ero 7e Au Fuser to LVPS connectors on fuser 5 1 C 2 a IEEE LI p AARAA A Te y 6 10 1 DC Fuser AC Fuser Connector Connector 5 24 Service Manual Fuser connectors 5060 00x Connector Pin no Signal LVPS AC Fuser Connector AC Load 1 AC Common Ground N C A OJ N AC Load 2x LVPS DC Fuser Control Connector FusExitSen BURCam 1 N C WebEncoderA WebEncoderB HRThermistor BURThermistor Return Analog Ground NI AJ 5 V dc switch
73. ITU TEMP BELT HOLE 1 Ground Ground o NI A Oj N gt ITU EEPROM CLK E 24 V Right Side TPS LED ON OUT TONER PATCH OUT BELT HOLE 2 4 A 5 V dc switched J73 Autocompensator Motor 5 V dc SWITCHED AUTOCOMP ENC IN Ground Ground AUTOCOMP OUT 2 AUTOCOMP OUT 1 J86 Cover Interlock a A Ww N 24 V dc to Cover SW 24 V switched Connector locations 5 13 5060 00 RIP board Connector Pin 3 o Signal J17 J13 J1 Operator Panel Connector OP I2CDATA 45 V dc I2CCIk Ground OP I2R Ethernet NNW NW 00 A bs 2 Yellow Connector Mirror Motor Ground HSYNC SOS Ground 5 V Hsync Ground mm ref freq mm lock mm strt en CO amp MH GT Ground E 24 V dc mir mtr J
74. LVPS removal 19 1 43 3 V de page 4 40 9 2 5 V dc J9 3 5 V dc J9 4 24 V dc J9 5 24 V dc J9 6 Ground J9 7 Ground J9 8 Ground J9 9 Ground J9 10 Ground Note All voltages are approximate values Are the voltages correct 3 DC voltages at RIP board turn the power off and Go to step 4 Replace the LVPS disconnect the LVPS cable to J23 on the RIP board Turn the power supply assembly power on and check the following voltages on the LVPS cable J23 1 Ground J23 2 Ground J23 3 Ground J23 4 Ground J23 5 Ground J23 6 Ground J23 7 Ground J23 8 Ground J23 9 J23 10 3 3 V dc J23 11 3 3 V dc J23 12 3 3 V dc J23 13 5 0 V dc J23 14 45 0 V dc J23 15 5 0 V dc J23 16 24 V dc Note All voltages are approximate values Are the voltages correct See Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 Diagnostic information 2 113 5060 00 component that is related to the error presented For example for the 114 Service Printhead error plug in the black printhead J11 and J12 Use connector locations on System board non network on page 5 6 or System board network on page 5 7 Repeat this step until the original DC power problem occurs Does the DC power problem occur and component that was last connected to system board for a problem such as a short Step Actions and ques
75. NI 4 SND 2 NEAR EMPTY m E ve LEVEL Motor SIDE NC 4B PICK B INCET CN3 PICK_ A PICK_A CN2 0 TP1 24Vdc 1 24V 24Vde Reg Motor OUTLET 5 _ 2000 Sheet Moto 3 m Input Tray Wiring Diagram
76. Output Bin x is displayed POST is Go to Remove Go to step 4 incomplete unable to clear the message paper Output Bin x displays POST is incomplete unable to clear the message on page 2 136 4 271 Paper Jam Check Bin x appears POST Go to 271 Paper Go to step 5 incomplete jam Check Bin 1 on page 2 84 5 271 Paper Jam Check Bin x appears POST Go to Output Go to step 6 complete first sheet of paper feeds into Output Bin x Expander POST complete First sheet of paper feeds into Output Bin 1 on page 2 84 6 No indication that bin x is full OR no indication that bin Go to No Go to step 7 x is near full indication that Bin x is full or no indication that Bin x is near full on page 2 135 7 990 Service bin x Go to 990 Call your next level Service error support page 2 101 2 134 Service Manual No indication that Bin x is full or no indication that Bin x is near full 5060 00x Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Sensor cable installation check for correct installation Go to step 2 Install the cable of the sensor cable at J5 on the control board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Dual output bin x sensor assembly Go to step 3 Call your next level Do either the bin x full or the bin x near full sensor fail support the sensor test 3 Voltage check the voltages at J5 3 and J5 4 The Replace the sensor Replace the control voltages s
77. Voltage Voltage display LCD pane display static Test running on page 4 48 41 1 5 Vdc Voltage varies 1 0 to 2 0 V 1 2 5 Vdc 5 V J1 3 5 Voltage varies 1 0 to 2 4 V dc J1 4 Ground Ground J1 5 45 V dc 45 V dc Are the voltages correct 14 Operator panel cable check continuity of the operator Replace the Go to Operator panel cable Is there continuity operator panel See Operator panel removal on page 4 48 panel removal on page 4 48 and replace the operator panel cable Diagnostic information 2 133 5060 00 Output Expander option service check Note The majority of the mechanical components can be observed during operation by removing the covers The output expander functions without the covers installed Make sure the option is correctly installed before attempting to service the unit Step Symptoms Yes No 1 The printer does not recognize one or more output Go to Printer Go to step 2 expander options as being installed does not recognize that one or more output options as being installed on page 2 135 2 202 Paper Jam Open Rear Door appears A sheet of Go to Output Go to step 3 paper is jammed prior to the pass thru sensor flag ora expander on sheet of paper feeds out to the standard bin even page 2 75 though bin xis selected Paper exits half way out of the redrive 3 Remove paper
78. cartridge contact assembly Does the voltage change when the pin is pressed 9 Check the voltage at connector J20 13 when the yellow Go to step 10 Go to step 11 TMC switch is pressed Does the voltage measure approximately 3 3 V dc 10 Check the developer HVPS to engine board cable for Replace the cable Replace the damage broken connections or wire and shorts developer HVPS between adjacent pins board assembly Are there any signs of damage to the cable 11 Disconnect the developer HVPS cable from connector Replacetheengine Replace the J20 on the engine board Measure the voltage on board assembly developer HVPS connector J20 13 on the engine board and developer Does the voltage measure approximately 0 V dc PES 2 98 Service Manual 5060 00 943 Error code Black toner metering cycle TMC Toner metering cycle TMC is where the code and electronics in the printer sense an addition of toner in the cartridge developing area If the printer is expecting a toner addition cycle but one is not detected a 94x TMC Error is displayed Replacement of the cartridge may fix the problem temporarily if the problem is with the printer Only replace the cartridge if there are no problems with the printer or if the cartridge is known to be defective Note Before proceeding with this service check observe the error log for repetitive occurrences of a 94x service error Step Actions and questions Yes N
79. 3 87 x 6 38 in to 6 93 x 9 84 in 98 4 x X X 162 176 250 1 When Universal is selected the page is formatted for 8 5 x 14 in 215 9 x 355 6 mm unless the size is specified in the software application 2 Narrow media should be loaded with the length in the feed direction portrait 3 When Other Envelope is selected the page is formatted for 8 5 x 14 in 215 9 x 355 6 mm unless the size is specified in the software application 4 Statement and Folio are supported as standard size through software only Tray size sensing must be turned off before this standard size is visible in the paper size menu on the operator panel 5 2 hole punch is supported 6 3 hole punch is supported 7 4 hole punch is supported General information 1 9 5060 00 Input media types and weights Media Weight Integrated trays f and optional 500 sheet drawer Paper 5 Xerographic or business paper 16 to 19 9 Ib bond 60 to 74 9 g m grain long 20 to 47 Ib bond 75 to 176 g m grain long Specialty papers Gloss book 60 to 120 Ib book 88 to 176 g m grain long Gloss cover 60 to 65 Ib cover 162 to 176 g m grain long Card stock upper Index 90 Ib 163 g m limit grain long Bristol Tag 100 Ib 163 g m Cover 65 Ib 176 g m Card stock upper Index Bristol 110 Ib 199 g m limit grain short 2 Tag 125 Ib 203 g m Cover 80 Ib 216 g m Transparencies 1 Las
80. 99A1744 Kit Multi Bin Stacker 7 51 Part number index 1 17 5060 00 99A1784 Bracket attach 7 49 99A1786 Gear drive 7 53 99A1787 Deflector 7 55 99A1788 Retainer R ring 7 55 99A1789 7 55 9941789 Retainer 7 63 9941817 Tray Output Expander 7 49 99A2432 Blank parallel shield use with network RIP boards 7 37 99A2540 Redrive bearing 7 61 1 18 Service Manual 7 HVPS Developer Board RIP Board To RIP Board To HVPS Developer To Board s24 HVPS Developer oat z J12 Motor Assembly Black Drive Motor Assembly 8383 33988858888
81. AC DC power service check Before proceeding with this service check remove or disconnect any options that may be installed Turn the machine on If it operates correctly reattach one option at a time until the failing option is located Note Before proceeding with this service check turn the printer on and check to see if the Power on LED on the engine board is turned on Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Is the Power on LED on the engine board turned on Go to AC power service check on page 2 112 Go to DC power service check on page 2 113 The printer appears to be inoperative when turned on with the Power on Status LED off the LCD AC power service check display is blank the Fuser lamps do not come on and no motors turn Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Main AC power make sure the printer is receiving Go to step 2 Inform the main AC power customer that AC power to the printer Is the printer receiving AC power isincorrect 2 AC power check wall outlet check the AC line Go to step 3 Inform the voltage at the AC outlet customer that the Is the AC line voltage correct 2 3 AC power cord Go to step 4 If the cord is in poor condition Is the power cord in good condition replace the cord 4 AC Power Is the power cord plugged into an Go to step 5 Plug the power approved AC outlet It should not be
82. Appendix Print quality samples 11 5060 00 Printhead alignment test page yellow two of three B 12 Service Manual 5060 00 Printhead alignment test page cyan three of three Appendix Print quality samples B 13 5060 00 Print Line Len page Mayor divisions 20 x 70864202468 0664202 4 6 8 10 10 1 10 8 6 4 202468 A Adjust ALIGNMENT settings tor Cyan Yelow and Magenta by the following formutas The resus are a change to the current alignment settings 10 8 6 4 2 02 4 6 8 10 9 244491 dT B dR F 6 diis ee VIV Use following equation for more T 10 86 4202 4 6 8 10 accuracy on the top margin 40 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 B 10 dT 0 3 OyandT 3 1 10 6 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 Yetow E B Magenta dT 3 5 10 8 6 4 2 024 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 10 8 6 4 2 2 4 6 8 10 Di amp amp 10 0006000 9 14 Service Manual Index Numerics 1565 Emul Error Load 2 41 1xx service errors error table 2 9 2 16 service checks 2 42 2 67 2000 sheet option tray board connectors 5 26 parts catalog 7 64 service check 2 128 standalone test mode 3 34 symptom tables 2 4 system board LED error codes 2 128 2
83. Autocompensat or pick assembly removal on page 4 19 Step C Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Can you remove tray 1 from the printer Go to step 3 Go to step 2 2 Open the lower jam access door and carefully lift the Go to step 3 Determine what is autocompensator assembly until it is in its upper most causing the tray to position and carefully try to remove tray 1 stay in a locked position Repair as Can you remove tray 1 necessary 3 Check tray 1 for damage to the pick arm lift bellcrank Replace Tray 1 Go to step 4 activation tabs on the rear of the tray Is there damage to the tray 4 Check for loose or broken parts on the Replace the Go to step 5 autocompensator assembly autocompensator Are there loose or broken parts assembly 5 Check the following parts for any signs of damaged or Repair or replace Determine what is broken parts Pick arm lift bellcrank Pick arm bellcrank lift spring Are there any damaged or broken parts parts as necessary causing the autocompensator to stay in the down position Repair as necessary Diagnostic information 2 115 5060 00 Step D Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Enter the Diagnostics Mode and select the Tray 1 Call your next level Go to step 2 Sensor Test from the Input Tray Tests menu You can support activate the paper level sensor inside the printer The paper level sensor is a dual sensor a
84. Description 28 56P0168 1 Drive assembly 500 option 2 2 31 Screw PP 12G6309 3 12G6550 1 500 Sheet Option tray pick assembly 4 12G6565 1 Paper level sensing assembly 5 12G6471 1 Tray interlock bellcrank 6 12G6556 1 Cover frame 7 12G6553 1 Pass thru sensor 8 12G6562 1 Hinge 9 12G6559 1 Electronics size sensing assembly with system board 10 12G6558 1 Pick arm lift bellcrank 11 12G6566 1 Paper size sensing assembly 12 12G6557 1 Bellcrank lift spring 13 12G6560 1 500 base assembly 14 12G6380 7 Machine pad 15 56P0169 1 Plate 500 support assembly 16 12G6554 1 Paper guide 17 12G6563 1 Wall support plate 18 12G6552 1 Base door assembly 19 12G6561 1 Spring 20 12G6555 1 500 option deflector 21 12G6567 1 Grounding spring 22 99A0070 2 Pick roll tires NS 12G6510 4 Cable tie Parts catalog 7 57 5060 00 Assembly 28 1 500 sheet tray option 7 58 Service Manual Assembly 28 1 500 sheet tray option 5060 00x iR Units Description 28 1 4 12G6416 1 500 Sheet tray assembly 2 12G6419 1 Back restraint latch 3 12G6418 1 Back restraint 4 12G6425 1 Tray bias bellcrank assembly 5 1 Screw PP 12G6533 6 12G6426 1 Tray bias spring 7 12G6568 1 Reflector label 8 12G6421 1 Wear strip 9 12G6420 1 Tray wear clip 10 12G6417 1 Side restraint 11 56P1504 2 Active restraint pad Parts catalog 7 59 5060 00 Assembly 29 Duplex option 7 60 Service Manual Assembly 29 Duplex option
85. Duplex printing on letter size media sides per minute Letter 8 5 in x 11 in 20 10 A4 3 4 in x 11 7 in 19 9 5 Legal 8 5 in x 14 in 16 2 Performance Performance speed depends on e Interface to the host USB serial parallel network e Host system and application Page complexity and content Printer options installed or selected Available printer memory Media size and type e Resolution e Printer usage setting Time to first print Time to first print from standby mode e Black 17 5 seconds Color 20 seconds Time to first print from power saver mode e Black 180 seconds e Color 180 seconds Note All first copy times are measured for 2400 image quality simplex printing on letter size paper The test job consists of the character A followed by a form feed single page job The first copy time is defined as the elapsed time from hitting enter on the PC keyboard to the page exiting to the output bin All tests will pick paper from the primary input tray and the page will exit into the primary output bin Processor 350 MHz Duty cycle Up to 60K page maximum one time usage Up to 4K pages per month average usage 1 6 Service Manual Memory configuration 5060 00x DRAM memory Lexmark C750 n Lexmark C750dn Standard 64MB 128MB Maximum 512MB 512MB Available memory options Optional 64MB 128MB and 256MB SDRAM DIMMs are available from Lexmark The
86. For example if T 5 and dT 2 the new T value is T dT 5 2 3 Once all values are changed return to the Print Tests menu and select Prt Line Len Cal Verify that the adjusted values and the color bands for Cyan Magenta and Yellow on all six groups A through F are centered between 2 and 2 Repeat if necessary Note The Line Length Calibration must be printed after making any changes to color alignment Exit diagnostics Appendix Service tips A 15 5060 00 Partial Print Test Diagnostic procedure for missing or faded planes Turn the printer off Remove all cartridges and the ITU Inspect the bellcranks Enter the Configuration Menu See Entering CONFIG MENU on page 3 7 Select Prt Quality Pgs and press Select Open the vacuum transport belt VTB jam access door and watch the test pages pass from left to right over the VTB There is a delay between the first and second page 7 Once the pages are printed examine the pages for to confirm the color plane is not printing Note The third page is particularly important since it is the image on the belt when the test printed a 8 Select Prt Quality Pgs and press Select Open the VTB through the access door and once again watch the test pages pass over the VTB 9 When the top half of the second page passes over the VTB quickly open the front cover The printing stops Approximate final stopping place a 10 R
87. Ground video data video data J7 Printhead Magenta Connector Mirror Motor Ground HSYNC SOS Ground 5 V dc Hsync DC Ground mm ref freq mm lock mm strt en CO N aj A N Ground A o 24 V dc mir mtr Connector locations 5 15 5060 00 Connector Pin 5 o Signal J17 Ethernet NW 00 a J13 NNW A J8 Printhead Magenta Connector Video N C N C laser en Ground laser adj Ground laser PWM 5 V dc head CO NI A Ground A video data video data x 9 Printhead Magenta Black Connector EOS Ground lexhsync eos thermistor 5 V dc EOS card Ground lexhsync eos thermistor NI A 5 V dc EOS card J10 Printhead Black Connector Mirror Motor Ground HSYNC SOS
88. Otherwise enter Diagnostics Mode a Turn the printer off b Press and hold Go and Return C Turn the printer on d Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays 10 Select Alignment Menu select the color of the printhead that was replaced and set the Z value to zero Exit the Diagnostics Menu 11 With the printer at Ready prompt hook up a computer through the USB network or parallel connection and send the file PHALIGN6 FLS from the enclosed CD to the printer Note Lay the printed Printhead Mechanical Alignment Test Page across the printheads in this orientation as a reference Use the magnifier lens included in the FRU to view the scales at the ends of the color lines Printhead Mechanical Alignment Test Page d Positive Number 4 REAR SIDE REAR SIDE Negative Number Turn Thumbwheel Number of Clicks Indicated u eur eur MOJA Positive Number FRONT SIDE FRONT SIDE Negative Number 12 Loosen the printhead screws before making any adjustments to the thumbwheel Appendix Service tips 9 5060 00 13 Turn each thumbwheel the appropriate number of clicks as indicated by the test page Positive Number gt 5 o amp ro IN Negative Number zl oj O For example if the test page indicates a 10 as the misalignment turn the thumbwheel 10
89. Parallel Wrap if available Serial Wrap if available Serial 1 Wrap if available Serial 2 Wrap if available Serial 3 Wrap if available LCD Test This test verifies the operator panel LCD function To run the LCD Test 1 Select LCD Test from the Diagnostics Menu The LCD test continually executes the LCD display test 2 Press Return or Stop to cancel the test Button Test This test verifies the operator panel LCD function To run the Button Test 1 Select Button Test from the Diagnostics Menu With no buttons pressed several OP Open messages are displayed 2 Press each button one at a time and a CL Closed is display in place of OP The proper operation of each button can be checked 3 Press Return or Stop to cancel the test Diagnostic aids 3 19 5060 00 DRAM Test This test checks the validity of DRAM both standard and optional The test writes patterns of data to DRAM to verify that each bit in memory can be set and read correctly To run the DRAM Test 1 Select DRAM Test from the menu The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress 2 Press Return or Stop to exit the test DRAM Test 128M P represents the number of times the memory test has passed and finished successfully Initially 000000 displays with the maximum pass count being 999 999 F represents the of time the memory test has failed and finished with errors Initially 00000 displays wi
90. Primary Message 57 Configuration Change the printer firmware could not restore jobs from the disk because the configuration of the printer has changed Secondary Message Held Jobs May Not Be Restored Primary Message Held Jobs May Not Be Restored handles any other conditions where any of the print and hold jobs could not be restored from the disk Note Some of the print and hold jobs may not be restored They remain on the disk but cannot be accessed 38 Memory Full This message is displayed when the printer is processing an incoming job and there is not enough memory available to continue processing the job The following actions can be taken You may want to determine how to make more memory available to your print job by Deleting fonts macros and other data in RAM Simplify your print job Install additional memory Press Go to clear the message however some data may be lost Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 39 Complex Page This message is displayed when a page is too complex to print The following actions can be taken Press Go to clear the message and continue processing the job some data loss may occur Try to simply the print job Press Menus to access the Busy Waiting Menu Th
91. TESI a eee Lam Ap aisi 3 23 QUICK 3 23 auc den Seed a kes Grok 3 23 SGPS les edad 3 23 IRAY TESTS 39r 3 24 3 24 Sensor TESI agate ics Bhd 3 24 OUTPUT BIN TESIS 3 25 Feed T6St hoes PG PES dae 3 25 Sit 3 25 BIVENEr 3 25 SOHSOE TOS 223 cm 3 26 FINISHER TESTS irme ER oe E Seti 3 27 Sapo ec qu gee 3 27 Feed 4446 S Wee er be ed eee bas 3 27 SENSO TESI 3 27 Hole PORCH Ed auc LEE 3 28 Vi Service Manual 5060 00 BAS SEIS OR TESI aii pesi 3 29 DEVICE TESTS RP eR debe 3 29 DISK S REPE ES 3 29 Disk
92. The following options may be incompatible for use on one or more 50xx models Output Bin x x 1 2 or 3 Tray x x 2 3 4 or 5 Duplex The user is required to remove the incompatible option and press Go to clear the message Note If the user installed the incompatible option to satisfy a Check Option Connections Reattach Option attendance condition the user must reinstall an associated compatible option or hot unplug the option 61 Defective Disk This message is displayed when the printer detects a defective disk This error may occur at power on or during disk format and write operations Press Go to clear the message The disk is marked as defective and normal printer operation continues Disk operations are not allowed with a defective disk and the Format Disk menu item is not shown 62 Disk Full This message is displayed when there is not enough free space on the disk to hold the data that have been requested to be written to the disk This message is displayed for both resource collection and PostScript emulation when the disk is full The following actions can be taken however this deletes all downloaded Fonts and Macros not written to disk Press Go to clear the message and continue processing the print job Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout
93. The voltage assembly See board assembly should measure approximately 0 13 V dc to Fuser assembly See Engine 0 64 V dc as the hot roll lamp turns on and off removal on board removal Is the voltage correct pues ver 126 Error code Hot roll thermistor or thermistor circuits are open The printer detects a problem in the fuser hot roll hot roll lamp circuits fuser hot roll thermistor engine board or LVPS fuser control circuits Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Turn the printer on and allow it to reach Ready Go to step 2 Replace the engine Note The printer may not complete POR and post a 126 removal on Remove the fuser assembly from the printer and page 4 31 measure the voltage on connector J10 6 on the engine board See Fuser connectors on page 5 25 The voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V dc Is the voltage correct 2 Measure the voltage on the fuser DC control connector Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS on the LVPS Measure the voltage on pin 6 of the assembly See assembly Low connector The voltage should measure approximately Fuser assembly voltage power 3 3 V de removal on supply LVPS Is the voltage correct page 4 33 Diagnostic information 2 47 5060 00 127 Error code Backup roll thermistor or thermistor circuits are open The printer detects a problem in the fuser back
94. XX value Default Value Run an Alignment Test Page before changing any of the settings When the alignment screen is displayed the Top Margin sign value pair flashes To change the value press Menu Once the value is displayed press Select to save the value and move to the next value The margin values blink in the following order Top Left Right and Theta To skip a margin value because its value is correct press Select The default value remains the same If Return is selected and you exit the alignment menu after a margin value has been changed but not saved then the default value is not changed However if the Alignment Test page is requested after a margin value has been changed but not saved then the default value is changed and the Alignment Test Page is printed using the new value To verify that the margin values are correct you must print the Alignment Test Pages Press Go from the Alignment Test screen that displays each of the margin values Pressing Go serves as a hot key to the Alignment Test Pages Buttons are not active when the Alignment Test Pages are printing Note The Alignment Test Pages consist of all three color alignment pages The Alignment Test Page should be printed on A4 or Letter paper The printer tries to print the test page from the default paper source however if the default source only supports envelopes then the page prints from Tray 1 Complete a Line Length Calibration from the P
95. and MarkNet are trademarks of Lexmark International Inc registered in the United States and or other countries ImageQuick Optra Forms and PrintCryption are trademarks of Lexmark International Inc LEXFAX is a service mark of Lexmark International Inc PostScript amp is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated PCLO is a registered trademark of the Hewlett Packard Company Other trademarks are the property of their respective owners 2004 Copyright Lexmark International Inc rights reserved UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RIGHTS This software and any accompanying documentation provided under this agreement are commercial computer software and documentation developed exclusively at private expense U S A P N 12G9174 5060 00 Table of contents Notices and safety information xi Safety information 522 5525 255 5 4 0 xvii HOR XX dishes e ead Ro a NR d d tuper tases ugar 1 1 Tools required for service 1 1 Options and features eg sis cdm 55 1 2 Iiglpe Herm erret ep errem toit
96. approximate SWOP color output Euro CMYK Applies color correction to approximate EuroScale color output Vivid Applies a color correction algorithm that produces brighter more saturated colors May be selected for all incoming color formats Vivid CMYK Increases color saturation for the US CMYK color correction Off No color correction is implemented CMYK Graphics Color US CMYK Euro Vivid Vivid Off Black amp White 2 22 Service Manual Purpose Values Print Resolution To define the number of dots printed 2400 IQ Provides the highest resolution for per inch dpi The higher the value detailed line art or images the sharper the clarity of printed characters and graphics 1200 dpi Provides high quality output for text and business graphics such as line art and electronically generated charts This setting also provides increased gloss Toner Darkness To lighten or darken text images 1 5 4 1 is lightest 5 is darkest Conserve toner Select a lower value for finer line width higher definition in graphics and lighter grayscale images Select a higher value for bolder line widths or darker grayscale images Select 5 for very bold text Select a value less than 4 to conserve toner A vertical bar indicates the factory default value An arrow symbol V indicates a user default value Utilitie
97. black terminal contact 2 56P1567 1 Cable assembly cyan terminal contact 3 56P1568 1 Cable assembly yellow terminal contact 4 56P1566 1 Cable assembly magenta terminal contact 5 56P0174 1 Cable assembly second transfer voltage 6 56P1502 1 Cable HVPS control transfer 7 46 Service Manual 5060 00 Assembly 25 Electronic cabling developer HVPS Developer HVPS FT Cleaner Bias o J20 on Engine Board Terminal 1 CN5 5 Black cartridge Magenta cartridge Cyan cartridge Yellow cartridge contact assembly contact assembly contact assembly contact assembly Cartridge signature Cartridge signature Cartridge signature Cartridge signature button cable button cable button cable button cable Asm Part e ni Description Index Number Units escriptio 25 4 56 1502 1 Cable assembly HVPS control developer 56P0310 3 Cartridge contact assembly complete cyan magenta yellow 56P1561 1 Cartridge contact assembly complete black 56P0311 1 Cable ITU Autocomp out with CB lead Parts catalog 7 47 5060 00 Assembly 26 Output
98. but the port is disabled Note Once the error is displayed the first time reporting of further errors is suppressed until the printer is reset or menus are entered The following actions can be taken Press Go to clear the message Any data received on the serial port is discarded Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions may be available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 56 Std Parallel Port Disabled 56 Parallel Port x Disabled These messages may appear when data is sent to the printer across a parallel port but the port is disabled Note Once the error is displayed the first time reporting of further errors is suppressed until the printer is reset or menus are entered The following actions can be taken Press Go to clear the message Any data received on the parallel port is discarded Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions may be available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 56 Standard USB Port Disabled 56 USB Port x Disabled These messages may appear when data is sent to the printer across the USB port but the port is disabled Note Once the error is displayed the first time reporting of further errors is suppressed until the printer is reset
99. correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check for a piece of media or a cable caught in the fan Remove the Go to step 4 Is there an obstruction in the fan 2 90 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No 4 Disconnect the VTB fan from J4 on the engine board Replace the VTB Replace the engine and check the voltages on J4 fan See Vacuum board See Pin Fan off Fan Fan transport belt Engine board disconnected disconnected fan removal on Fan switch on Fan switch off oe page 4 31 1 6 33 3 3Vdo 43 8 V dc 44 2 0 44 3 3 1 0 0v 2 V dc 44 4 24 Vdc 24 24 24 Are the voltages correct 927 Error code RIP fan Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Turn the power off and manually spin the fan and check Go to step 2 Replace the RIP that it rotates freely fan See RIP fan Does the fan rotate freely aoa 2 Check the RIP fan cable connection to the engine Go to step 3 Install the cable board J53 for correct installation correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check for any obstruction in the fan Remove the Go to step 4 Is there an obstruction in the fan obstruction 4 Disconnect the RIP fan from J53 on the engine board Replace the RIP Replace the engine
100. device comm Engine protocol violation detected by the specified device Engine Duplex option Tray x where 1 2 3 4 or 5 Output bin where x21 2 3 or 6 Note This message is used for single bin output devices Bin xto y where x to y 1 to 5 Note This message is used for multiple bin output devices 982 device comm Communications error detected by the specified device Engine Duplex option Tray x where 1 2 3 4 or 5 Output bin where x 1 2 3 or 6 Note This message is used for single bin output devices Bin xto y where x to y 1 to 5 Note This message is used for multiple bin output devices 2 8 Service Manual 5060 00 Error code Action 983 lt device gt comm Invalid command received by the specified device Engine Duplex option Tray x where 1 2 3 4 or 5 Output bin where x 1 2 3 or 6 Note This message is used for single bin output devices Bin xto y where xto 1 to 5 Note This message is used for multiple bin output devices Check the autoconnects above and below the failing option to make sure they are seated and connected correctly Go to service check for the device indicated 984 device comm Invalid command parameter received by the specified device Engine Duplex option Tray x where 1 2 3 4 or 5 Output bin x where x 1 2 3 or 6 Note This message is used for single bin output devices Bin
101. mantenimiento realizado por el usuario o cualquier otra situaci n de servicio t cnico Declara o sobre Laser A impressora est certificada nos E U A em conformidade com os requisitos da regulamenta o DHHS 21 CFR Subcap tulo J para a Classe 1 de produtos laser Em outros locais est certificada como um produto laser da Classe em conformidade com os requisitos da norma IEC 60825 1 Os produtos laser da Classe nao s o considerados perigosos Internamente a impressora cont m um produto laser da Classe 3b designado laser de arseneto de pot ssio de 5 milliwatts operando faixa de comprimento de onda entre 770 e 795 nan metros O sistema e a impressora laser foram concebidos de forma a nunca existir qualquer possiblidade de acesso humano a radia o laser superior a um nivel de Classe durante a opera o normal a manuten o feita pelo utilizador ou condi es de assist ncia prescritas Laserinformatie De printer voldoet aan de eisen die gesteld worden aan een laserprodukt van klasse 1 Voor de Verenigde Staten zijn deze eisen vastgelegd in DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J voor andere landen in IEC 60825 1 Laserprodukten van klasse worden niet als ongevaarlijk aangemerkt De printer is voorzien van een laser van klasse 3b dat wil zeggen een gallium arsenide laser van 5 milliwatt met een golflengte van 770 795 nanometer Het lasergedeelte en de printer zijn zo ontworpen dat bij normaal gebruik bij
102. operator panel 7 45 12G6322 Printhead assembly 7 15 12G6322 Printhead assembly black includes HSYNC and mirror motor cables 7 45 12G6322 Printhead assembly magenta includes HSYNC and mirror motor cables 7 45 12G6322 Printhead assembly yellow includes HSYNC and mirror motor cables 7 45 12G6323 Engine board 7 39 12G6326 Riser card assembly w o support brackets 7 37 12G6327 Transfer HVPS board 7 38 1206328 Developer HVPS board lt 7 38 12G6329 Cable LVPS to engine board and fuser attached to LVPS 7 43 12G6329 Cable LVPS to engine power attaced to LVPS 7 43 12G6329 Cable LVPS to RIP board power attached to LVPS 7 43 1206329 LVPS 115V 7 35 1266330 LVPS 220V 7 35 1266331 board ground shield
103. output bin 1 P2 OP L NL P1 5 Bin Mailbox first Pass Thru Sensor P2 5 Bin Mailbox second Pass Thru Sensor L 5 Bin Mailbox output level sensor where EM indicates the bin is empty NL indicates the bin contains media but the bin is not near full nor full NF indicates the bin is near full FL indicates the bin is full 3 Once the selection is displayed you can manually actuate the sensor you want to test When the sensor is closed CL displays and when the sensor is open OP displays 4 To exit the test press Return or Stop 3 26 Service Manual 5060 00 FINISHER TESTS Staple Test This test verifies the operation of the staple mechanism in the finisher To run the Staple Test 1 Select Staple Test from the Finisher Tests menu 2 Select a destination bin The printer feeds eight pieces of media to the finisher and accumulates all eight pieces in the accumulator After the last sheet is accumulated the pack is stapled When the test is complete the printer returns to the original screen Feed Test This test verifies that media can be fed to a finisher output bin and then stapled To run the Finisher Feed Test 1 Select Feed Test from the menu 2 Select a destination bin The printer feeds eight pieces of media to the selected finisher output bin where they are stapled Note No information is printed on the fed sheets as the laser is not engaged during this test This test cannot
104. right side 7 55 99A1728 Cam diverter actuator 7 55 99A1729 Latch diverter actuator 7 55 99A1730 Arbor diverter actuator 7 55 99A1731 Spring diverter actuator 7 55 99A1732 Solenoid diverter 7 55 99A1734 Spring static ground 7 55 99A1735 Flag bin full 7 53 99A1736 Cable dual sensor 7 53 99A1737 Sensor dual bin level 7 53 99A1738 Deflector paper exit W orush 7 55 99A1740 Board asm 5 Bin Mailbox system 7 53 99A1741 Spring diverter 7 55 99A1742 Sensor 5 Bin Mailbox pass thru 7 53 9941743 Kit 5 Bin Mailbox asm 7 53
105. the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets not be removed during the jam clearing procedure Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled Diagnostic information 2 27 User attendance message table User primary message User secondary message Explanation 200 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave sheets in Finisher area 5 Primary This message indicates that a paper jam has occurred at or near the printer input sensor Open the printers left door paper jam removal door to access the jammed media Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 201 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave sheets in Finisher area 5 Primary Media has jammed before the fuser Open the printer left door to access the jammed media Secon
106. working Unplug the product before you begin or use caution if the product must receive power in order to perform the task Consignes de s curit e La s curit de ce produit repose sur des tests et des agr ations portant sur sa conception d origine et sur des composants particuliers Le fabricant n assume aucune responsabilit concernant la s curit en cas d utilisation de pi ces de rechange non agr es Les consignes d entretien et de r paration de ce produit s adressent uniquement un personnel de maintenance qualifi d montage et l entretien de ce produit pouvant pr senter certains risques lectriques le personnel d entretien qualifi devra prendre toutes les pr cautions n cessaires ATTENTION Ce symbole indique la pr sence d une tension dangereuse dans la partie du produit sur laquelle vous travaillez D branchez le produit avant de commencer ou faites preuve de vigilance si l ex cution de la tache exige que le produit reste sous tension Norme di sicurezza e La sicurezza del prodotto si basa sui test e sull approvazione del progetto originale e dei componenti specifici Il produttore non responsabile per la sicurezza in caso di sostituzione non autorizzata delle parti Leinformazioni riguardanti la manutenzione di questo prodotto sono indirizzate soltanto al personale di assistenza autorizzato Durante lo smontaggio e la manutenzione di questo prodotto il rischio di subire scosse elettriche
107. 12G6545 Web oiler assembly 7 11 1 10 Service Manual 5060 00 12G6545 Web oiler replacement 1 4 12G6546 Yellow terminal contact assembly 7 29 12G6550 500 Sheet Option tray pick assembly 7 57 12G6552 Base door assembly 7 57 12G6553 Pass thru sensor 7 57 12G6554 Paper guide 7 57 12G6555 500 option deflector 7 57 12G6556 Cover frame 7 57 12G6557 Bellcrank lift spring 7 24 7 57 12G6558 Pick arm lift bellcrank 7 24 7 57 12G6559 Electronics size sensing assembly with system board 7 57 12G6560 500 base assembly 7 57 12G6561 Spring 7 57 12G6562 Hinge
108. 13 REGISTRATION danti LI M LE LE E 3 14 ALIGNMENT 3 15 Cyan Yellow Magenta 5 22 crm ete eee 3 15 DFE SENSIS soo mop Ire dnb ed dot 3 16 To exiltlie test press Relu Or oie d dI Rn de 3 16 TOP HNE MARADJ mb RII TP UI PP dips 3 16 MISC ucc TTC ee oe IER 3 16 3 16 Belt Tracking ITU 4th point adjustment 3 17 PRINT TESTS E de 3 18 Print Tests inpUutsource eoe hies ded dup Red Gee PR d PE adn 3 18 ProQualty POs 3 19 o RP rrr 3 19 PARDWARE 15 5 RE 3 19 Test iet vod e ICE qoia 3 19 domare 3 19 BRAN heh os ERRAT TCU TENEAT 3 20 CACHE Test Sd aS ES dE EA ERR Sieg odd x 3 20 ROM MCSE oaa dead Udo d PE e od bud dex quu pd 3 21 Parallel WEBB TeSt dx bote d quesos dog PIPER A d oe ie bed 3 21 Seral Wrap Sar p em PE rede x ripped eb i E dens 3 22
109. 2 19 5060 00 Programming errors P101 through P116 These error codes may be displayed whenever a new code upgrade has been attempted It is possible that the wrong type of code network versus non network or a corrupted file was probably sent to the printer Verify that the correct type of code is being flashed to the printer The following displays whenever a programming error occurs while programming the RIP code Programming Error P xxx Error code Description P105 Invalid package A network file was used to program a non network printer or a non network file was used to program a network printer P109 Package size error An update file was used to program the printer but the package did not fit within the space allocated in the Master Boot Record P112 Invalid DLE An upddle fls file was used to update the DLE code on printer with a firmware card installed but the DLE was not found on the firmware card P200 No firmware card A DLE file was sent to the printer but no firmware is installed Understanding the printer operator panel The operator panel has five buttons a display and a light that flashes when the printer is processing a job indicated by the Busy message Read 7 Display Menu Select 7 Go Stop Operator panel buttons Button Function Go Press Go to If you have changed printer settings from t
110. 241 Tray 1 Duplex unit 242 Tray 2 251 Multipurpose Feeder Finisher T 241 Tray 1 Duplex unit 242 2 243 Tray 3 2000 sheeisz gt Multipurpose Finisher T Feeder 5 for use with MFP option 241 Tray 1 Duplex unit 242 Tray 2 243 Tray 3 244 Tray 4 7 Printer stand Diagnostic information 2 81 5060 00 250 Unable to clear the message multipurpose feeder loaded Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the media in the MPF meets specifications Go to step 2 Inform user that the Does the media meet specifications 2 specifications 2 Does the media feed correctly from tray 1 Go to step 3 Go to Tray 1 service check on page 2 149 3 Is the Paper Type setting correct for media in the MPF Go to step 4 Correct the Paper Type setting 4 Check the media is loaded properly The side restraint Go to step 5 Properly load the should not be too tight The leading edge of the media media should be sitting on the friction buckler Is the media correctly loaded 5 Open the MPF to the horizontal position and check the Clear the Go to step 6 paper path for obstructions obstruction Is the paper path obstructed 6 Raise the pick roll off the media and test the MPF Go to step 8 Go to step 7 Does the pick roll turn 7 Open the lower jam access door move the M
111. 36 3 Remove the LVPS screw type 121 A from the rear of the printer 4 40 Service Manual 5060 00 4 Remove the right rear cover screw type 121 A 5 Open the redrive cover and remove the screw type 121 A from the top of the LVPS and remove the LVPS from the printer Note Be sure to reinstall the ground strap when you replace the LVPS Repair information 4 41 5060 00 Multipurpose feeder MPF removal See Multipurpose Feeder MPF on page 7 21 for the part number 1 Open the MPF to the lowest position 2 Remove the MPF cable cover screw A 3 Place flatblade screwdriver in the slot B on the MPF cable cover and gently pry open the cover 4 42 Service Manual 5060 00 4 Disconnect the MPF switch cable from the MPF sensor 5 Pull the MPF cable free of the enclosure and out from under the cable retainer D D Repair information 4 43 5060 00 7 Release the MPF latch and remove the MPF Nip relief handle removal See Nip relief handle on page 7 19 for the part number 1 Remove lower left side covers to gain access to the nip relief handle 2 Remove waste toner container 3 Reinsert paper tray into printer If any fragments fall into the printer they should land in the paper tray and be easy to remove 4 Remove the broken pieces of old nip relief handle a Pull up the upper piece of handle to raise the nip relief link A
112. 37 2525 RR Bees 4 39 ITU drive assembly removal 4 39 OV c0 TE goes done eee ead 4 40 Low voltage power supply EVPS removal 1 22 Pes 4 40 Multipurpose feeder MPF removal 4 42 Nip relief handle removal 4 44 Ghordtorpanel removal 9 29 9 92 uoa Udab nd ME bd a bois 4 48 guer EMO shield T6loVal 23545545 VERE TRIP 4 49 Paper size sensing assembly removal 4 50 PILIS a sg TEENI PONA 4 50 Printhead removal and adjustment p bn dod udo Spr dud 4 52 Printhead mechanical alignment 4 53 Printer registration only for black printhead 4 58 Electone color allg FROID roug ape dra De Sa SEADED 4 60 acu arsi tice eden tee ete d eoe S ep deberia 4 63 Printhead card removal RR PORE ERR EROR QUE eas s 4 64 PSD sensor assembly FelmoVal hom te one a oS rebat adr d ma pe eer a aUe 4 65 Rear bellcrank removal cyan magenta
113. 4 Once the handle snaps onto the post press the upper portion of the handle to the right and rotate the handle into its home position This seats the nip relief lever into the correct position 5 Check for proper operation 6 Install the waste toner container 7 Replace the covers Appendix Service tips A 21 5060 00 Finisher alignment This tip provides detailed instructions for aligning the finisher to the printer The sides of the finisher must be parallel with the printer and at the same height or you may have paper feeding problems There are four locations where adjustments can be made to correctly align the finisher with the printer There are two adjustment casters on the left the side closest to the printer and two on the right underneath the platform cover Note The short finisher left casters adjust with caster bolts while the tall finisher left casters adjust with wingnuts Caster bolts or wingnuts How the casters are adjusted depends on whether you have the short or tall finisher Short finisher Printer Optional duplex unit Three additional 500 sheet drawers Printer stand Finisher 500 sheet drawers Printer stand A 22 Service Manual 5060 00 Tall finisher Printer Optional duplex unit One additional 500 sheet drawer Optional 2000 sheet drawer Finisher Finisher Printer T Dupl
114. 5 U U U GC N AC Fuser DC Fuser Connector Control Connector Is there continuity 3 Check to make sure the backup roll lamp is installed Go to step 4 Install the lamp correctly correctly Is the lamp installed correctly 4 Carefully remove the lamp from the fuser assembly Replace the fuser Replace the being careful to only handle the lamp by the ceramic assembly See backup roll lamp end pieces and not by the glass envelope Fuser assembly ae is removal on Warning Use caution when handling the lamp as it is page 4 33 easily broken Check the continuity of the backup roll lamp Is there continuity 5 Reinstall the fuser assembly Watch to see if the lamps Go to step 6 Replace the LVPS turn on and off as the lamps heat up assembly See Low voltage Do the lamps turn on and off power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 6 Turn the printer on and allow it to reach Ready Go to step 7 Replace the engine Note The printer may not complete POR and continues to display 131 error board removal Remove the fuser assembly from the printer and on page 4 31 measure the voltage on connector J10 7 on the engine board The voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V dc Is the voltage correct Diagnostic information 2 51 5060 00
115. 5060 00x lum Sole Units Description 28 56P0480 1 Back cover 2 99A2540 5 Redrive bearing 3 56P0447 1 Duplex entry shaft assembly 4 20 Screw PP 12G6533 5 56P0434 1 Right side front tray guide 6 56P0483 1 Deflector actuator assembly 7 56P0432 1 Duplex front jam tray assembly 8 56P0457 1 Duplex support bracket 9 56P0455 1 Sensor mount plate 10 56P0442 1 Duplex exit sensor 11 56 0435 1 Duplex shaft mount 12 56P0479 1 Front decurl assembly 13 56P0444 1 F R backup shaft assembly 14 56P0476 3 5 mm bushing 15 56P0473 1 Brake pad 16 56P0439 1 Duplex paper guide 17 56P0454 1 Wall support 18 56P0475 1 Brake spring 19 56P0472 1 Pass thru shaft assembly 20 56P0441 1 Duplex shaft assembly 21 56P0468 1 Pass thru spring 22 56P0470 1 Aligner arm spring 23 56P0466 1 Spur drive gear 24 56P0467 2 26T duplex gear 25 99A0267 Retainer PP 99A0267 26 56P0471 1 Bellcrank assembly 27 56P0474 1 Decurl BAC assembly 28 56P0445 1 40T shaft drive F R gear 29 56P0449 1 Support decurl guide NS 56P0482 1 Pulley washer Parts catalog 7 61 5060 00 Duplex option Assembly 29 1 7 62 Service Manual Assembly 29 1 Duplex option 5060 00x aie onde Units Description 28 1 4 56P0456 1 Duplex support plate 2 56P0462 1 Autoconnect cable assembly 3 56P0463 1 DC forward reverse motor assembly 4 56P0464 1 DC duplex feed motor 5 1 Screw PP 12G6309 6 12G6510 6 Cable Tie 6 in pack 7 56P0459 1 Back support 8 56P0430 1 Du
116. 56P0372 1 Harness cable assembly E6 cable E8 to tray limit switches 15 56P0373 1 Harness cable assembly E7 cable E8 to output tray offset sensor 16 56P0374 1 Harness cable assembly E8 system board to E6 E7 17 56P0375 1 Harness cable assembly E9 cable E10 to output offset motor 18 56P0376 1 Harness cable assembly E10 system board to cable E9 19 56P0378 1 Harness cable assembly R1 system board to inverter solenoid inverter jam sensor 20 56P0379 1 Harness cable assembly D1 system board to front door switch 21 56P0380 1 Harness cable assembly D2 system board to low voltage power supply 22 56P0381 1 Harness cable assembly D3 low voltage power supply relay board to AC input output 23 56P0382 1 Harness cable assembly D5 low voltage power supply to low voltage power supply relay board Parts catalog 7 75 5060 00 Assembly 33 Options pm Units Description NS 56P9909 1 Card assembly PRESCRIBE NS 12G6509 1 Card assembly 64MB SDRAM NS 56P9910 1 Card assembly 128MB SDRAM NS 56P9911 1 Card assembly 256MB SDRAM NS 56P9912 1 Card assembly 4MB flash DIMM NS 56P9913 1 Card assembly 8MB flash DIMM NS 56P9914 1 Card assembly 16MB flash DIMM NS 56P9917 1 Card assembly 32MB flash DIMM NS 56P2107 1 Card assembly IPDS SCS Tne NS 56P1120 1 Card assembly Bar code NS 56P1461 1 Card assembly ImageQuick NS 56P9935 1 Card assembly Traditional Chinese font DIMM NS 56P9936 1 Card as
117. 9 12G6420 1 Tray wear clip 10 12G6417 1 Side restraint 11 56P 1504 2 Active restraint pad Parts catalog 7 23 5060 00 Assembly 14 Autocompensator assembly e d Units Description 144 56P0551 1 Cable paper media low out 2 12G6471 1 Tray interlock bellcrank 3 12G6558 1 Pick arm lift bellcrank 4 12G6427 1 Pick assembly 500 tray 5 12G6557 1 Bellcrank lift spring 6 12G6476 1 Paper level sensing assembly 7 12G6472 1 Tray interlock bracket 8 12G6461 1 Sensor paper out low 9 99A0070 2 Pick rolls 2 each per package 10 56P0552 1 Cable pick motor extension NS 56P 1237 1 Autocomp shaft assembly 7 24 Service Manual Assembly 15 ITU assembly 5060 00x Asm Part Index Number Units Description 15 4 12G6413 1 ITU light shield assembly 2 12G6503 1 Cable printhead interlock cover open 3 wire 3 12G6504 1 Cable HVPS interlock cover open 2 wire 4 56P1295 1 ITU assembly Parts catalog 7 25 5060 00 ITU drive assembly Assembly 16 7 26 Service Manual Assembly 16 ITU drive assembly 5060 00x Asm Part index H mber Units Description 16 4 56P1216 1 ITU motor drive assembly with SKC motor 2 12G6385 1 58 Gear 3 56P0568 1 ITU drive motor SKC 4 4 Screw PP 12G6309 ITU drive motor to ITU drive assembly 5 4 Screw PP 12G6309 ITU drive assembly lower frame Parts catalog 7 27
118. Adjusting the Bottom and Left margins causes the image to expand or compress It is easier to adjust the To and Right margins first then adjust the Bottom and Left A positive increase in value makes the following changes to the margin locations Top margin Moves down the page Left margin Moves to the left Right margin Moves to the left Bottom margin Moves down the page 3 When the value you want is displayed press Select to save the value To exit the Registration menu press Return To verify the margin values are correct you must print the Quick Test Page from the registration screen Press Go to print the test page While printing Quick Test Printing is displayed Once printing is complete the Registration screen appears See Quick Test on appendix page B 10 for an example of the page The Quick Test Page should be printed on letter or A4 paper 4 To exit the Registration menu press Return 3 14 Service Manual 5060 00 ALIGNMENT Cyan Yellow Magenta Setting printer alignment 1 2 Select ALIGNMENT from the Diagnostics Mode Select one of the following Cyan Yellow or Magenta The following screen is displayed 5 R sxx L sxx Z sxx Value Description Range T Top Margin Offset 128 to 127 L Left Margin Offset 300 to 300 R Right Margin Offset 300 to 300 2 Theta Offset Skew 16 to 16 compensation 5 sign for negative values this space is blank for positive values
119. Check continuity of the hot roll lamp Is there continuity 5 Reinstall the fuser assembly Watch to see if thelamps Go to step 6 Replace the LVPS turn on and off as the lamps heat up assembly See Low voltage Do the lamps turn on and off power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 2 52 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 6 Turn the print on and allow it to reach Ready Go to step 7 Replace the engine Note The printer may not complete POR and continues to display 132 error board removal Remove the fuser assembly from the printer and on page 4 31 measure the voltage on connector J10 6 on the engine board The voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V de Is the voltage correct 7 Measure the voltage on pin 6 of the fuser DC control Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS connector The voltage should measure approximately assembly See assembly See 3 3 V Fuser assembly Low voltage removal on power supply Is the voltage correct page 4 33 LVPS removal on page 4 40 133 Error code Cold fuser backup roll Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Measure the voltage on connector J10 12 on the Replace the fuser Go to step 2 engine board The voltage should m
120. Flash Test 1 Select Flash Test from the Device Tests menu The power indicator blinks while the test is running Flash Test Test Passedis displayed if the test passes and the power indicator turns on solid Flash Test Test Failedis displayed if the test fails and the power indicator turns on solid 2 Press Go or Return or Stop to return to the Device Tests menu PRINTER SETUP Defaults This setting is used by the printer to determine whether US or non US factory defaults should be selected The following printer settings have different US and non US values Default values Printer setting US value Non US value Paper size paper feeding sources which do not have Letter A4 hardware size sensing capabilities Envelope size 10 Envelope DL Envelope Envelope feeding sources which do not have hardware size sensing capability Fax paper size Letter A4 PCL symbol set PC 8 PC 850 PPDS code page 437 850 Universal units of measure Inches Millimeters Warning Modification of the printer setting Defaults causes the NVRAM space to be restored to the printer s factory settings 3 30 Service Manual 5060 00 Reset Calibrat The Reset Calibration resets the TPS NVRAM values when initiated 1 2 Select Reset Calibration from the Printer Setup Menu and the following screen displays Printer Setup Reset Calibration Then the following screen is displayed
121. If you do not find a problem with any of the options replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 906 Engine Software Engine RAM Error replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 907 Engine Software Engine Flash Error the engine board might be causing the error code Try the following Reflash the engine board with the correct level code If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 910 Trans Sensor Tray 1 Transparency Sensor Error replace Tray 1 autocompensator assembly See Autocompensator pick assembly removal on page 4 19 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 911 Trans Sensor Tray 2 Transparency Sensor Error replace Tray 2 transparency sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 912 Trans Sensor Tray 3 Transparency Sensor Error replace Tray 3 transparency sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 913 Trans Sensor Tray 4 Transparency Sensor Error replace Tray 4 transparency sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 914 Trans Sensor Tray 1 Transparency Sensor Error replace
122. J3 on the RIP board Go to RIP board on page 5 14 If the cables are connected correctly to the RIP board and to the printhead assembly go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing the checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 109 Printhead Error Black printhead lost Hsync Check for the correct installation of the all the cables to the RIP board assembly and to the printhead assembly J9 J10 and J11 on the RIP board Go to RIP board on page 5 14 If the cables are connected correctly to the RIP board and to the printhead assembly go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing the checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 110 Printhead Error No first Hysnc cyan Check for the correct installation of the all the cables to the RIP board assembly and to the printhead assembly J4 J5 and J6 on the RIP board Go to RIP board on page 5 14 If the cables are connected correctly to the RIP board and to the printhead assembly go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing the checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 111 Printhead Error No first Hysnc magenta Check for the correct installation of the all the cables to the RIP board assembly and to the printhead assembly J7 J8 an
123. J64 4 5 0 V dc J64 6 43 3 V dc J64 8 24 V dc J64 10 Ground J64 12 0 V dc J64 14 3 3 V dc Are the voltages correct 5 ITU motor drive assembly remove the ITU assembly Replacetheengine Go to step 6 Manually turn the motor The gears in the ITU motor board If this does assembly the second transfer roll gears and the not fix the problem cleaner gear should turn freely replace the ITU Do the gears turn freely drive motor 6 ITU motor drive assembly remove the ITU drive Contact your next Replace the ITU motor assembly Manually turn the motor level support motor drive Do the gears on the ITU drive motor assembly turn assembly freely Diagnostic information 2 57 5060 00 149 Error code Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Connector J8 on the engine board make sure thatthe Go to step 2 Correctly install the fuser drive motor cable 15 correctly connected to J8 on cable the engine board Go to Engine board on page 5 7 Is the cable connected correctly 2 FRU replacement replace the following FRUs in the order shown 1 Fuser drive assembly removal on page 4 34 2 Engine board removal on page 4 31 150 Error code Black cartridge drive assembly The black cartridge drive motor has either failed to lock or has lost lock Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedu
124. Lexmark transparency numbers 12A5940 and 12A5941 are supported from the standard tray optional 500 sheet trays and the multipurpose feeder Lexmark transparency numbers 1245150 and 1245151 are supported from the multipurpose feeder only 1 12 Service Manual 5060 00 Acronyms BLDC Brushless DC Motor BOR Black Only Retract CSU Customer Setup DIMM Dual Inline Memory Module DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory EDO Enhanced Data Out EP Electrophotographic Process EPROM Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory ESD Electrostatic Discharge FRU Field Replaceable Unit GB Gigabyte HCIT High Capacity Input Tray HCOF High Capacity Output Finisher HVPS High Voltage Power Supply ITU Image Transfer Unit K Black LASER Light Amplification by Stimulated Emission of Radiation LCD Liquid Crystal Display LED Light Emitting Diode LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply M Magenta MPF Multipurpose Feeder MROM Masked Read Only Memory MS Microswitch NVRAM Nonvolatile Random Access Memory OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer OPT Optical Sensor PC Photoconductor pel Picture element POR Power On Reset POST Power On Self Test PSD Position Sensing Device PWM Pulse Width Modulation RIP Raster Imaging Processor ROM Read Only Memory SDRAM Synchronous Dual Random Access Memory SIMM Single Inline Memory Module SRAM Static Random Access Memory TMC Toner Metering Cycle UPR Used Parts Return Vac Volts alternating current V dc Volts direct current VT
125. Menu Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 37 Insufficient Defrag Memory This message is displayed when insufficient printer memory is available to perform Flash Memory Defragment operation This message appears prior to the actual start of the defragment operation Press Go to clear the message To perform the defragment operation you can Delete fonts macros and other data in RAM Install additional printer memory Press Menu or lt to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions are available using the Busy Waiting Menu Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 2 36 Service Manual 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 37 Insufficient Memory Held Jobs May Not Be Restored These messages are displayed when the printer has attempted to print and hold jobs from the disk and found that some or all of the jobs could not be restored Each of the three 57 Configuration Held Jobs messages describe different conditions under which the restore failed Primary Message 37 Insufficient Memory The printer firmware ran out of memory while attempting to restore the jobs Secondary Message Held Jobs May Not Be Restored
126. Motor Assembly Assembly Iso CR11 B EAM MES C750 Engine Board XPAR 7 Media 2 Sensor 44443443343 44334343444 Options Conn Lower Trays 44343344444 CN1 5 devoloper board Lift Brush Motor o Oe 2222223 1 J2 Jo Eeee 900000000000 O Bin Full Sensor lt Fuser Drive Motor Assembly Yellow Drive Motor Assembly O lo Oiler Stepper Motor To J23 on RIP board 7 42 Service Manual Assembly 22 Electronic cabling engine board 5060 00x Units Description 22 1 1 Cable waste toner full attached to ITU drive assembly P N 56 1216 2 12G6317 1 Cable HVPS control transfer 3 12G6448 1 Cable MPF paper level 4 56P0552 1 Cable autocompensator motor 5 12G6486 1 Cable assembly includes S2 NMS transparency sensors 6 56P0551 1 Cable paper out low and transparency media 2 sensors 7 12G6387 1 Cable ground 8 12G6320 1 Cable opt
127. Motor Mirror motor lost lock black Go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 171 Motor Mirror motor lock not achieved cyan Go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 172 Motor Mirror motor lost lock cyan Go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 173 Motor Mirror motor lock not achieved magenta Go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 174 Motor Mirror motor lost lock magenta Go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 175 Motor Mirror motor lock not achieved yellow Go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 176 Motor Mirror motor lost lock yellow Go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in Printhead diagnostics
128. Once the maximum count is reached the test stops The power indicator goes on solid and the final results are displayed 3 Press Return or Stop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 21 5060 00 Serial Wrap Test Use this test to check the operation of the Serial Port Hardware using a wrap plug Each signal is tested Only displayed if the printer is configured with a standard serial port If a serial port is available in the PCI slot 1 the Serial 1 Wrap appears To run the Serial Wrap Test 1 Disconnect the serial interface cable and install the wrap plug 2 Select the appropriate Serial Wrap Test from the menu Serial Wrap Serial 1 Wrap Serial 2 Wrap or Serial 3 Wrap P and F represent the same numbers for DRAM The power indicator blinks indicating the test is running 3 This test runs continuously unless canceled by pressing Return or Stop Each time the test finishes the screen updates with the result If the test passes the Pass Count increases by 1 however if the test fails one of the following failure messages appears for approximately three seconds and the Fail Count increases by 1 Receive Status Interrupt Error Data Error Status Error Data 232 Error Receive Data Interrupt Error Data 422 Error Transmit Data Interrupt Error FIFO Error Transmit Empty Error DSR Error Threshold Error DSR PIO Error Receive Data Ready Error DSR Interrupt Error Break Interrupt Error CTS Error Framing Error CTS PIO Error
129. Parity Error CTS Interrupt Error Overrun Error Once the maximum count is reached the test stops The power indicator goes on solid and the final results are displayed 3 22 Service Manual 5060 00 DUPLEX TESTS These tests display if a duplex option is installed Quick Test This test verifies if the Duplex Option Top Margin is set correctly This test prints a duplexed version of the Quick Test Page that can be used to adjust the Top Margin for the backside of the duplexed page You can run one duplexed page Single or continue printing duplexed pages Continuous until Return or Stop is pressed You must use either Letter or A4 paper To run the Duplex Quick Test 1 Select Quick Test from the DUPLEX TESTS menu 2 Select Single or Continuous single Duplex Quick test cannot be canceled The printer attempts to print the Quick Test Page from the default paper source If the default paper source only supports envelopes then the page is printed from Tray 1 e Check the Quick Test Page for the correct offset between the placement of the first scan line on the front and back side of a duplexed sheet e f adjustment is necessary the Top Margin Offset must be adjusted first The range of the adjustment is 25 to 25 The Duplex Top Margin Offset range is 20 to 20 e Adjustment of this setting lets you shift up or down the position of the Top Margin Changing this parameter by 1 unit moves the margin 1 100 inch A po
130. Repair information 4 5 5060 00 4 Remove the operator panel bezel Bezel 5 Remove the top cover screws D type 323 on page 4 3 from the rear of the printer 4 6 Service Manual 5060 00 6 Open the MPF and remove the top cover screw type 323 E from the left side of the printer amr E 323 7 Remove the top cover screws 323 F and 323 G from the rear of the printer Repair information 4 7 5060 00 8 Remove the flag retainer from the top cover 9 Under the top cover unclip the bin full sensor I Tilt the sensor and lower it through the top cover 10 Remove the upper option autoconnect J 11 Remove the top cover 4 8 Service Manual 5060 00 Rear fan cover removal See Rear fan cover on page 7 5 for the part number 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 9 2 Remove the rear fan cover screw type 323 A and remove the rear fan cover Rear cover removal See Rear cover on page 7 5 for the part number 1 Remove the rear cover screw type 323 A 2 Open the MPF remove the rear cover screw type 323 B and remove the rear cover B 323 Repair information 4 9 5060 00 Front right handle cover assembly removal See Front right handle cover assembly on page 7 3 for the part number 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the light shield screw type 324 A an
131. See Engine lamp turns on and off removal on board removal Does the voltage change page 4 33 2 54 Service Manual 135 Error code Hot fuser 5060 00x The fuser assembly is running over temperature or the backup roll fuser lamp has been on too long Error 135 may also indicate a problem in the fuser assembly with the backup roll fuser bearings back up roll thermistor LVPS or engine board Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Turn the printer on open the right side fuser access Go to step 2 Replace the LVPS door and observe the backup roll lamp to see if it turns assembly See on and off You may have to observe the lamp for a few Low voltage minutes to see if it turns on and off power supply Does the lamp turn on and off 2 Turn the printer on Measure the voltage on engine Replace the fuser Replace the engine board connector J10 12 The voltage should be assembly See board assembly approximately 0 13 V dc to 0 64 V dc as the backup Fuser assembly See Engine roll turns on and off removal on board removal Does the voltage change pues on page 4 31 Diagnostic information 2 55 5060 00 136 Error code Fuser assembly cam position is not found Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Observe the fuser drive assembly gears rotate during Go to step 2 Go to step 6 PO
132. The front cover must be installed and closed before any printhead alignment can be performed It is not necessary to remove the front cover to access the printheads e If there is a protective lens cover on the new printhead it must be removed before installing the replacement printhead 4 52 Service Manual 5060 00 Printhead mechanical alignment 1 Identify the configuration of your printer The following steps are similar for both versions except you need to remove two extra screws when you have the PSD bracket You may have a PSD bracket A whether or not the PSD or thermistor is connected Repair information 4 53 5060 00 2 Insert the first printhead alignment tool a If you have a PSD bracket remove the two screws and Note Use a small diameter Phillips screwdriver to remove screw A b Insert the printhead alignment tool placing the locating pin C in the middle hole A C Secure the alignment tool bracket D with screw provided or a screw removed from the previous step 4 54 Service Manual 5060 00 3 Install the second printhead alignment tool in the front of the printhead and secure alignment tool bracket D with screw provided Align the locating pin C in the hole in printer frame 4 Turn the thumbwheel E until the end of the thumbwheel just touches the printhead mounting arm for both the front and rear alignment assemblies Repair information 4 55 5060
133. Transfer Cable to 2nd Transfer Roll 5060 00 TFR 5 1501 1102 Auto Comp J24 RIP board Magenta Cyan Drive Drive Motor Motor Assembly Iso o Assembly CR11 sal Pwr On 22 5V 45 To CN1 z on HVPS devoloper board Bin Full Sensor Yellow Drive Motor Assembly lo To J23 on RIP board amp 43434443444 086 CR10 11 B Cover Heartbeat Interlock C750 Engine Board 44444344344 2 8000000 9 Fuser Drive Motor Assembly Motor
134. Tray 1 autocompensator assembly See Autocompensator pick assembly removal on page 4 19 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 915 Trans Sensor Tray 2 Transparency Sensor Error replace Tray 2 transparency sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 916 Trans Sensor Tray 3 Transparency Sensor Error replace Tray 3 transparency sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 2 6 Service Manual 5060 00 Error code Action 917 Trans Sensor Tray 4 Transparency Sensor Error replace Tray 4 transparency sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 920 Color Calibrate Unrecoverable TPS Gain Error replace the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 921 Color Calibrate Unrecoverable TPS Error replace the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 922 Color Calibrate Unrecoverable TPS Invalid Belt replace the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 925 Fan Stalled Fuser Fan go to 925 Error code on page 2 90 926 Fan Stalled VTB Fan go to 926 Error code on page 2 90 927 Fan Stalled RIP go to 927 E
135. Uneven ptas seid s and ses pens Eater 2 145 Toner smears or rubs off the page with no error code displayed 2 145 Smudged or distorted images on fused page 2 146 Toner is on the back of the printed page eee 2 146 Transparency print quality iS POOF de Rr bang paler sede cole 2 147 Second transter roll service Check 2222544 PE TERR IPIS TERRE MEER 2 148 Troy CHECK quaes aper e da ur d ai RC ul aae eio ae 2 149 Tray 1 paper size sensing service 2 150 AdS 3 1 Diagnostic aids 2 2 22 02 222 222 4420242 244 EN ed 3 1 Printhead Clagnosiles eee eb dde Oodd P Ed Eee 3 1 Printguality detect locator de 3 3 Partial Pub TESE 3 5 Configuration Menu 24 4 4 3 7 Enteilhg CONFIG MENW 2555565 pde E Eq E e Ea pae 3 7 3 7 Ir ser ware e DU RM D LI Renae 3 7
136. V dc Tray Offset Posit Sensor Ground CN7 Tray Motor NI oO CN8 Tray Sensors Exit Timing Paper Surface Upper Paper Surface Lower 5 V dc Exit Timing Sensor Ground 5 V dc Paper Surface Upper Sensor Ground 5 V dc Paper Surface Lower Sensor o AJ OJN Ground CN9 Feed B nm 10 Inverter Jam SOL SOL 5 V dc Inverter Jam Sensor N Ground CN11 Door Switch Switch Switch CN12 Tray Lift MTR MTR CN13 Feed Motor A A B B 2 wy N N C 5 30 Service Manual See HCOF system board on page 5 32 5060 00x Connector Pin no Signal CN14 Power 1 24 V de 24 V de P Ground AJ Oj P Ground CN15 Feed Motor A A B B aj A j N N C CN16 Punch k 5 V dc Drop Timing Sensor Ground 5 V dc Punch Home Sensor Ground 5 V dc Punch Timing A Sensor o NI AJ N Ground A 5 Punch Timing B Sensor m Ground CN17 Feed k SOL SOL CN18 Communications TxD 5 RxD SG
137. Xi 1 Thumbwheel Number p E of Clicks Indicated 9 lt c 5 2 2 Positive Number FRONT SIDE FRONT SIDE K M Y Negative Number Repair information 4 57 5060 00 12 Loosen the printhead screws before making any adjustments to the thumbwheel 13 Turn each thumbwheel the appropriate number of clicks as indicated by the test page Positive Number I 5 5 amp ro Negative Number e Al oll o io For example if the test page indicates a 10 as the misalignment turn the thumbwheel 10 clicks in the positive direction indicated on the test page Do this for both the front and rear Bias the printhead against both thumbwheels and hold in place when tightening the printhead mounting screws Tighten the right rear printhead mounting screw Then tighten the front screw followed by the left rear Screw Send the file PHALIGN6 FLS Printhead Mechanical Alignment Test Page from the CD to the printer to verify printhead alignment If the printhead alignment is within 5 for both front and rear positions then proceed to electronic adjustment procedure If not repeat steps 12 through 15 until alignment is within 5 If you are replacing the black printhead make sure on the test page that black is within 5 and also within 1 between the front and rear side For example if the rear looks like it
138. Yes No Output expander board disconnect the motor cable from J4 and check the voltages at J4 on the board Note All voltages are approximate values Connector pin Voltage motor idle J4 1 24 V J4 2 24 V 44 5 5 V dc J4 6 5 V dc Warning Be careful not to short to adjacent pins on the connector Are the voltages correct Replace the DC motor mechanical linkage assembly Replace the output expander control board 272 Paper jam Check Bin x 5 Bin mailbox POST complete Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Bottom pass thru sensor flag make sure the flag is operating correctly and is not binding broken and there is no interference from the sensor cable Is there any problem found with the sensor flag Fix or replace the flag Go to step 2 Bottom pass thru sensor make sure the sensor is correctly connected to J5 on the control board Is the sensor connected correctly Go to step 3 Reseat the cable Bottom pass thru sensor voltage check 1 disconnect the pass thru sensor cable and check the voltage at J5 3 on the board The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc Is the voltage correct Go to step 4 Replace the control board Bottom pass thru sensor voltage check 2 check the voltage at J5 2 on the board the voltage measures approximately 0 V dc Is the voltage correct R
139. accumulated sheets not be removed during the jam clearing procedure If the problem persists go to 230 Paper jam on page 2 76 Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 24x Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher Primary Media is jammed around Tray x Tray x 2 through 4 and applies to both a 500 Tray and HCIT tray Try opening Tray x If the tray is difficult to remove then you may need to remove the tray above or below Tray x to remove the jam If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam occurred the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets not be removed during the jam clearing procedure If the problem persists go to 24x Paper jam on page 2 77 Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 250 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher Primary Media is jammed in the MP Feeder If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset whe
140. ae edP Eso Suo RE qoe uiu aen d 1 2 iuis MP TTE 1 2 Heavy VOUMENGIADINY e deber dere d e eqq Pp P ebd 1 2 a Santa ah ew SOS Bb UP SRI Sa Geek Re 1 2 ires db EP 1 3 1 3 Printer sDecificatiolis a D 1 3 222 a tae E ns id EU dev E A E PRESSE VAMOS 1 3 Power and electrical SDecll C allOrtS deb repr EIE Comet qaia e EP ed P 1 3 El ctucal SpeciliCBllOlis iiazaccerastessc ep aseRPEEIEqRLIRN GG Osee RR UR ie 1 4 Op rating apa 1 4 Fuser web oiler upgrade kit and replacements 1 4 ACOUSICS 1 5 Pm T TT II TT 1 5 Print speed and performance print speed 1 6 2 REA MATTER dA RR ce RI Ed xcd NEN EE 1 7 AON NE 2 eee 1 13 22 222245522 2222 592 952229 0 49248455 6 2 1 Slat o X REIR EX FERRI C AFER RIA GA RAN E 2 1 POR power on reset sequence 2 2 Symptom tables o GUER
141. all diamonds continuously sounds 5 beeps and POST inoperative Go to Operator panel LCD status LED buttons service check on page 2 132 Operator panel One pel or random pels are missing Replace the operator panel Go to Operator panel removal on page 4 48 Paper feed problems base printer Go to 200 Paper jam Tray 1 on page 2 67 Paper feed problems integrated tray Go to Tray 1 service check on page 2 149 Paper feed problems MPF Go to Multipurpose feeder MPF on page 2 70 Printer prints black only no colors Make sure that the printer is not set up to print black only If the printer is set up correctly check the black retract motor and gears for correct operation If the gears are operating correctly go to Black only retract BOR service check on page 2 117 Print quality 100 single color printed All black print All cyan print All magenta print All yellow print Go to Entire page is mostly one color Full bleed planes in one color on page 2 140 Print quality blank page no image Go to Blank page no image on page 2 139 Print quality evenly spaced horizontal marks or lines on the printed page Go to Horizontal lines or streaks on page 2 137 Print quality black line Black horizontal lines are most likely caused by a shorted charge roll in the print cartridge Replace the black print cartridge Print qu
142. all types of system environments You can attach one internal adapter to support network configurations requiring Ethernet Token Ring LocalTalk serial infrared or additional parallel ports The printer has flexible paper handling It supports a wide variety of paper sizes and has a standard multipurpose feeder that makes it easy to print on envelopes transparencies labels card stock and non standard size paper You can add up to three optional drawers to the base printer which can increase the printer paper capacity to 2000 sheets The Lexmark C750 5060 00x laser printer is available in two models 5060 001 5060 002 Tools required for service Flat blade screwdriver 1 Phillips screwdriver magnetic 2 Phillips screwdriver magnetic 2 Phillips screwdriver magnetic short blade T10 Torx screwdriver Needlenose pliers Diagonal pliers Spring hook Feeler gauges Analog or digital multimeter Parallel wrap plug 1319128 Serial wrap plug 1329048 Twinax serial debug cable 1381963 Coax serial debug cable 1381964 Flashlight or light source recommended General information 1 1 5060 00 Options and features Lexmark C750 printers support only Lexmark C750 paper handling options These options are not compatible with any other Lexmark printer 500 Sheet Drawer includes 500 sheet tray and support unit installs beneath the printer and holds approximately 500 sheets of 20 Ib paper Multiple optional drawers ar
143. and check the voltages on J53 Pin Fan on Fan off Fan Fan disconnected disconnected Fan switch Fan switch off J53 1 1 6 3 3 V 3 3 V 3 3 V dc J53 2 0 V OV OV OV J53 83 1 9 V dc 0 V dc OV 2 V dc J53 4 24 V 24V dc 24Vdc 24 V dc Are the voltages correct fan See RIP fan removal on page 4 73 board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 Diagnostic information 2 91 5060 00 930 Error code LVPS This problem with the fuser circuits is usually the zero crossover signal from the LVPS not working correctly Step Action and questions Yes No 1 LVPS cable check the LVPS cable to J10 on the Go to step 2 Install the cable engine board to make sure it is seated correctly See correctly Engine board on page 5 7 Is the cable seated correctly 2 Voltage checks disconnect J10 from the engine board Go to step 3 Replace the assembly Go to Engine board on page 5 7 Check following FRUs in the voltage at J10 10 on the cable It measures order approximately 3 7 V dc 1 LVPS See Is the voltage correct Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 2 Engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 3 Is error code 930 still displayed Replace the LVPS Problem solved assembly See Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40
144. and rotate the upper piece of handle 90 clockwise to free it from the link A A b Using a side cutter cut the lower piece of the handle free from the post 4 44 Service Manual 5060 00 Some scarring of the post is expected but be careful not to damage the post Remove any remnants of the handle Check the paper tray to check for debris For example see the fragment B in the following picture Repair information 4 45 5060 00 Installation notes 1 Rotate the new nip relief handle into place to connect it to the nip relief link A A 2 Using a screwdriver gently pry the nip relief lever B towards the rear of the machine and insert lower portion of handle so that it is trapped between the lever and the reference edge plate C 3 Holding the nip relief handle in place use flathead screwdriver to gently pry up on the top portion of the lever allowing the handle to press into place onto the post using moderate force 4 46 Service Manual 5060 00 4 Once the handle snaps onto the post press the upper portion of the handle to the right and rotate the handle into its home position This seats the nip relief lever into the correct position 5 Check for proper operation 6 Install the waste toner container 7 Replace the covers Repair information 4 47 5060 00 Operator panel removal See Operator panel assembly low volt on page 7 3 or Oper
145. and the copy may not fit the page correctly Note Some 201 Paper Jam errors can be caused by a faulty print cartridge 2 136 Service Manual Horizontal line e Go to step 1 if there is a horizontal black line only Go to step 2 if there is a cyan magenta or yellow horizontal line 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Black print cartridge the most likely cause of this Replace the Call your next level failure is a failing black print cartridge where the PC cartridge support drum is shorting to the charge roll inside the print cartridge Try a new black print cartridge Does this fix the problem 2 Cyan print cartridge check enter the Diagnostics Go to step 3 Replace the failing Mode Remove the cyan print cartridge and run the cartridge print test Does the problem still exist for the remaining cartridges 3 Magenta print cartridge check enter the Diagnostics Replace the yellow Replace the Mode Remove the magenta print cartridge and run the print cartridge magenta print print test cartridge Does the problem still exist for the remaining cartridges Horizontal lines or streaks Is the horizontal marks or lines repeat at evenly spaced intervals use the Print quality defect locator chart on page 3 3 to determine the part to be replaced For lines or marks appearing a random intervals go to step 1 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are
146. any data stored in flash memory Warning Do not turn off the printer while the flash is formatting Cancels the request to format the flash Print memory and leaves current resources stored in flash memory Prints all statistics available for the most recent print jobs Clear PCL Fonts Deletes all accumulated job statistics from the hard disk Prints a sample of all printer fonts available for PCL emulation PS Fonts Prints a sample of all printer fonts available for PostScript emulation 2 24 Service Manual 2xx Paper jam message table 5060 00x Note A secondary message only displays if the finisher option is installed Use the Sub error code table on page 2 17 to help diagnose paper jam problems 2xx code Primary message Secondary message Description 200 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Jam location information Leave sheets in Finisher area 5 Primary Paper is jammed at the printer input sensor Open the printer left door to access the paper jam If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam occurred the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets not be removed during the jam clearing procedure If the problem persists go to 200 Paper jam Tray 1 on page 2 67 Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulate
147. attempted on a good disk This test may run approximately 117 hours depending on the disk size To run the Disk Test Clean Test 1 Select Disk Test Clean from the Device Tests menu Files will be lost Go or Stop is displayed to warn the user that all contents on the disk will be lost 2 To exit the test immediately and return to the Device Tests menu press Return or Stop To continue with the test press Go If Go is selected Disk Test Clean BAD 000000 00 is displayed The screen updates periodically indicating the percentage of test completed and the number of bad blocks found Diagnostic aids 3 29 5060 00 3 The power indicator blinks during the test The test can be canceled anytime during the test by pressing Return or Stop Once the test is complete the power indicator turns on solid and a message displays e xxxx Bad Blocks yyyyyy Usable is displayed if fewer than 2000 bad blocks are detected xxxx indicates the number of bad blocks and yyyyyy indicates the number of usable blocks e xxxx Bad Blocks Replace Disk is displayed if more than 2000 bad blocks are detected The disk cannot be recovered because too many bad blocks exist on the disk 4 Press Go or Return or Stop to return to the Device Tests menu Flash Test This test causes the file system to write and read data on the flash to test the flash Warning This test destroys all data on the flash because the flash is reformatted at the end of the test To run the
148. board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 5 Check the vacuum transport belts VTB for motion Go to step 6 Go to Vacuum Observe the belt through the front door transport belt Are the belts on the VTB assembly turning verify correct installation 6 Check the VTBs for wear or damage Replace the VTB Go to step 7 Are the belts worn or damaged patio all VTB removal on page 4 84 7 Check the VTB plate for a buildup of debris Clean off the VTB Go to step 8 Is there a debris buildup plate 8 Does media move smoothly into the fuser from the Call the next level Replace the VTB of support Vacuum transport belt VTB fan on page 4 75 Diagnostic information 2 71 5060 00 201 Unable to clear the message Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the paper path near the fuser transfer plate the Remove the Go to step 2 vacuum transport assembly or input to the fuser obstruction assembly for obstructions such as pieces of media that may be jammed Are there any pieces of media jammed 2 Check the vacuum transport assembly to make sure Go to step 3 Go to step 5 the belts are moving Are the vacuum transport belts moving during printing Note You can observe the belts through the front paper jam door 3 Remove all the print cartridges Remove the vacuum Remove the media Go to step 4 transport assembly and check for pi
149. clicks in the positive direction indicated on the test page Do this for both the front and rear Bias the printhead against both thumbwheels and hold in place when tightening the printhead mounting screws e Tighten the right rear printhead mounting screw Then tighten the front screw followed by the left rear Screw 14 Send the file PHALIGN6 FLS Printhead Mechanical Alignment Test Page from the CD to the printer to verify printhead alignment 15 If the printhead alignment is within 5 for both front and rear positions then proceed to electronic adjustment procedure If not repeat steps 12 through 15 until alignment is within 5 If you are replacing the black printhead make sure on the test page that black is within 5 and also within 1 between the front and rear side For example if the rear looks like it is at 3 then the front should be between 2 and 4 Note When replacing the black printhead there is no Z value to reset After the black printhead is mechanically aligned to the magenta printhead it will be necessary to electronically align the three color printheads to the new black printhead Printer registration only for black printhead replacement To perform the registration and alignment through the Diagnostics Menu 1 Enter Diagnostics Mode Turn the printer off b Press and hold Go and Return C Turn the printer on d Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays 2 Select Registration from the men
150. components Repair or replace Go to step 2 Check the output expander drive belt to make sure it is installed the drive pulley and belt idler pulley Check the belt tension spring to make sure it is not loose or broken Are there any problems with these parts 2 Check of mechanical linkage DC motor drive Replace the Call your next level assembly mechanical support linkage DC motor Check to see if the DC motor is functioning drive assembly properly Check the gears clutch and other linkage parts for correct operation and wear broken teeth or damaged parts Are there any problems with these parts Diagnostic information 2 75 5060 00 230 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Thoroughly examine the duplex paper path for torn Go to step 2 Clear the paper paper that may be blocking the sensors or paper path path Is the duplex paper path clear 2 Check the lower right door paper path Go to step 3 Replace the lower right door See Does media pass freely between the door and the Lower right door metal plate assembly removal on page 4 13 3 Are any of the following conditions true Go to step 4 Go to step 8 Only the back of the page of a duplex job prints and exits into the standard bin Media exits the right side of the print Media jams in the duplex at the diverter 4 Open the redrive door a
151. cover door Close Finisher Door This message is displayed when the finisher Option top cover is open Close the finisher top cover Disk Corrupted This message is displayed when the printer has detected that there are errors on the hard disk that could not be corrected The disk cannot be used until it has been reformatted The following actions can be taken Press Return or Stop to clear the message The disk cannot be used without reformatting the disk Note All data will be lost for the following action Press Go to format the disk Hole Punch Waste Full This message is displayed when the Hole Punch Alarm is on and the code has determined that the hole punch waste box is full The following actions may be taken while this message is displayed The user may empty the hole punch box and put it back to clear the message Press Go to ignore the message and the job prints without hole punching Each time a new job requests hole punch and the box is not emptied this message is displayed 2 32 Service Manual 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation Priming Failed Retry GO Stop This message is displayed when an error has occurred during the printer staple priming operation The following actions can be taken Press Go to initiate the priming operation again or Press Return or Stop to cancel the priming operation Note If no a
152. does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 63 Unformatted Disk This message is displayed when the printer detects an unformatted disk at POST Press Go to clear the message The disk is marked as bad and normal operation continues however disk operation is not allowed until the disk is formatted 2 40 Service Manual 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 64 Unsupported Disk Format This message is displayed when the printer detects an unsupported disk format at POST This message may appear if the disk was formatted on another system with a different format Press Go to clear the message The disk is marked as bad and normal operation continues however disk operations is not allowed until the disk is formatted 80 Fuser Maintenance 83 ITU Maintenance These messages are displayed when the printer requires replacement of some worn assemblies These messages are independently posted when either the ITU or Fuser need to be replaced Press Go to clear this message 81 Engine Code CRC Failure This message is displayed when microcode programmed into the engine flash code fails a CRC check Press Go to clear the message The code data is discarded and must be resent from the host computer 82 Waste Toner This message is displayed when the waste container is full Botte Replace the waste container and press Go 82 Waste Toner T
153. e danni alla persona piu elevato personale di assistenza autorizzato deve quindi adottare le precauzioni necessarie ATTENZIONE Questo simbolo indica la presenza di tensione pericolosa nell area del prodotto Scollegare il prodotto prima di iniziare o usare cautela se il prodotto deve essere alimentato per eseguire l intervento Safety information 5060 00 Sicherheitshinweise Die Sicherheit dieses Produkts basiert auf Tests und Zulassungen des urspr nglichen Modells und bestimmter Bauteile Bei Verwendung nicht genehmigter Ersatzteile wird vom Hersteller keine Verantwortung oder Haftung f r die Sicherheit bernommen Die Wartungsinformationen f r dieses Produkt sind ausschlieBlich f r die Verwendung durch einen Wartungsfachmann bestimmt W hrend des Auseinandernehmens und der Wartung des Ger ts besteht ein zus tzliches Risiko eines elektrischen Schlags und k rperlicher Verletzung Das zustandige Fachpersonal sollte entsprechende VorsichtsmaBnahmen treffen ACHTUNG Dieses Symbol weist auf eine gef hrliche elektrische Spannung hin die in diesem Bereich des Produkts auftreten kann Ziehen Sie vor den Arbeiten am Ger t den Netzstecker des Ger ts bzw arbeiten Sie mit groBer Vorsicht wenn das Produkt f r die Ausf hrung der Arbeiten an den Strom angeschlossen sein Pautas de Seguridad La seguridad de este producto se basa en pruebas y aprobaciones del disefio original y componentes espec ficos El
154. either Single one sheet of media feeds to the selected output bin or Continuous media continues feeding to the selected output bin until Return or Stop is pressed 4 Press Return or Stop to exit the test Feed to All Bins One page is fed to every bin including the finisher if available The test runs continuously until Return or Stop is pressed Diverter Test This test checks the operation of each mailbox output diverter Also if more than one 5 Bin mailbox option is installed the test checks all of the diverters installed on the printer When the test is selected from the Diagnostics Menu Diverter Test Running is displayed This is a single test and ends upon completion Diagnostic aids 3 25 5060 00 Sensor Test This test verifies if the output bin sensors are working correctly The following Output options if installed are supported by this test Standard Bin Output Expander 5 Bin Mailbox To run the Output Bin Sensor Test 1 Select Sensor Test from the menu 2 Select the bin you want to test e If Standard Bin is selected the following is displayed Standard Bin F OP F Standard Bin Output Bin Full Sensor e f Output Expander is selected the following is displayed lt output bin gt P OP F OP NF OP P Output Expander Pass Thru Sensor F Output Expander Full Sensor NF Output Expander Near Full Sensor e f5 Bin Mailbox is selected the following is displayed
155. expander 7 48 Service Manual Assembly 26 Output expander 5060 00x ce ree Units Description 26 99A0107 1 Deflector upper redrive also order 99A0104 2 99A0104 1 Spring upper diverter 3 99A0369 1 shaft assembly exit also order PP 99A0572 4 99A0052 1 Shaft assembly lower exit also order PP 99A0572 5 56P0407 1 Shield output option card 6 99A0915 1 Board Output Expander DC motor 7 9 Screw PP 56P0167 8 56P0409 1 Cover front control board 9 99A1817 1 Tray Output Expander 10 99A1688 1 Diverter arm 11 99A1689 1 Spring clutch assembly 12 99A0482 1 Spring output tray 13 99A0481 1 Latch output tray 14 2 Shaft bearing PP 99A0572 15 99A1784 2 Bracket attach 16 99A0415 2 Spring swing arm 17 56P0408 1 Output Expander assembly mechanical linkage 18 56P0402 1 Cover rear support 19 56P0401 1 Rear cover 20 99A0409 1 Level sensor bracket 21 99A1580 1 Flag output paper level 22 99A0414 1 Sensor dual bin full Parts catalog 7 49 5060 00 Assembly 26 1 Output expander 7 50 Service Manual Assembly 26 1 Output expander 5060 00x Units Description 26 1 56P0405 1 Door assembly right jam access 2 99A0368 1 Shaft assembly lower also order PP 99A0572 3 99A0363 3 Pulley drive 4 56P0410 2 Bracket attach 5 11 Screw PP 56P0167 6 56P0400 1 Cover front 7 99A0361 1 Belt 160 gear 8 99A0362 1 Arm assembly b
156. finisher Step 3 Align the bumper pads Adjust the two casters on the right side under the platform cover to raise or lower the finisher as needed so the two bumper pads on the finisher lightly touch the printer This ensures that the gap H between the printer and finisher is the same from top to bottom A 26 Service Manual 5060 00 Short and tall finisher Lift the platform cover Insert the Allen wrench D into either caster bolt J Rotate the wrench in the appropriate direction to adjust the height of the finisher clockwise raises the finisher Repeat with the other caster bolt B Step 4 Adjust the tilt If necessary adjust the tilt of the finisher so that the front is flush with the front of the printer This can usually be done by adjusting the two front casters those closest to the finisher door 80 SS ij lt eo ese 1 Note When adjusting the tilt be sure that the adjustments made steps 1 and 2 are maintained Additional adjustments may be necessary in those locations If the finisher wobbles after making adjustments in steps 1 2 and 3 make sure each caster touches the floor Appendix Service tips A 27 5060 00 Step 5 Connect the fini
157. for the paper level sensing Go to step 3 Install the cable assembly to tray x system board correctly Is the cable correctly installed 3 Check the paper level sensing assembly for correct Go to step 4 Reinstall the installation assembly if not Is the paper level sensing assembly installed correctly installed correctly 4 Check continuity of the paper level sensing assembly Go to step 5 Replace the cable cable Do you measure continuity 5 Check the paper level sensing assembly for correct Replace the paper Go to step 6 installation Check the following for damaged or broken level sensing parts assembly Paper level sensing flag bellcrank Paper level sensing flag Paper level sensing flag spring Is the paper level sensing assembly installed correctly 6 Make sure the paper level sensing assembly arm goes Recheckthe arm If See why the arm is all the way to the bottom of tray x the problem not extending all continues replace the way to the arm extend the way down to the bottom of the paper leveling bottom of the tray y sensing assembly Repair as If this does not fix necessary the problem replace the Tray x system board The printer does not detect transparencies loaded in Tray x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the transparency material meets Go to step 2 Inform the specifications customer that the Does the transparency material meet specifications rede ates T does not meet specificatio
158. fuser web oiler parts catalog 7 10 replacements 1 4 upgrade kit 1 4 fuser web oiler motor assembly installation 4 38 removal 4 37 H hardware tests 3 19 HCIT standalone test mode 3 34 high capacity input tray HCIT 7 64 7 66 board connectors 5 26 service check 2 128 standalone test mode 3 34 symptoms 2 4 system board LED error codes 2 128 high capacity output finisher HCOF alignment A 22 error codes 2 122 LVPS board connectors 5 28 parts catalog 7 68 7 70 7 72 sub LVPS relay board connectors 5 28 symptoms 2 5 system board connectors 5 29 system board diagram 5 32 tests 3 27 hole punch test 3 28 HVPS connectors 5 19 developer board 4 30 locations 5 1 transfer HVPS board 4 82 input print tests 3 18 input tray feed test 3 24 input tray sensor test 500 sheet trays 3 24 input tray tests 3 24 installation narrow media sensor assembly 4 76 redrive assembly 4 70 S2 NMS transparency sensor assembly 4 76 web oiler motor assembly 4 38 installations transparency sensor assembly 4 76 ITU Alignment 3 11 ITU assembly alignment 3 11 parts catalog 7 25 removals 4 39 service check 2 42 ITU drive assembly lubrication 6 3 removals 4 39 ITU loading parts catalog 7 28 L LCD Test 3 19 locations developer HVPS board 5 1 engine board 5 1 LVPS 5 1 RIP board 5 1 thermistor card 5 1 transfer HVPS board 5 1 lubrication specifications 6 1 6 2 LVPS engine and RIP board connectors 5 22 fuser connectors 5 24 locations 5 1 rem
159. is disabled No other printer functions are affected The correct IPDS emulation must be downloaded Diagnostic information 2 41 5060 00 Service checks 100 ITU Error A 100 ITU error indicates that the printer did not detect the ITU belt home sensor Before proceeding with this service check make sure that the Second Transfer Roll is correctly installed After you reinstall the Second Transfer Roll check to see if a 100 ITU error is still displayed If a 100 ITU error is still being displayed continue with this check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure all packing material is removed from the printer The detensioner is packing material located underneath the toner cartridges Make sure the ITU detensioner is removed Remove the detensioner by pulling up on the red handle on the right side of the ITU Note All the print cartridges must be removed to gain access to the detensioner packing material Has all packing material been removed from the printer Go to step 2 Remove any remaining packing material from the printer Check the printer is setting on a solid flat surface Is the printer setting on a solid flat surface Go to step 3 Go to step 4 Inform the customer that the printer must be setting on a solid flat surface or install the printer on a solid flat surface as available Recheck the printer to see if a 100 ITU error is still displayed Is a 100 ITU error
160. kg Duplex Opton Options Duplex Option 23 8 in 604 5 mm 18 5 in 469 9 mm 3 5 in 88 9 mm 13 5 Ib 6 1 kg 2 000 Sheet Tray 26 in 660 4 mm 23 8 604 5 mm 15 4 in 391 2 mm 49 Ib 22 3 kg Output Expander 14 5 in 368 3 mm 18 5 in 469 9 mm 7 in 177 8 mm 4 5 Ib 2 kg 500 Sheet Drawer 23 8 in 604 5 mm 18 5 in 469 9 mm 5 in 127 mm 13 5 Ib 6 1 kg 500 Sheet Tray 17 3 in 440 mm 16 1 in 410 mm 4 8 in 110 mm 4 5 Ib 2 0 kg 5 Bin Mailbox 14 5 in 368 3 mm 18 5 in 469 9 mm 11 5 in 292 1 mm 8 2 Ib 3 7 kg Finisher 33 5 in 850 9 mm 28 1 in 713 7 mm 35 1 in 892 mm 93 5 Ib 42 5 kg Power and electrical specifications Average nominal power requirements for the base printer configuration 110 volt Power levels are shown in watts Printing states Lexmark C750 n Lexmark C750dn Printing average power Base model 500 500 All options 540 540 Idle average power Power Saver On 30 31 Power Saver Off 154 145 Printing maximum current 110 V 10 2 10 2 Note Using a 220 to 110 power converter with the 110 volt printer is not recommended General information 1 3 5060 00 Electrical specifications 110 volt model e 110 to 127 V ac at 47 to 63 hertz hz nominal 99 to 137 V ac extreme Operating clearances Printer side Model Measurement Left side All 24 in 609 6 mm Righ
161. lift spring Tray interlock bellcrank Are any of these parts loose broken or missing Repair or replace as necessary Call your next level of support The printer does not detect paper low in Tray x when adequate paper is installed in the tray Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Run tray x sensor test from the Diagnostics Menu Go to step 3 Go to step 2 Does the test pass for sensor L2 2 Check the cable connection for the paper low out Go to step 3 Install the cable sensor to tray x system board correctly Is the cable correctly installed 3 Check the paper level sensing assembly for correct Go to step 4 Install the paper installation Check the following for damaged or broken level sensing parts assembly correctly Paper level sensing flag bellcrank Paper level sensor is seated correctly Paper level sensing flag Paper level sensing flag spring Is the paper level sensing assembly installed correctly 4 Is the paper level sensing assembly damaged or Replace the paper broken level sensing assembly Diagnostic information 2 109 5060 00 The printer does not detect paper out in tray x when adequate paper is installed in the tray Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Run tray x sensor test from the Diagnostics Menu Go to step 5 Go to step 2 Does the test pass for sensor L1 2 Checkthe cable connection
162. measures approximately 0 V dc board assembly Is the voltage correct Output Expander POST First sheet of paper feeds into Output Bin 7 Note Before proceeding with this service check run the Output Bin x Sensor Test and check for the failing sensor Sensor tests XNF Near Full Upper part of sensor assembly F Full Lower part of sensor assembly P Pass Thru Sensor Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 DC motor cable connection make sure the DC motor Go to step 2 Install the cable connector is correctly installed at J4 on the Output correctly Expander Option board Is the cable installed correctly 2 DC motor mechanical linkage assembly check the Go to step 3 Replace the DC resistance of the motor on the cable connector Check motor mechanical the resistance between J4 1 and J4 2 The resistance linkage assembly measures between 115 and 135 ohms Is the resistance correct 3 D C motor mechanical linkage assembly check for Replace the DC Go to step 4 continuity between J4 1 and J4 2 and the case of the motor It measures infinity Is there continuity between J4 1 or J4 2 and the case of the motor Note If the motor is shorted from either J4 1 or J4 2 and the case of the motor it may be necessary to replace the output expander control board motor mechanical linkage assembly 2 84 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Actions and questions
163. most recent errors The most recent error appears in position 1 and the oldest error appears in position 12 if 12 errors have occurred If an error occurs after the log is full the oldest error is discarded Identical errors in consecutive positions in the log are entered All 2xx and 9xx error messages are stored in the error log To view the Error Log 1 Select Display Log from the Error Log Menu The error log displays on three screens but only four entries display at a time To move to the next screen or the previous screen press Menu For example 1 200 2 251 3 202 4 202 5 202 6 202 7 202 8 200 9 202 10 202 11 201 12 000 In this example the last error was a 200 error Position 12 in this example is filled with 000 which indicates no codes were recorded Only eleven codes were recorded since the log was cleared 2 Press Return or Stop to exit the Error Log Clear Log To clear the Error Log 1 Select Clear Log from the Error Log menu 2 Select YES to clear the Error Log or NO to exit the Clear Log menu If YES is selected the Empty Error Log displays on the screen 3 Press Return or Stop to exit the Clear Log menu Diagnostic aids 3 33 5060 00 High capacity input tray tests HCIT Standalone Test Mode This test lets you check out and test the HCIT 2000 Sheet High Capacity Input Tray without removing any option or the base printer mounted above the optional HCIT Note Duri
164. of the HCIT autoconnect cable s Is there continuity Replace HCIT system board Replace the HCIT autoconnect cable Diagnostic information 2 129 5060 00 A HCIT inoperative connected to AC power Ifa finisher is installed The AC jumper should go from the HCIT to the finisher The finisher AC power cord should attach to the AC voltage source The base printer power cord should plug into the AC output connector on the HCIT finisher is not installed Before proceeding with this service check make sure the 2000 sheet tray option is properly The printer power cord plugs into the HCIT AC outlet and the power cord from the HCIT plugs into the AC voltage source Note Make sure the electrical outlet is working properly and all power cords are plugged in correctly Make sure the slide switch on the LVPS is toward the right The system board status LED can be observed by removing the rear cover The LED is mounted on the HCIT system board Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Does the printer power up and work normally when Go to step 2 Go to step 5 plugged into the AC outlet on the HCIT 2 Check the system board LED Is it is on solid or If the LED is on Go to step 3 blinking solid check the front and side e ane ma the HCIT has detected the doors If the LED is ron oor or side door open blinking replace Blinking means that the system is operat
165. or menus are entered The following actions can be taken Press Go to clear the message Any data received on the USB port is discarded Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions may be available Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 58 Too Many Trays Attached This message is displayed when too many trays are attached to the printer Check the specifications and verify the number of trays allowed on each printer model 58 Too Many Bins Attached This message is displayed when too many optional bins are attached to the printer or if an unsupported combination of bins is installed Diagnostic information 2 39 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 58 Too Many Disks Installed This message is displayed when too many disks are installed Note Some configurations of different output options require the installation of one option before the other 58 Too Many Flash Options This message is displayed when too many Flash Options are installed Verify the maximum number of flash memory options which may be installed Note Press Go to clear the message The extra flash memory options are ignored 59 Incompatible Output Bin x 59 Incompatible Tray x These messages are displayed when the user installs an incompatible option
166. page varies depending on the media installed in the selected input source If a source is selected that contains paper then a page similar to the Quick Test Page is printed and does not contain the Print Registration diamonds If a source is selected which contains envelopes then an Envelope Print Test pattern is printed This pattern only contains text which consists of continuous prints of each character in the selected symbol set If Continuous is selected all sources printing with paper sizes prints the same page continuously until the test is stopped If continuous is selected from a source which contains envelopes then the envelope print test pattern is printed on the first envelope and the rest are blank The Print Test page always prints single sided regardless of the Duplex setting or the presence of the Duplex option To run the Print Test 1 Select PRINT TESTS from the Diagnostics Mode 2 Select the paper source from the menu Only available sources display 3 Select either Single or Continuous from the menu Note If Single is selected no buttons are active while the Print Test Page is printing If Continuous is selected Return or Stop can be pressed to cancel the test The following screen is displayed while printing input source Printing media width input source Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 5 MP Feeder or Env Feeder media width N or Narrow Width Media or W for Wide Width
167. performed if the NVRAM contents are erased such as when a RIP or engine board has been replaced This test must be performed anytime the ITU motor Fuser motor or Cartridge drive motors are replaced To run the Miscellaneous Tests Select Misc Tests from the Diagnostics Mode Select Motor Detect Remove all the print cartridges from the printer Press Go Motor Detection in progress is displayed ROND The test lasts approximately ten seconds No buttons are active during detection and the test completes automatically 3 16 Service Manual 5060 00 Belt Tracking ITU 4th point adjustment This test is used to determine the need for the ITU Shim to correct 4th point alignment following the ITU replacement Note Remove all cartridges before initiating this test and note the belt position 3 1mm 8 1mm 5 6mm 1 Select Belt Tracking from the menu The following screen is displayed Test in Progress The operation normally takes approximately 15 minutes to complete It may take less time if the test fails When the test is complete the following screen is displayed Test Complete Code lt pass code gt or Test Failed Code lt fail code gt If the test is successful the pass code will be a number between 250 and 250 Do not install a shim If the test fails then a fail code will be a number between 0 and 200 and a message indicates the cause of the failure The f
168. plugged into a cord into the power strip or interruptible power supply correct AC outlet If Is the power cord plugged into a correct AC outlet an Outlet iS not p ugg d available inform the customer 5 AC power check AC line cord check the AC line Go to step 6 Replace the line voltage at the end of the AC line cord cord Is the AC line voltage correct 6 Low voltage power supply turn the power off and Go to power Replace the LVPS disconnect the LVPS from the RIP and engine boards service check on See Low voltage Check for 5 V dc on the LVPS cables engine board page 2 113 power supply 5 V dc J9 2 and J9 3 RIP board 5 V dc J23 13 LVPS removal J23 14 and J23 15 on page 4 40 Is there approximately 5 V dc on all of these connector pins 2 112 Service Manual DC power service check 5060 00x The machine is partially operative a motor turns display is on or the power on LED may be on or off Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Does the printer beep 5 times and the operator panel Go to Operator Go to step 2 display all diamonds panel LCD status LED buttons service check on page 2 132 2 DC power to engine board turn the power off and Go to step 3 Replace the LVPS disconnect the LVPS cable to J9 on the engine board See Low voltage Turn the power on and check the following voltages on power supply the LVPS cable
169. printhead alignment tool a If you have a PSD bracket remove the two screws and Note Use a small diameter Phillips screwdriver to remove screw A A B b Insert the printhead alignment tool placing the locating pin C in the middle hole A Secure the alignment tool bracket with screw provided or a screw removed from the previous step A 6 Service Manual 5060 00 3 Install the second printhead alignment tool in the front of the printhead and secure alignment tool bracket D with screw provided Note Align the locating pin C in the hole in printer frame 4 Turn the thumbwheel E until the end of the thumbwheel just touches the printhead mounting arm for both the front and rear alignment assemblies Appendix A Service tips 7 5060 00 5 Remove the old printhead and install a new printhead assembly Do not tighten the printhead screws yet Note Make sure the right rear screw goes through the printhead spacer located at the right rear of the printer frame 6 Bias the new printhead assembly against the front and rear stops 7 Tighten the right rear printhead mounting screw Then tighten the front screw followed by the left rear screw Make sure the printhead is biased against both the thumbwheels when tightening the screws 8 Service Manual 5060 00 8 Securely close the front cover or reattach previously removed 9 If replacing the black printhead go to step 12
170. reset the maintenance page counter back to zero Prt Quality Pgs The Print Quality Test consists of five pages Pages one and two contain a mixture of graphics and text The remainder of the pages only contain graphics Use this test to identify print quality problems The Test Pages must be printed on A4 Legal or Letter paper 1 Select Prt Quality Pgs from the CONFIG MENU 2 Press Select to print the pages Go to Print Quality Pages Title page total of five on appendix page B 4 for representative samples of the pages Color Trapping Color trapping is an aid to graphics and text When a text or graphics appear over other colors a misalignment may allow white paper to show through at the borders of the colors Color trapping reduces the cutout area under the upper image so a slight misalignment does not show This only affects PostScript emulation printing Select Color Trapping from the CONFIG MENU The values are SIZE SENSING Only paper sources that support Size Sensing are displayed 1 Select Size Sensing from the CONFIG MENU 2 Select a tray Only those trays with size sensing display These can include Tray 1 Sensing Tray 2 Sensing Tray 3 Sensing Tray 4 Sensing 3 Select Auto to turn size sensing on for that tray or select Off to disable size sensing 4 Select Return to exit 3 8 Service Manual 5060 00 TYPE SENSING Only paper sources that support Auto Type Sensing are displayed 1 Select TY
171. screw type 102 7 77 12G6533 Parts packet screw 7 15 7 16 7 21 7 23 7 59 7 61 12G6533 Parts packet screw type 312 322 412 423 7 77 12G6533 Screw parts packet 7 29 12G6534 Parts packet screw 7 15 12G6534 Parts packet screw type 484 7 77 1266535 Guide assembly left side 7 7 12G6536 Guide assembly right side 7 7 12G6538 Parts packet 500 sheet 7 77 12G6539 Parts packet screw 7 15 12G6539 Parts packet screw type 124 7 77 1266540 Parts packet screw 7 35 7 38 12G6540 Parts packet screw type 121 7 77 12G6541 Standoff high voltage power supply developer 7 38 12G6543 Web oiler index drive assembly 7 11
172. second transfer roll 4 82 transfer HVPS board 4 82 transfer plate assembly 4 83 transparency sensor assembly 4 74 vacuum transport belt VTB 4 84 VTB fan 4 86 waste container door 4 86 waste container latch 4 87 web oiler fuser kit installation 4 87 replacement motors lubrication 6 2 Reset Calibration 3 31 Reset Fuser Cnt 3 8 RIP board cabling 7 42 7 44 connectors 5 14 installation notes 4 72 locations 5 1 removal 4 72 ROM Test 3 21 5 S2 NMS transparency sensor assembly 4 74 safety information xvii safety inspection guide 6 1 scheduled maintenance 6 4 screw identification table 4 2 second transfer roll parts 7 14 removal 4 82 service check 2 148 SENSED PAPER 3 9 SENSED TRANS 3 9 sensor locations 5 3 5060 00x Sensor Test 3 26 sensors paper size sensing assembly 4 50 S2 NMS transparency assembly removal 4 74 Serial Wrap Tests 3 22 service check 500 sheet drawer option 2 108 service checks 1xx service checks 2 42 2 67 2xx service checks 2 67 2 88 5 bin mailbox option 2 104 9 service checks 2 88 2 104 AC and DC power 2 112 autocompensator 2 114 black only retract BOR 2 117 close door HVPS printhead interlock switch 2 118 duplex option 2 120 finisher 2 122 fuser 2 127 high capacity input tray HCIT 2 128 operator panel LCD status LED buttons 2 132 output expander 2 134 print quality 2 136 second transfer roll 2 148 tray 1 2 149 tray 1 paper size sensing 2 150 service tips
173. select the correct setting for the current media type 2 If the problem continues set the fuser temperature selection to High 3 Ifthe problem continues check the page count If the page count is greater than 200K copies and the fuser has not been replaced advise the customer to install a new fuser CRU or a maintenance kit If only one color has a residual image problem go to Horizontal lines or streaks on page 2 137 Uneven printing e Ifall colors have uneven print replace the ITU assembly The uneven print may appear as spots or streaks that are different on each page The most likely cause for this type of problem is damage to the ITU belt in the ITU assembly Replace the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 e If only one color is missing or printing uneven go to step 1 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Print cartridge Make sure the cartridge is seated Problem solved Go to step 2 properly and that all packing material has been removed from the cartridge Has all packing material been removed Is the cartridge seated correctly 2 Cartridge check the cartridge may be out of toner or Problem solved Call your next level have another toner problem Try a new toner cartridge support Does a new toner cartridge fix the problem Toner smears or rubs off the page with no error code displayed Note This type of problem is associated with improper fusing or incorrect
174. sensors as you remove the old assembly The new sensor cable assembly is installed on the other side of the grounding clip closer to the fuser so you do not have to reinstall the new sensor cable assembly between the clip and upper frame channel 14 Pull the old sensor cable assembly to remove it Observe the routing of the cable especially the location of the cable C around the grounding clip B The new cable will be installed on the opposite side of the clip Pulling too firmly on the sensor cable assembly may unseat the grounding clip The old cable assembly runs between the frame and the grounding clip Installing the new assembly 1 Remove the J70 connector cable to allow space Note the route it shares with sensor cable assembly through the frame see openings D and E below 2 Place anew cable sensor assembly in the printer next to the sensor connectors A 4 76 Service Manual 5060 00 3 Route the 68 connector around the ground clip and cable channel between the upper and lower frame 4 Route the J68 cable connector through the rectangular opening D in the lower frame and out through the opening E Note Guiding the cable through the small opening requires some patience Use the diagram below and the steps following as a guide A Sensors part of sensor cable assembly B Grounding clip C tie D Rectangular opening E Opening cable tie 68 connector sens
175. step 2 feed assembly or obstructions Are any pieces of paper or obstructions in the feed assembly 2 Make sure the media loaded in the paper tray meets Go to step 3 Inform the printer supplies specifications customer that media the paper Does the media meet specifications tray does not meet specifications 3 Use the standalone feeding operation to observe paper Go to step 14 Go to step 4 feeding from the tray Does the paper feed from the paper tray 4 Using the standalone feeding operation test observe Go to step 5 Go to step 6 the registration motor the registration motor is the motor at the top of the feed assembly Does the motor turn 5 Does the pick motor the lower motor in the feed unit Go to step 8 Go to step 7 assembly turn 6 Check the registration motor cable to HCIT system Replace the Install the cable board cable connected to CNG for correct installation following FRUs in correctly Is the cable connected correctly 1 HCIT system board 2 Feed unit assembly 7 Check the pick motor cable to HCIT system board Replace the Install the cable cable connected to for correct installation following FRUs in correctly Is the cable connected correctly ine order ONE 1 HCIT system board 2 Feed unit assembly 8 Use the HCIT system board LED error code table Go to step 9 Go to step 11 on page 2 128 Does the LED flash 7 times 9 Make sure the registration home sensor cable is Go
176. still displayed Go to step 4 Problem solved Make sure the ITU cleaner gear A is turning Observe the gear by opening the front paper jam door above the integrated paper tray 1 Observe the white cleaner gear during POR The gear should turn slowly and smoothly for approximately 8 seconds before the printer displays a 100 ITU error Is the ITU Cleaner Gear turning Go to step 5 Go to step 9 Check the ITU release lever for correct operation The ITU release lever is the blue lever located on the left upper side frame above the ITU opening and can be seen by opening and lowering the MPF assembly When locked the lever should be at the 6 o clock position When unlocked it should be in a 3 o clock position Undue pressure is not required to operate the lever Does the ITU release lever operate correctly Go to step 6 Repair as necessary 2 42 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 6 Remove the ITU assembly and check that the sensor Go to step 7 Reinstall the cables are seated in the handle of the ITU assembly cables correctly correctly Recheck for a 100 Note The sensor connectors are located on the side of oss the ITU handle assembly go to step 11 Are the cables seated correctly 7 The front contamination shield is attached to the front Go to step 8 Position the shield plate of the ITU frame and lies on the top of the ITU on top of
177. the belt belt Is the front contamination shield lying on the ITU belt 8 Remove the ITU and check the ITU belt position If the Replace the ITU Go to step 12 belt has shifted front to rear it should be replaced The assembly See belt must not shift more than 4 mm in either direction ITU assembly Check by making the measurements as shown The removal on lower limit is 3 1 mm the high limit is 8 1 mm and the page 4 39 optimum position is 5 6 mm 3 1mm 8 1mm LA 5 6mm Has the ITU belt shifted front to rear 9 Check to see if the ITU drive roll gear A is turning Go to step 10 Go to step 10 during POR Observe the gear by opening the MFP door to its horizontal position Observe the gear on the left end of the ITU Drive Roll The ITU drive roll gear should turn for a few seconds slowly and smoothly before the printer posts a 100 ITU error Does the gear turn Diagnostic information 2 43 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 10 Check to see if the ITU drive motor is turning during Replace the ITU Go to step 11 POR Observe the ITU motor during POR by removing assembly See the rear cover ITU assembly Is the ITU drive motor turning Dn 11 Make sure the ITU drive motor assembly cable is Go to step 12 Install the cable correctly installed to the ITU drive motor and at correctly connector location J64 on the engine board Is the cable correctly install
178. the only output option not recognized by the base printer 3 Output Expander assembly mechanical linkage Replace the Go to step 4 cables Check the output expander autoconnect autoconnect cable cable and connector for any signs of damage especially the connector pins Is there any signs of damage to the cable connector or connector pins 4 Output Expander assembly mechanical linkage Go to step 5 Reseat the cables electrical Check the cables at J1A J1B J2A and J2B on the control board to make sure they are attached securely and correctly Are the cables attached securely and correctly 5 Voltage check base printer autoconnect connector Go to step 6 The problem is in the base printer Check autoconnects in the printer Diagnostic information 2 135 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No Voltage check output expander system board Reinstall the output expander option and check the voltages at J1A and J1B on the connector Are the voltages correct Replace the Output Expander option system board Replace the Output Expander option mechanical linkage assembly Remove paper Output Bin x displays POST is incomplete unable to clear the message Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Output sensor check check the flag for correct Replace the flag or Go to step 2 operation binds broken parts or interference from the sensor cable Is t
179. the paper size switches on the engine board 2 150 Service Manual 5060 00 3 Diagnostic aids This chapter explains the tests and procedures to identify printer failures and verify repairs have corrected the problem There are different test menus that can be accessed to identify problems with the printer Diagnostic aids Printhead diagnostics If you get a printhead error follow this diagnostic to find the specific failure See Printhead diagnostics on page A 1 for a color version of this procedure 1 Verify that all the printhead cables are properly seated If the printhead cables are properly seated and the error remains record the error code Continue to the next step 2 Determine how to setup the printhead diagnostic tool Ifthe printhead diagnostic tool is not configured as in the illustration below reconfigure it to match Motor x Motor C K Video b Select which pair of printheads to switch based on the error code If the printer displays the codes that indicate yellow or cyan use the tool to switch the yellow and cyan signals If the error code indicates a magenta or black error use the tool to switch the magenta and black signals Connect tool here for Connect tool here for yellow cyan magenta black Diagnostic aids 3 1 5060 00 3 Install the printhead diagnostic tool and determine the problem The following procedure shows the yellow and cyan switch a
180. the problem visible by removing the yellow print cartridge continues replace the ITU Is the ITU seated correctly assembly on page 4 46 4 Alignment Enter the Diagnostics Menu Perform the alignment for the color required See ALIGNMENT on page 3 15 Negative ghosting or faded image The print has a negative ghost on the page or the image is faded particular with text This problem may happen with any color and can be mistaken as toner smudges on the page to make sure they are attached and not broken or missing Are the springs for the color having the problem missing or unattached the spring as necessary Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the bellcranks of the color that is having the Replace the Got to step 2 problem broken or missing Is a bellcrank broken or missing belicrank 2 Check each of the springs that attach to the belleranks Repair or replace Look for any signs of missing or damaged parts in the area of the color having the problem including the ITU 2 144 Service Manual 5060 00 Residual image e If only one color has a residual image repeated every 95mm replace the print cartridge Ifall colors have a residual image 147 mm from the top of the page replace the fuser assembly Note Do the following steps before you replace the fuser assembly 1 Check Media Type setting on the operator panel If the setting is for light paper
181. to 176 g m grain long Specialty papers Gloss book 60 to 120 Ib book 88 to 176 g m grain long Finisher Staple and Hole Punch Paper Xerographic or business paper 16 to 19 9 Ib bond 60 to 74 9 g m grain long 20 to 32 Ib bond 75 to 120 4 g m grain long Specialty papers Gloss book 60 to 84 5 1 book 88 to 125 g m grain long 5 Bin Mailbox Paper Xerographic or business paper 16 to 19 9 bond 60 to 74 9 g m grain long 20 to 24 Ib bond Ut to 90 g m grain long For 60 to 176 g m paper grain long fibers are recommended For papers heavier than 176 g m grain short is preferred gt Paper less than 75 g m limited to less than 60 relative humidity and is not supported in duplex Pressure sensitive area must enter the printer first 910096 cotton content maximum weight is 24 Ib bond 28 Ib envelopes are limited to 25 cotton content 28 Ib bond envelopes are limited to 2596 cotton content f The duplex option supports the same types and weights as the printer except 16 to 19 9 Ib 60 to 74 9 g m grain long paper transparencies labels envelopes or A5 card stock 9 Vinyl labels are supported only when printing environment and media are 20 to 23 C 68 to 90 Refer to the Converter Listing on Lexmark s Home Page and Automated FAX system LEXFAX for information on whether your vinyl label converter has passed Lexmark s criteria Refer to the Card Stock and Label Guide for more details i
182. up roll circuits fuser backup roll thermistor engine board or LVPS fuser control circuits Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Turn the printer on and allow it to reach Ready Go to step 2 Replace the engine Note The printer may not complete POR and post a PEDIS board 127 error message removal on Remove the fuser assembly from the printer and page 4 31 measure the voltage on connector J10 7 on the engine board The voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V dc Is the voltage correct 2 Measure the voltage on pin 7 of the fuser DC control Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS connector See Engine board on page 5 7 The assembly See See Low voltage voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V dc Fuser assembly porer supply removal on LVPS removal Is the voltage correct page 4 33 on page 4 40 128 Error code Fuser hot roll is under temperature during standby Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Turn the printer on to allow it to reach Ready Go to step 2 Replace the engine Note The printer may not complete POR and continue pea to display a 128 error message board removal Remove the fuser assembly from the printer and on page 4 31 measure the voltage on connector J10 6 on the engine board The voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V de Is the voltage correct 2 Measure the voltage on pin 6 of the fuser DC control Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS connec
183. when the printer detects during POST that the connection to an ENA has been lost Once a connection is initially established a printer setting is modified to 54 Par x ENA to note a connection exists Each time the power is cycled on the connection is lost 54 Std Network Software Error This message is displayed when the RIP software detects that a network port is installed but cannot establish communications with it 54 Network x Software Error Press Go to clear this message The printer disables all communications to the associated network interface No data may be received or sent from or to the associated interface The user can program new firmware in the network using the parallel port after this message clears 54 Serial Option x Error This message is displayed when a serial error either framing parity or overrun is detected on the specified option x serial port This usually means the serial port is not set up correctly Press Go to clear the message and continue processing the print job Note If the print job does not print correctly make sure that the correct cable is being used If you still have a problem go to Serial Port Service Check 2 38 Service Manual 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 56 Standard Serial Disabled 56 Serial Port x Disabled These messages may appear when data is sent to the printer across a serial port
184. when the printer determines that the paper length is too short to print the data as formatted The following actions can be taken Press Go to clear the error and continue printing pages or Press Menu or lt to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions are available using the Busy Waiting Menu Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu Diagnostic information 2 35 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 36 Printer Service Required This message is displayed when background toner prevents completion of a TPS calibration cycle Service is required to fix the problem Press Go to clear the error If the Service Printer message is displayed it means that a TPS failure has most likely occurred The printer continues to operate but the color quality degrades The most probable cause for this error message is a defective print cartridge or ITU 37 Insufficient Collation Area This message is displayed when the printer memory and disk used to store pages is too full to collate the print job The following actions can be taken Press Go to clear the message and continue collating the remaining pages of the job or Press Menu or lt to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions are available using the Busy Waiting
185. yellow 4 66 Rear bellcrank removal black erro ROTEN rub aret d ded 4 68 Redhve assemblvTertiDVal z 4 70 Registrationimotor removals Rer Goat nb edi ped m PR E EE POE 4 71 Boa removal aue es Se bay 4 72 RIP fa removal sore meia qe deed BHR idi RP ee Yd eue 4 73 RIP board shicldiassembW removal sees 4 73 S2 NMS transparency sensor assembly 4 74 Second transfer foll removal scieiet ckscccedengsttea tives 4 82 Transter HVPS board removal Cre b HR ERE qure ar ice dae 4 82 Tiransremnplate ds SEMO rte d dS 4 83 Mac umadransport belt V TB 22 ances aah P EE destin X ette riers Ren 4 84 MVaculimitransport belt V TB EGIpVal EUREN Se BAR 4 86 Waste container door remoVal er REV CORR EP Ry REE Gor QR E ou Y ew 4 86 Waste ontaltierTatchimemoVal 4 87 Webvoiler fuser Kit installation peg pe Pewee Oe GES 4 87 TO CANONS kk da 5 1 Locations
186. 0 163 Error code Magenta cartridge drive assembly Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Magenta cartridge drive assembly error code 163 indicates that an incorrect motor is detected Replace the magenta cartridge drive assembly See Cartridge drive assembly removal on page 4 28 Perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does the printer display error code 163 Go to step 2 Problem solved Reflash the NVRAM on the engine board Does error code 163 continue Call your next level support Problem solved 164 Error code Cyan cartridge drive assembly An incorrect motor is detected Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Replace the cyan cartridge drive assembly See Go to step 2 Problem solved Cartridge drive assembly removal on page 4 28 Perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does the printer display error code 164 2 Reflash the NVRAM on the engine board Call your next level Problem solved Does error code 164 continue support 165 Error code Yellow cartridge drive assembly An incor
187. 0 3 Check for obstructions in the paper path Clear the Go to step 4 Is the paper path obstructed obstruction 4 Is the inner deflector out of position Correct the Go to step 5 deflector position 5 Is the autocompensator damaged or defective Go Go to step 6 to Autocompensa tor service check on page 2 114 6 Perform the BASE SENSOR TEST on page 3 29 on Call your next level See S2 or narrow the S2 sensor of support media sensor Does the S2 sensor pass the test 2 on S2 or narrow media sensor made early e 2DOF S2 sensor early e 2D 02 S2 sensor early 2D 05 Narrow media sensor early Note See Printer sensors on page 5 3 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check tray for the edge guide setting and media Go to step 2 Properly load loading Edge guides should be adjusted against edge of media Media should be fanned and lay flat in the tray Is the media properly loaded in the tray media 2 Media may not have been cleared from a previous jam Is media in paper path Clear the paper path Call your next level of support 2 68 Service Manual 52 or narrow media sensor did not break in time 2D 04 S2 sensor did not break in time 2D 06 Narrow media sensor did not break in time Note See Printer sensors on page 5 3 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure
188. 00 5 Remove the old printhead and install a new printhead assembly Do not tighten the printhead screws yet Note Make sure the right rear screw goes through the printhead spacer located at the right rear of the printer frame 6 Bias the new printhead assembly against the front and rear stops 7 Tighten the right rear printhead mounting screw Then tighten the front screw followed by the left rear screw Make sure the printhead is biased against both the thumbwheels when tightening the screws 4 56 Service Manual 5060 00 8 Securely close the front cover or reattach previously removed 9 If replacing the black printhead go to step 12 Otherwise enter Diagnostics Mode a Turn the printer off b Press and hold Go and Return Turn the printer d Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays 10 Select Alignment Menu select the color of the printhead that was replaced and set the Z value to zero Exit the Diagnostics Menu 11 With the printer at Ready prompt hook up a computer through the USB network or parallel connection and send the file PHALIGN6 FLS from the enclosed CD to the printer Note Lay the printed Printhead Mechanical Alignment Test Page across the printheads in this orientation as a reference Use the magnifier lens included in the FRU to view the scales at the ends of the color lines Printhead Mechanical Alignment Test Page REAR SIDE M Positive Number REAR SIDE
189. 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Bin x sensor Bin x sensor 1 through 5 make sure Go to step 2 Install the sensor the sensor is seated correctly in the side of tray x correctly Is the sensor seated correctly 2 xsensor cable make sure that Bin x sensor cable Go to step Install the sensor is connected to the sensor and to the control board cable correctly Is the sensor cable connected correctly 3 Bin x sensor flag check the Bin x sensor flag for Repair or replace Go to step 4 binding and proper operation the sensor flag Are there any problems with the sensor flag 4 Bin x sensor cable check the continuity of the sensor Replace the Bin x Replace the Bin x cable Is there continuity sensor cable Ready Bin x Full displays and paper feeds into bin x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Bin x sensor flag make sure the Bin x sensor flag is not in the up position and is operating correctly Is the sensor flag operating correctly Replace the Bin x sensor If this does not fix the problem replace the control board Repair or replace as necessary Diagnostic information 2 107 5060 00 500 Sheet drawer option service check If the paper does not feed from the 500 sheet option see Autocompensator service check on page 2 114 Whenever the 500 Sheet Tray is removed use care as the autocompensator may be in
190. 053 888 7 71 56P0328 Inverter transfer belt 40S3M198 7 71 56P0329 Inverter D drive belt 40S3M225 7 71 56P0330 Paper feed input belt 4053 279 7 73 56P0331 Exit foam Roller drive belt 40S3M80 7 71 56P0332 Accumulator paper feed belt 40S3M900 7 71 56P0333 Tray elevator belt 6056 1420 7 71 56P0334 Tray elevator drive belt 170P2M4 7 71 56P0335 Exit roller drive belt 40S2M264 7 71 56P0336 Output tray offset drive belt 40S2M176 7 71 56P0337 Punch belt 40S2M176 7 71 56P0338 Low voltage power supply 7 71 56P0339 HCOF control board assembly 7 71 56P0340 Cable communications 7 71 7 75 56P0341 Power cord 7 71 7 75 56P0342 Caster
191. 1 TIAK m FT ED OLA ah 27 Hb 3b ERENT APEX WES EG HBR 770 795 nm Z VE AA EA 5060 00 Laser notice XiV 5060 00 BLAS 155 4014 ASSO CHE DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter 39 FNS Ves UZAN 215890 215210 ejod IEC 825 7138 Ete 158 40 BORA 05S 1 40 ASSES HOS 5 zig alo X aA 770 795 1 0 SSste Class ill 3b 01 Aa MSc AAMT AA As Soll FAL Hc HAE MHA 82191 Class PEY HoH Apeto Ach Mos So Warning Laser notice XV 5060 00 Laser notice Xvi 5060 00 Safety information safety of this product is based on testing and approvals of the original design and specific components The manufacturer is not responsible for safety in the event of use of unauthorized replacement parts maintenance information for this product has been prepared for use by a professional service person and is not intended to be used by others There may be an increased risk of electric shock and personal injury during disassembly and servicing of this product Professional service personnel should understand this and take necessary precautions CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the product where you
192. 25 2 Engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 Diagnostic information 2 117 5060 00 Close door HVPS printhead interlock switch service check Note There are two separate cables that contain two microswitches and a cable These cable switches provide separate interlocks for the printhead and HVPS One switch in each cable is mounted in the front access door support and the other switch in each cable is mounted on the ITU light shield assembly The HVPS cover open cable is connected to J86 on the engine board and the printhead cover open cable is connected to J12 on the RIP board POR incomplete Close Door constantly displays This symptom is usually associated with the lower switch mounted on the front access door support and with the left switch mounted in the ITU light shield Note When the printer is powered on for some time with this symptom displayed the printer may then display a 902 Service Error Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure that the ITU light shield is not out of Properly align the Go to step 2 position ITU light shield Is the ITU light shield out of position 2 Make sure the ITU assembly interlock switch actuator Replace the ITU Go to step 3 is not damaged or broken and actuates the switches assembly See correctly ITU assembly Is the actuator damaged or broken 3 Front cover assembly Go to step 4 Install the f
193. 25 to the left R Right margin Increasing the value moves the color plane 12 to 12 to the left B Bottom margin Increasing the value moves the color plane 12 to 12 down the page Menu changes the values Select saves the new value chosen and moves to the next margin setting Press Go to print the Quick Test Page after adjusting the margins and saving the change Select 5 After completing the registration press Return to exit the registration function Repair information 4 59 5060 00 Electronic color alignment Note Use of a loupe or magnifying glass 4x or higher may make observation of the alignment targets easier 1 Press Menu until Alignment displays and press Select 2 Select Alignment Test from the Alignment menu Three sheets print for cyan magenta and yellow Each is compared to black alignment For example one of the sheets shows cyan printed over a black target Align the cyan over the black Repeat for each of the colors cyan magenta and yellow 5 Use the top row for UE cM alignment purposes oo 99 E I Examples of the alignment pages are available in Appendix B See Printhead alignment test pages magenta one of three on appendix page B 11 3 To align cyan press Menu until Cyan is displayed press Select Four a
194. 2G6468 Paper size sensing bracket 7 18 12G6469 Waste container latch 7 18 12G6470 Waste container latch spring 7 18 12G6471 Tray interlock bellcrank 7 24 7 57 12G6472 Tray interlock bracket 7 24 12G6476 Paper level sensing assembly 7 24 12G6479 Cable attached to VTB fan 7 43 1206479 fan 7 41 12G6480 Cable attached to registration motor 7 43 12G6480 Registration motor 7 19 1206482 Gear staging reduction 1 7 19 12G6483 Gear staging idler 7 19 12G6484 Gear reference plate drive 7 19 12G6485 Lower access jam door assembly 7 5 12G6486 Cable assembly includes S2 NMS transparency sensors
195. 3 removal 4 84 vacuum transport belt VTB fan parts catalog 7 41 removal 4 86 W waste container door 4 86 waste container latch 4 87 web oiler drive motor locations 5 2 web oiler fuser parts catalog 7 10 removal 4 87 replacements 1 4 upgrade kits 1 4 6 Service Manual 5060 00 Part number index P N Description Page 11A9095 Power cord set U S Canada Brazil Colombia Costa Rica Dominican Republic Ecuador El Salvador Guatemala Honduras Nicaragua Panama Venezuela Puerto Rico Virgin Islands Mexico Asia Pacific English Japan Taiwan Saudi Arabia 7 35 1261695 MarkNet N2001e Ethernet 10 100BaseTX 7 76 12G1696 MarkNet 2002 Ethernet 10BaseT 2 7 76 12G5303 Second transfer roll 7 14 12G6301 Fuser assembly 115V 500W 7 9 12G6302 Fuser assembly 220V 500W 7 9 12G6309 Parts packet screw 7 3 7 5 7 37 7 38 7 39 7 57 7 63 12G6309 Parts packet screw type 323 7 77 12G6309 Parts packet screw board mounting 7 55 12G6309 Parts packet screws
196. 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 193 PSD Error No EOS reading cyan Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 194 PSD Error No EOS reading magenta Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 195 PSD Error No EOS reading yellow Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 196 Service Thermal System The printer has detected an error in the printhead thermal drift compensation system Perform the test for Drift Sensors on page 3 16 199 Service Reflash RIP This message indicates that the printer has detected an invalid version of the RIP code and must be reflashed to the approved version Contact your next level support 2 16 Service Manual Sub error code table 5060 00x Use this table to troubleshoot the printer when 9xx and 1xx error codes are displayed When a 9xx or 1xx error code is displayed press and hold Return and press Select to view the Sub error code Sub error code Explanation 2D 00 No
197. 3 Errors Setup Required This message is displayed when the printer has detected at POST that packing material is still installed and must be removed The user should verify that the machine is properly setup Press Go and Reflash Code A Alignment x x This message is displayed when an ITU Alignment Procedure is in process and the printer is prompting the user for the x x A through L alignment value Alignment values for A through L x x 7 to 7 in 0 5 increments Enter the alignment value and press Select to continue to the next alignment value To abort the alignment operation press Go or Return 2 30 Service Manual 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation Calibrate Tray x Load Paper This message is displayed when the user has initiated a tray calibration procedure Tray x tray 1 through 4 MPF envelope feeder manual paper and manual envelope The following actions can be taken Load paper into tray x and press Go to initiate the calibration Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting menu The following functions are available using the Busy Waiting menu Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Tray x Not Calibrated This message is displayed when a tray has been detected that is uncalibrated It usually means a user correctable NVRAM problem or the tray was not calibrated at the factory or needs t
198. 3 Printhead Yellow Connector Video laser Ground laser adj Ground laser PWM 5 V head CO N aj A WO N Ground video data video data A J4 Printhead Yellow Cyan Connector EOS Ground lexhsync eos ALTHERM 5 V dc EOS card Ground lexhsync eos ALTHERM NI A ww N 5 V EOS card 5 14 Service Manual 5060 00 Connector Pin 3 o Signal J17 Ethernet NW 00 E J13 NNW A J5 Printhead Cyan Connector Mirror Motor i Ground HSYNC SOS Ground 5 V Hsync Ground mm ref freq mm lock mm strt en NI a AJ OJN Ground A 24 V dc mir mtr J6 Printhead Cyan Connector Video N C N C laser en Ground laser PWR ADJ Ground laser PWM 5 V dc head NI A Oj N
199. 4 35 36 37 38 39 42 X Error detected by punch timing sensor x Error detected by inverter jam sensor x X Error detected by drop timing sensor Error detected by exit timing sensor X Error detected for the jogger motor x Error detected for the punch motor lt x x x X Error detected for the stapler motor Error detected for the belt motor X Error detected for the tray motor x HCOF detects the front door is open Error detected with the communications to the printer x Error detected for the offset motor X X Tray Near Full is detected X Tray Full is detected x Error detected with stapler stapler not mounted correctly x X Error detected with stapler stapler cartridge not installed correctly x x Error detected with stapler runs short x x X Error detected with punch timing sensor media not reaching sensor x x Error detected with inverter jam sensor media not reaching sensor x x X Error detected with drop timing sensor media not reaching sensor x x x Error detected with exit timing sensor media not reaching sensor x x x X Error detected with chad box Box Full 2 122 Service Manual Check Finisher displayed unable to clear message 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Che
200. 4 12G6386 1 Duplex actuator arm 15 12G6360 1 Fuser wall duct 16 12G6358 1 Fuser bottom duct 17 56P2290 1 Fuser left duct 18 56P2291 1 Redrive belt cover duct NS 12G6510 6 Cable tie 6 in pack NS 12G6511 2 Cable mount Parts catalog 7 5 5060 00 Assembly 2 Cartridge mounting 7 6 Service Manual Assembly 2 Cartridge mounting 5060 00x e Units Description 2 4 16 Screw PP 12G6532 2 12G6535 4 Guide assembly left side 3 12G6536 4 Guide assembly right side Parts catalog 7 7 5060 00 Assembly 3 Fuser 7 8 Service Manual 5060 00 Assembly 3 Fuser e Ne Units Description 3 12G6495 1 Fuser assembly 100V 500W 1 12G6301 1 Fuser assembly 115V 500W 1 12G6302 1 Fuser assembly 220V 500W 2 12G6516 1 Fuser lamp 100V 500W hot roll 2 12G6337 1 Fuser lamp 115V 500W hot roll 2 12G6341 1 Fuser lamp 220V 500W hot roll 3 12G6517 Fuser lamp 100V 400W backup roll 3 12G6338 1 Fuser lamp 115V 400W backup roll 3 12G6342 1 Fuser lamp 220V 400W backup roll Parts catalog 7 9 5060 00 Assembly 3 1 Fuser web oiler 7 10 Service Manual Assembly 3 1 Fuser 5060 00x Asm Part hides Number Units Description 3 1 4 12G6545 1 Web oiler assembly 2 12G6495 1 Fuser assembly web oiler 100V 500W 2 12G6514 1 Fuser assembly web oiler 115V 500W 2 12G6515 1 Fuser assembly w
201. 4 Screw PP 12G6309 Parts catalog 7 39 5060 00 Assembly 21 4 Electronics 7 40 Service Manual Assembly 21 4 Electronics 5060 00x Asm Part Index Number Units Description 21 4 4 12G6343 1 RIP fan duct 2 2 Screws PP 1206530 3 12G6361 1 RIP fan 4 12G6479 1 VTB fan 5 12G6490 1 VTB fan gap cover 6 12G6382 1 Fuser fan 7 12G6529 2 Screws fuser fan mounting Parts catalog 7 41 5060 00 Assembly 22 Electronic cabling engine board Waste Black Transfer Cable Toner ITU to Black Contact Full Cyan Transfer Cable ITU to Cyan Contact GOTU Transfer Cable ITU to Yellow Contact FRHVPS To switches and J12 on RIP board ITU Magenta Transfer S 29 ITU to Magenta Contact T401 T501 T102 28 2nd Transfer Cable to 2nd Transfer Roll on HVPS devoloper board Auto Comp Black ITU Drive Drive Motor Motor Assembly Assembly 29000000000 00000000 Cover Heartbeat Interlock Magenta Cyan Drive Drive Motor
202. 40 Motor DC motor accel stall registration Replace the registration motor assembly See Registration motor on page 4 66 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 141 Motor DC pick motor excessive PWM registration motor replace the registration motor See Registration motor removal on page 4 71 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 142 Motor DC pick motor over speed registration motor replace the registration motor assembly See Registration motor removal on page 4 71 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 143 Motor DC pick motor no encoder feedback registration motor replace the registration motor assembly See Registration motor removal on page 4 71 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 144 Motor DC motor accel stall autocompensator motor replace the autocompensator assembly See Autocompensaior pick assembly removal on page 4 19 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 145 Motor DC motor excessive PWM autocompensator motor replace the autocompensator assembly See Autocompensaior pick assembly removal on page 4 19 If this does not fix the prob
203. 45 6 9 67 C to second transfer roll 346 6 13 65 Y to second transfer roll 447 6 17 62 Meter 1 to second transfer 164 8 6 49 Meter 2 to second transfer 126 4 4 98 Meter 3 to second transfer 86 4 3 40 Meter 4 to second transfer 51 4 2 02 Second transfer to fuser 319 4 12 57 Fuser nip to first redrive 50 0 1 97 Fuser nip to exit sensor 58 2 2 29 Fuser nip to exit tray nip 420 3 16 55 Printing the chart The printer has an internal copy of the defect locator chart under the Help Menu Verify the proper image size by measuring any of the marks on the chart and comparing them to the corresponding measurement in the chart Use Step 2 if adjustments are needed Copying the chart Use the provided transparent sheet if at all possible If you need to make copy be aware that fax machines digital scanners and xerographic copiers can distort images Charts should be printed using the transparent copy provided in the service manual In order to maintain the accuracy of the edge rulers the following steps should be heeded when printing a copy of the Defect Location Chart 1 When printing this document make sure Fit to page is not selected 2 Measure the distance between the Reference line and the 110 mm Calibration Mark to verify that it is correct If the distance is inaccurate the bottom registration margin setting can be adjusted to correct the discrepancy Increasing the bottom margin value stretches the image reducing it shri
204. 5 83 in x 8 27in x x x x x x 148 mm x 210 mm JIS B5 7 17 in x 10 23 in 182 mm x x X x X X X x x 257 mm Statement 5 5 in x 8 5 in 140 mm x x x x x x x 216 mm Letter 8 5 in x 11 in 216 mm x 279 mm Folio 8 5 in x 13 in x 216 330 Legal 8 5 in x 14 in X x x x tx x x6 216 mm x 256 mm Executive 7 25 in x 10 5 in 184 mm x 267 Universal 5 5 8 27 in to 8 5 x 14 in 139 7 x 210 x X X x x mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm 2 75 x 5 to 8 5 x 14 in 69 85 x 127 X x mm to 229 x 355 6 mm 5 83 x 7 17 in to 8 5 x 14 in 148 x 182 x X X x mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm 7 34 Envelope 3 875 in x 7 5 in 98 mm X x x x 191 mm 9 Envelope 3 875 in x 8 9 in 98 mm x X X 225 4 mm 10 Envelope 4 125 in x 9 5 in 105 mm X x x x 241 mm DL envelope 4 33 in x 8 66 in 110 mm X x x x 220 mm C5 envelope 6 38 in x 9 01 in 162 mm x x x x 229 mm B5 envelope 6 93 in x 9 84 in 176 mm X X x 250 mm 1 8 Service Manual 5060 00 gt 6 n gt oo 2 15 amp 5 S 2095 amp o c 2 5509 Media size supported 1 5 lt 18 8 o 2 2 5 0 o L gt 5 o i 2 5 iD z o O ico Other envelope
205. 5060 00 Assembly 17 ITU loading 7 28 Service Manual Assembly 17 ITU loading 5060 00x Asm Index Part number Units Description 174 2 3 4 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 12G6546 12G6442 12G6353 56P1495 56P1496 56P1497 56P1498 12G6439 12G6440 12G6441 56P0594 56P0595 56P0560 12G6443 0 A A gt po 32 oa os Yellow terminal contact assembly Terminal contact spring Screw PP 12G6533 Cartridge support roller Parts packet ITU loading yellow including Yellow BOR spring Rear block guide Rear transfer bellcrank Front V block guide Front transfer bellcrank High voltage contact spring Parts packet ITU loading cyan including Cyan BOR spring Rear V block guide Rear transfer bellcrank Front V block guide Front transfer bellcrank High voltage contact spring Parts packet ITU loading magenta including Magenta BOR spring Rear V block guide Rear transfer bellcrank Front V block guide Front transfer bellcrank High voltage contact spring Parts packet ITU loading black including Black BOR spring Rear block guide Rear transfer bellcrank Front V block guide Front transfer bellcrank High voltage contact spring Black terminal contact assembly Magenta terminal contact assembly Cyan terminal contact assembly Cam BOR fron
206. 7 02 Magenta Theta Margin 4 font 8 09 Magenta Fine Top Margin 0 Manufacture Date 0 Total Refills 0 EP SETTINGS Total Cycie Count 0 fuser Temp Normal pod k Normal 2 Cartridge Information omy Normal ox 100 Dev Bias Adj Cyan Toner Black Normal Serial Number 03521409514 Magenta Normal Capacity 15 Normal Type Prebate Yellow Normal ox 100 Transfer Adjust Yellow Toner 5 Black Normal Serial Number 032000292 Magenta Normal Capacity 15 Normal Type Prebate Yellow Normal ox 100 Magenta Toner COLOR MENU Serial Number 0322703054 Print Mode Color Capacity 15K Color Correction Auto Type Prebate Print Resolution 2400 10 ox 100 Toner Darkness 4 Bleck Toner Serial Number 0529813134 ERROR 106 Capacity 15 1 000 2 000 Type Prebate 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 8 000 9 000 10 000 11 000 12 000 Paper Source Tray 1 formatted Size Letter daaa ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTU ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPORSTU 12 0123456789 jABCDEFGHUKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZD abcdefghijkImnopqrstuvwxyz n C 10 0123456789 3ABCDEFGHUKLMNOPQRSTUVWX YZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz C liaac eeii A A Ee E606 0123456789 8 ABCDEFGHUKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijkImnopqrstuvwxyz Ea Eddi OUetO f Aib fi Nt 4 0129454 m ABCOEFOHURLMNOPORS TUVWX m Append
207. 73 56P0356 Pack magnet strong and weak and door latch 7 71 56P0357 Actuation assembly 7 71 56P0358 Accumulator slides 7 73 56P0359 Harness cable assembly H2 7 75 56P0360 Harness cable assembly 7 75 56P0361 Harness cable assembly 7 75 56P0362 Harness cable assembly H5 7 75 56P0363 Harness cable assembly H6 7 75 56P0364 Harness cable assembly 51 7 75 56P0368 Harness cable assembly 55 7 75 56P0369 Harness cable assembly E2 7 75 56P0370 Harness cable assembly 7 75 56P0371 Harness cable assembly E5 7 75 56P0372 Harness cable assembly E6 7 75 56P0373 Harness cable assembly E7
208. A FG CN19 Joint Switch PTR Joint Ground CN20 CPU Prog 1 Connector locations 5 31 5060 00 HCOF system board 9 1 eee 1 CN12 CN13 15 CN1 U SW1 U SW2 0000 CN3 U Sw4 CN6 HE 7H je CN7 Z CN9 CN10 1118521 ij oe 5 32 Service Manual 5060 00 6 Preventive maintenance This chapter describes procedures for printer preventive maintenance Follow these recommendations to help prevent problems and maintain optimum performance Safety inspection guide The purpose of this inspection guide is to aid you in identifying unsafe conditions If any unsafe conditions exist find out how serious the hazard could be and if you can continue before you correct the hazard Check the following items e Damaged missing or altered parts especially in the area of the On Off switch and the power supply Damaged missing or altered covers especially in the area of the top cover and the power supply cover e Possible safe
209. B Vacuum Transport Belt Y Yellow General information 1 13 5060 00 1 14 Service Manual 2 Diagnostic information Start 5060 00x CAUTION Remove the power cord from the printer or electrical outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Disconnect any connections between the printer and PCs peripherals The printer weighs 47 7 kg 105 Ib and requires at least two people to lift it safely Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down To determine the corrective action necessary to repair a printer see the following topics POR power on reset sequence on page 2 2 Symptom table base printer on page 2 3 Symptom table 500 sheet drawer option on page 2 4 Symptom table HCIT 2000 sheet option on page 2 4 Symptom table output expander option on page 2 5 Symptom table 5 bin mailbox option on page 2 5 Symptom table finisher option on page 2 5 Error code table on page 2 6 Sub error code table on page 2 17 HCIT system board LED error code table on page 2 128 HCOF error code table on page 2 122 2 Paper jam message table on page 2 25 User attendance message table on page 2 28 Service checks on page 2 42 Note There may be printer error messages that are not contained in this service manual Call your next level support for assistance
210. Check the voltage at connector J20 9 when the cyan Go to step 10 Go to step 11 TMC switch is pressed Does the voltage measure approximately 3 3 V dc 10 Check the developer HVPS to engine board cable for Replace the cable Replace the damage broken connections or wire and shorts developer HVPS between adjacent pins board assembly Are there any signs of damage to the cable 11 Disconnect the developer HVPS cable from connector Replacethe engine Replace the J20 on the engine board Measure the voltage on board assembly developer HVPS connector J20 9 on the engine board and developer Does the voltage measure approximately 0 V dc E UE 2 94 Service Manual 941 Error code Magenta toner metering cycle TMC 5060 00x Toner metering cycle TMC is where the code and electronics in the printer sense an addition of toner in the cartridge developing area If the printer is expecting a toner addition cycle but one is not detected a 94x TMC Error is displayed Replacement of the cartridge may fix the problem temporarily if the problem is with the printer Only replace the cartridge if there are no problems with the printer or if the cartridge is known to be defective Note Before proceeding with this service check observe the error log for repetitive occurrences of a 94x service error Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the toner metering cam A on the rear of the Go to step 2 If the to
211. D 14 Prism sensor detected different media from the tray sensor 2D 15 Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Stacker 1 2D 16 Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Stacker 2 2D 17 Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Stacker 3 2D 18 Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Stacker 4 2D 19 Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Stacker 5 2D 1A Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Stacker 6 2D 1B Sensor S2 has been activated or obstructed 2D 1C Fuser narrow media sensor obstructed Diagnostic information 2 17 5060 00 Sub error code Explanation 2D 1D Fuser exit sensor obstructed 2D 1E Duplex sensor s obstructed 2D 1F Tray 2 sensor obstructed 2D 20 Tray 3 sensor obstructed 2D 21 Tray 4 sensor obstructed 2D 22 Pass thru sensor in Stacker 1 obstructed 2D 23 Pass thru sensor in Stacker 2 obstructed 2D 24 Pass thru sensor in Stacker 3 obstructed 2D 25 Pass thru sensor in Stacker 4 obstructed 2D 26 Pass thru sensor in Stacker 5 obstructed 2D 27 Pass thru sensor in Stacker 6 obstructed 2D 28 Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in the Duplex option 2D 29 Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Tray 2 2D 2A Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Tray 3 2D 2B Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Tray 4 2D 2C Duplex input motor error det
212. DIMM 7 76 56P9926 Lexmark Optra Forms software 7 76 56P9927 Lexmark Forms Director software 7 76 56P9928 Lexmark Forms 4MB flash DIMM 7 76 56P9929 Lexmark Forms 8MB flash DIMM 7 76 56P9930 Lexmark Forms 16MBMB flash DIMM 7 76 56P9932 Lexmark Forms 64MB flash DIMM 7 76 56P9934 MarkNet Token Ring Print Server 7 76 56P9935 Card assembly Traditional Chinese font DIMM 7 76 56P9936 Card assembly Simplified Chinese Font DIMM 7 76 56P9942 Hard drive mounting kit 7 76 56P9975 Card assembly Japanese font DIMM 7 76 56P9982 Hard disk 20GB with adapter formatted 7 76 7370235 Kit relocation package assembly printer 7 77 7370563 Kit relocation package assembly Output Expander 7 77 7370564 Kit relocatio
213. Developer HVPS cable Make sure that there is no damage to the cable running from the system board Developer HVPS board e System board If the image is well developed on the PC drum but the same plane is missing or faded on the ITU belt the following components should be checked e Bell cranks Check the condition of the bell cranks Continuity on the bell crank circuit Turn the printer off Using a multimeter check the continuity between the rear bell crank contact for the failing color and the respective cable on the transfer HVPS board See Transfer high voltage power supply HVPS on page 5 19 Transfer HVPS cable Make sure that there is no damage to the cable running from the system board to the transfer HVPS board Verify the connection at both ends Transfer HVPS board Engine board 3 6 Service Manual 5060 00 Configuration Menu The Configuration Menu CONFIG MENU contains a set of menus settings and operations which are infrequently used by a user Generally the options made available in this menu are used to configure a printer for operation The following are available from the Configuration Menu Black amp White Lock Fuser Cnt Value Reset Fuser Cnt Prt Quality Pgs This is not displayed if in Demo mode Color Trapping SIZE SENSING TYPE SENSING SENSED TRANS SENSED PAPER CALIBRATE TRAYS Panel Menus PPDS Emulation This only displays if the PPDS interpreter is available Downloa
214. Diagnostic information 2 1 5060 00 POR power on reset sequence The following is an example of the events that occur during the POR sequence for the base machine with no paper handling options installed 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Power the machine 5V LED Power ON on the engine board comes on Operator Panel LED comes on solid All diamonds appear on the display While loading code dots scroll across the display The following is an example of the screen that displays after the code is loaded 96MB 350Mhz 96MB Amount of Memory 350Mhz Processor Speed Performing Self Test is displayed Fuser drive motor turns on Main fan turns on RIP fan turns on Heartbeat LED on engine boards turns on Fuser lamps turn on Vacuum transport belt fan turns on ITU Missing is posted if the ITU is missing Fuser Missing is posted if the fuser is missing Close Door is posted if the front cover is open Busy is displayed Front panel LED blinks Redrive exit roller turns Any cartridge errors are posted such as a defective cartridge Lexmark Return Program information or missing cartridge Any applicable maintenance messages display such as 80 Fuser Maintenance or 83 Maintenance One of the toner low messages appears when applicable 88 yellow Toner Low 88 Magenta Toner Low 88 Cyan Toner Low or 88 Black Toner Low Color calibration may be ini
215. E 2 5 V dc GND NE EMP 5 V dc S2 GND 5 V dc S1 GND CO N a amp A A 22 E AR CN7 Size Sensors Near Empty 0000000 1 1 8 NI AJ zx o k CN6 CN8 660009090550 81 Pick Sensor S2 Registration Sensor o a BR Connector locations 5 27 5060 00 High capacity output finisher HCOF HCOF LVPS board Connector Pin No Signal CN2 LVPS Out 1 24 V dc 2 24 V dc 3 24 V dc 4 24 V dc 5 Ground 6 Ground 7 Ground 8 Ground CN1 1 AC In from Relay 2 Not
216. ETE UENIRE 2 91 CSO EM COJE aset baia 2 92 OAD MOG DOUBLE d boue ados sape atq duke See apie ack bah iore trice a eet 2 93 ET EO OUO S 35 eU HP OC I E X v di 2 95 SAL Ot COE bead des bM IG EE RUE 2 97 O43 Eror COUO La sr osse ppp P bored bce AP bee 2 99 RR RE TET TY Y ee eRe a ea 2 101 5 Birimallbox opubmserviCe Check s iod eu D b IRE E 2 104 500 Sheet drawer option service check 2 108 and DC power service check 2 112 AUTOCOMPENSAIONSCIVICE CHECK 2 114 Black ohlydetract BOR neck RO ERAS Eee Dey 2 117 Close door HVPS printhead interlock switch service check 2 118 Duplex option service CHECK 2 04 Heese ee ba epe E 2 120 Finisher BER ouais ke S dcus dag 2 122 saves gs 2 127 High capacity input tray 2000 sheet option service check 2 128 Operator panel LCD status LED buttons service check 2 132 Output Expander option service Check 1 sisse a heo
217. Go to step 3 Go to 200 Paper jam Tray 1 on page 2 67 3 Does the media feed correctly from the 500 sheet Go to step 4 Go to 500 sheet options or envelope feeder if installed option or envelope option on page 2 69 4 Check the pass thru in 500 sheet option or envelope Clear the Repair or replace feeder for damage or obstruction if installed obstruction the HCIT Is the pass thru obstructed or damaged 2 70 Service Manual 201 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Remove fuser from printer remove oiler housing from Clear the jam Go to step 2 fuser and pivot the paper guide up Is paper jammed inside the fuser 2 Check fuser entry guide for toner buildup Replace the fuser Go to step 3 Is toner built up on the fuser entry guide removal 4 33 3 Check fuser exit sensor flag Go to step 4 Replace the fuser Does the flag rotate freely and return to normal position 47 when released removal ah page 4 33 4 Reinstall fuser and perform the BASE SENSOR Go to step 5 Perform the TEST on page 3 29 following in order Note Use a spring hook to actuate the flag 1 Reseat the Does fuser exit sensor pass test eke board 2 Replace the fuser See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 3 Replace the LVPS See Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 4 Replace the engine
218. Ground 5 V dc Hsync DC Ground mm ref freq mm lock mm strt en o CO N a BR Ground 24 V dc mir mtr 5 16 Service Manual 5060 00 Connector n Signal J11 Printhead 1 N C Black Connector Video 2 N C 3 laser en J17 J13 5 laser adj Ethernet NNW 6 Ground NW 7 laser PWM 8 5 V dc head 9 Ground 10 video data sa 11 video data 51 2 J12 Cover Open 5 V dc 5 Switch Connector 25 3 Ground HE H 5 V Cor s J13 Parallel Port Connector J18 USB Port 1 USB 5 V de Connector 2 USB D 3 USBD 4 Ground m G1 Ground E G1 G2 Ground G2 J19 Option DRAM Socket 2 J20 Option DRAM Socket 1 021 Base DRAM Socket Connector locations 5 17 5060 00
219. J Ground Ground o CLK OUT FUSER CLK OUT Y HALL IN 2 FUSER HALL IN A Y LOCK IN A FUSER LOCK IN 5 8 Service Manual See Engine board on page 5 7 5060 00x Connector Pin no Signal J9 LVPS 3 3 V dc 5 V dc 5 V dc 24 V dc 24 V dc Ground Ground Ground N Ground Ground J10 Fuser ak EXIT SENSOR IN FUSER IN FUSER CAM2 IN OILER ENC A IN OILER ENC B IN HR THERM IN BR THERM IN Ground o NI BR 5 V switched ZERO Xing IN o HR HEAT ON OUT E BR HEAT ON OUT J11 Bin Full 5 V dc switched BIN FULL IN Ground J12 BOR Lift Motor LIFT PHA OUT LIFT PHA OUT Connector locations 5 9 5060 00 See Engine board on page 5 7 Connector Pin no Signal J20 HVPS Developer 1 CART METER K IN 2 K AC B EN OUT 3 SC K CHIP 4 KDEV PWM OUT 5 CART METER M IN 6 K CHG PWM OUT 7 SC M CHIP 8 CMY CHG PWM OUT 9 CART METER C IN 10 CMY AC B EN OUT 11 SC C CHIP 12 M DEV PWM OUT 13 CART METER Y IN
220. Je Idea 2 67 200 Paper jam Options and envelope 2 69 201 d Sce 2 71 ZUM Paperjam acne DES e OPE Sader ee 2 72 202 2 73 290 Papel e a dies ds 2 76 LAX Open Dai meds oda a QN DS bap Gu ies eau Md 2 77 Printer configuration and 24x paper jam codes 2 77 Printer configuration diagrams for 24 paper 2 81 584388 tix sd LEE qi p M EU 2 82 Oe Aap PES HERG Oem bees OS CIA ecd ME A 2 83 orl Paperjam Check Binh dent eee eae 2 84 ere Papel ame Check BINA 2 85 274 Paper um Check BINA A 2 86 recreos tecnd i AES ubi pelota webs sud disi P 2 87 900 RIP Software 2 22 2 224 6 baa E ded ag boos 2 88 925 EI ISP COUE Edu ie erbe b bsp 2 90 RENTRER ITE EU ETT TUE 2 90 iV Service Manual 5060 00 MONA EMITTE TC
221. LAR ASSEMBLIES If two assemblies contain a majority of identical parts they are shown on the same list Common parts are shown by one index number Parts peculiar to one or the other of the assemblies are listed separately and identified by description NS Not Shown in the column indicates that the part is procurable but is not pictured in the illustration Parts Packet in the Description column indicates the part is contained in a parts packet The Lexmark C750 5060 00x laser printer is available in two models 5060 001 5060 002 The parts catalog uses these designations to identify model specific FRUs Parts catalog 7 1 5060 00 Assembly 1 Covers 7 2 Service Manual Assembly 1 Covers 5060 00x Units Description 1 4 12G6410 1 Top cover assembly 2 12G6507 1 250 output flag includes flag retainer 3 12G6506 1 Bin full sensor 4 12G6319 1 Cable options stacker 5 12G6409 1 Redrive cap cover assembly 6 12G6380 7 Machine pad 7 12G6389 1 Top front support bracket 8 12G6396 6 Right rear cover 9 6 Screw PP 12G6530 10 12G6393 1 Right front cover 11 18 Screw PP 12G6309 12 12G6356 1 Lower right door assembly 13 12G6405 1 Front right light shield cover 14 56P2216 4 Shield door spring 15 7 Screw PP 56P2220 16 12G6376 4 Spring rear hold down 17 12G6347 1 Front hold down bellcrank 18 56P2246 1 Detent spring 19 56P2218 1 Detent front access door 20 56
222. LED ELT tee EREET TEE eeN Tere TS TTA STET T ESESEAESESTESISTSE seen 424V Right Side F Yellow Drive J11 J12 J20 47 45 64 FANS Ot Motor Assembly 53 Switched Oier PHA GUT BELT POLE 2 21 3 TONER PATCH OUT Peor TPS LED ON OUT u Tl rasour EN 2 Fight Side FUSER ON GUT k J72 8 2nd Transfer Cable YDIROUT BELTHOLE 1 to 2nd Transfer Roll FUSER DI GUT 2 EU H Transter Gabe a ITU to Magenta Contact S ur 9 Yellow Transfer Cable FUSER CLK OUT ITU to Yellow Contact FUSER HALLIN en J67 9 Cyan Transfer Cable J86 Switches E STAGING ENG QUT ITU to Cyan Contact FUSER LOC 2 5Vde Switched Fuser Drive Black Transfer Cable Motor Assembly esn ihi ITU to Black Contact El anemon 54 JD MIXPRUOUT 1 Sido E MSERVO INTO 1 Y TX PWM OUT l Auk T Y SERVO INTO 1 2 CTX PWM OUT t EST 2 J71 C SERVO INTO 4 KTX PWM OUT 5 K SERVO INTO E 149 CMY TENA OUT i T ITU TX PWM OUT LI 5 ITU SERVO INTO God 9 ITU TX CUR PWM 0 eni 10 ITU TX ENA OUT options CUR FULLIN Options i 7750 J52 uu Conn OPTEN 5 AUD E H E Upper EIE 4 7 ee EDO Comp Stack Gra 470 tacker T 5 Motor 1 5 2 28 02 Switched 24v op
223. Media 4 Press Return or Stop at the end of the test to return to the original screen 3 18 Service Manual 5060 00 Prt Quality Pgs The print quality test has five pages of settings various color blocks color array scales and color gradients This test may be printed from either CONFIG MENU or the Diagnostics Menu When printed from the Configuration Menu the toner cartridge lockout function is enabled which means these pages cannot be printed unless a cartridge is installed with a Machine Class ID which matches the Machine Class ID stored in the printer NVRAM When printed from the Diagnostics Test Menu the toner cartridge lockout function is disabled To run the Print Quality Test page from the Diagnostics Menu select Prt Quality Pgs from the menu Once the test is started it cannot be canceled When the test pages print the printer returns to the original screen Prt Line Len Pg This test prints a color test page that is used to measure the temperature of the printheads and the reading from the PSD at calibration time To run the Print Line Length Page select Prt Line Len Pg from the menu No buttons are active while the Print Line Length Page is printing Press Return to exit See Print line length calibration on page 4 63 for a sample of the page or page Print Line Len page on page B 14 HARDWARE TESTS The following Hardware Tests can be selected from this menu LCD Test Button Test DRAM Test ROM Test
224. Menu If the printer works network correctly while disconnected have the user or their administrator of the network administrator verify that there are no jobs in issue the queue which may be causing the error Does the error remain 4 Turn the printer off Remove any options from the RIP Go to step 5 Determine which or riser card such as additional memory hard disk option is causing drives or option cards the 900 error Does the 900 error persist when the printer is turned on 2 88 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No Restore factory defaults from the Configuration Menu Warning When factory defaults are restored all menu items are returned to the factory default values except Display Language All settings in the Parallel Menu Serial Menu Network Menu and USB Menu All downloaded resources fonts macros and symbol sets in printer memory RAM are deleted Resources residing in flash memory or on the hard disk are unaffected Record the secondary error codes With the 900 Service RIP Error displayed press Select and Return together Record the complete list Press Menu to scroll The code may be a very long string of characters and numbers but is needed for analysis Contact your next level of support Problem solved Intermittent 900 Service RIP Error codes Capturing the following information aids in deter
225. Menu page prints with acceptable print quality indicating calibration data has been properly preserved o c 4 72 Service Manual 5060 00 RIP fan removal See RIP fan on page 7 41 for the part number Bom Remove the top cover assembly See cover assembly removal on page 4 5 Remove the rip fan screw type 324 A Disconnect the rip fan cable from the engine board at connector J53 Remove the rip fan RIP board shield assembly removal RIP board shield assembly on page 7 37 for part number arm Remove the top cover assembly See Top cover assembly removal on page 4 5 Remove the rear fan cover See Rear fan cover removal on page 4 9 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 9 Remove the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 Remove the transfer HVPS board See Transfer HVPS board removal on page 4 82 Remove the RIP board shield assembly mounting screws A through the holes in the shield Remove the RIP board shield assembly Repair information 4 73 5060 00 S2 NMS transparency sensor assembly removal The S2 narrow media sensor NMS and transparency sensor are bundled into a sensor cable assembly See S2 transparency narrow media sensor assembly on page 7 17 for the part number Removing the old assembly Note Disconnect all power from the printer before proceeding with the steps below Open the f
226. NE MAR ADJ MISC TESTS PRINT TESTS HARDWARE TESTS DUPLEX TESTS if duplex is installed INPUT TRAY TESTS OUTPUT BIN TESTS FINISHER TESTS if finisher is installed BASE SENSOR TEST DEVICE TESTS if optional flash or disk installed PRINTER SETUP EP SETUP ERROR LOG Exit Diagnostics Entering Diagnostics Mode To enter the Diagnostics Mode 1 2 3 4 Turn the printer off Press and hold the Go and Return buttons Turn the printer on Release the buttons when Performing Self Test is displayed Exiting Diagnostics Mode Select Exit Diagnostics to exit the Diagnostics Mode and return to normal mode 5060 00x Diagnostic aids 3 13 5060 00 REGISTRATION The print registration range is Bottom Margin 25 to 25 Top Margin 25 to 25 Left Margin 12 to 12 Right Margin 12 to 12 To set print registration 1 Select REGISTRATION from the Diagnostics Mode T Sxx B sxx L sxx R SXx B Bottom margin T Top margin L Left margin R Right margin s Negative values space blank for positive values value Default value 2 Enter the values The Top margin sign value pair blinks This indicates it is the margin value being changed e select the margin value to change press Select until the margin value pair you want to change is blinking To change the margin value press Menu Print adjustment tip Adjusting the Top and Right margins moves the entire image
227. OUT E i To Engine Board s45 To Engine Board To Engine Board 445 Engine Board sse Autoconnect Door and ITU Switches Tray Sensors Exit Timing l4 Paper Surface Lower Sensor 5 Paper Surface Upper Sensor
228. P2219 1 Housing front access door 21 56P2217 1 Handle front access door 22 12G6357 1 Front cover assembly 23 12G6394 1 Front lower right cover 24 12G6411 1 Front right handle cover assembly 25 12G6391 1 Paper path access door 26 12G6403 1 Spring paper path access door 27 12G6388 1 Front lower left cover 28 12G6412 1 Front left handle cover assembly 29 12G6404 1 Left front light shield cover 30 56P1277 1 Paper tray guide 31 12G6402 1 Operator panel bezel with logos 32 12G6344 1 Operator panel assembly low volt 32 12G6345 1 Operator panel assembly high volt 33 2 Screw PP 12G6532 34 12G6399 1 Front upper pivot cover 35 12G6397 1 Front access door support 36 12G6504 1 Cable HVPS interlock cover open 2 wire 37 12G6503 1 Cable printhead interlock cover open 3 wire 38 56P2489 1 Label top paper jam Parts catalog 7 3 5060 00 Assembly 1 1 Covers 7 4 Service Manual Assembly 1 1 Covers 5060 00x Asm Part Iridex number Units Description 1 1 12G6408 1 Left upper cover assembly 2 14 Screw PP 12G6309 3 12G6392 1 Left upper pivot cover 4 12G6485 1 Lower access jam door assembly 5 12G6398 1 Left lower pivot cover 6 12G6395 1 Cover left lower 7 12G6400 1 Waste container door 8 12G6339 1 Blank TLI SN label 9 12G6390 1 Rear cover 10 12G6401 1 Rear fan cover 11 12G6383 2 Fuser latch slide 12 12G6384 2 Fuser latch slide spring 13 12G6340 1 Fuser top duct 1
229. PE SENSING from the CONFIG MENU 2 Select a tray Only those trays with type sensing display These can include Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 3 Select Auto to turn type sensing on for that tray or select Off to disable type sensing 4 Select Return to exit SENSED TRANS 1 Select SENSED TRANS from the CONFIG MENU 2 Select the tray Only those trays with SENSED PAPER Only paper sources that support auto type sensing are displayed The factory default paper type or each tray is determined by the value of Configuration ID For example the default values may be as follows Tray 1 factory default paper type Plain Paper Tray 2 factory default paper type Plain Paper or Custom Type 2 Tray 3 factory default paper type Plain Paper or Custom Type 3 Tray 4 factory default paper type Plain Paper or Custom Type 4 The following media can be sensed by Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 and Tray 4 Plain Paper Glossy Paper Card Stock Labels Bond Letterhead Preprinted Colored paper Custom Type 1 Custom Type 2 Custom Type 3 Custom Type 4 or Custom Type 6 CALIBRATE TRAYS Only trays that support transparency sensing are displayed The following are displayed whenever a tray has been detected that is not calibrated Tray x Not Calibrated This message usually indicates a user correctable NVRAM problem The tray may not have been calibrated or the NVRAM variable for tray calibration may be missing Diagnostic ai
230. PF Go to step 8 Replace the MPF bracket assembly gear to the lowest position and test bracket assembly the MPF See MPF bracket assembly Does the MPF bracket assembly rise and engage the gear page 7 21 8 Does media jam on the friction buckler Replace the friction Call your next level buckler See of support Friction buckler on page 4 34 2 82 Service Manual Multipurpose feeder no media in MPF 5060 00x A 250 Paper Jam indicates that the MPF tried to feed a sheet of media from the MPF tray A 250 Paper Jam may occur when there is no paper in the MPF MPF is selected as the paper source or the MFP sensor is malfunctioning If media is in the MFP it may feed normally with no 250 Paper Jam even though the sensor is malfunctioning Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Enter the Diagnostics Menu Select Input Tray Tests Replace the MPF Go to step 2 Sensor Test and Multipurpose Feeder Manually assembly See actuate the MP sensor by moving the paper flag in the Multipurpose MPF feeder MPF removal on Does the test pass page 4 42 2 Make sure that the MPF sensor cable from the engine Go to step 3 Install the cable board is correctly installed at J70 on the engine board correctly Is the cable correctly installed 3 Check the cable connection between the MP sensor Go to step 4 Install the cable cable and the sensor correctly Is the con
231. R Do the gears rotate 2 Do the gears stop and the fuser drive assembly gears Replace the fuser Go to step 3 make a loud buzzing sound assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 3 Check for correct installation of the fuser control cable Go to step 4 Install the cable to J10 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 4 Enter the diagnostic mode Measure the voltage onthe Go to step 5 Replace the engine engine board connector J10 2 The voltage should board assembly measure approximately 5 V dc See Engine Is the voltage correct 5 Remove the fuser from the printer Measure the voltage Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS at the DC fuser control connector pins 2 and 9 The assembly See assembly See voltage should measure approximately 5 V dc Fuser assembly Low voltage removal on power supply Is the voltage correct page 4 33 LVPS removal on page 4 40 6 Check for correct installation of the fuser drive motor Go to step 7 Install the cable cable to connector J8 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 7 Remove the fuser fan to gain access to the fuser drive Go to step 8 Install the cable motor cable Check the cable for correct installation to correctly J1 on the fuser drive motor assembly Is the cable installed correctly 8 Enter CE Diagnostic mode and measure the following Replace the fuser Replace the engine voltages o
232. RE RR E YO PAREN Mu X Va NEN aU XS 2 3 Symptom Table base PMNS to ductos dert Ge Daw hehe qi deba 2 3 Symptom table 500 sheet drawer option 2 4 Symptom table 2000 sheet option 2 4 Symptom tables output expalrider option 2 5 Symptom table 5 bin mailbox option 2 5 Symptom table finisher option 2 5 Error 255252 522 4 ee een dake NR NUR 2 6 eed 2 6 meme 2 9 Sub code Table eee 2 17 Programming errors PTI eee 2 20 Understanding the printer operator co bem pas Reha bur d RE RR asa 2 20 Operator Panel D HONS uie opm meram coepit Gee ot Poe pon edu ap Rue do 2 20 olg Mri do deposuit geb eu AME SIGNIS edm Edd baa eda 2 22 WINGS Hera bed d do eren acq Ae dotes 2 23 2exx Paper jam imessage ier pce REPERI PIE Edu 2 25 Useriatiendance message table suus aoc eet ed pee OS peewee m s 2 28 Tab
233. RINT TESTS in the Diagnostics Menu To exit the Alignment Test press Return Diagnostic aids 3 15 5060 00 Drift Sensors This check is used to display the status of the thermal system used to compensate for printhead drift The following screen is displayed when the test is selected Com aaaa M bb If Value Description Com Err RIP to A D communication error Good Communication is good Ms C Y K OP Open thermistor error SH Short thermistor error RA Range error Number Detected temperature in Celsius of last reading Indicates the system is functioning properly If Com Err replace the system board See System board on page 4 80 If a number displays C Y or or SH check the following 1 Check the cable of the appropriate thermistor cyan magenta yellow or black to make sure it is installed correctly to the system board and to the thermistor board If correct go to step 2 2 Check the continuity of the appropriate cable Replace the cable if there is no continuity If continuity is correct go to step 3 3 Replace the appropriate thermistor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the system board To exit the test press Return or Stop TOP FINE MAR ADJ Do not change this setting without consulting your next level of support MISC TESTS Motor Detect This test initiates an Automated Motor Detection It must be
234. SD brush not loose or broken Make sure the brush is contacting the media being fed through the option 1 Attach the ground cable if not installed 2 Replace the cover assembly if the ESD brush is loose or damaged The printer does not recognize one or more output options as installed Go to The printer does not recognize one or more output options as installed on page 2 105 Go to step 4 271 Paper Jam Check Bin 1 message Go to 272 Paper jam Check Bin x on page 2 85 Go to step 5 274 Paper Jam Check Bin 4 displays Go to Ready Bin x Full message may be able to clear message and paper feeds into bin selected on page 2 106 Go to step 6 Ready Bin x Full message May be able to clear message and will feed paper into Bin selected Go to Ready Bin x Full message may be able to clear message and paper feeds into bin selected on page 2 106 Go to step 7 Bin x Full No message that Bin x is full Go to Bin x Full no message that Bin x is on page 2 107 Go to step 8 Ready Bin x Full displays and paper feeds into Bin x Go to Ready Bin x Full displays and paper feeds into bin x on page 2 107 Go to step 9 Paper does not feed into the bin selected 271 Paper Jam check bin 1 appears Go to Paper does not feed into the 5 Bin mailbox bin selected 271 Paper Jam Check Bin 1 message on
235. Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Pri Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 187 PSD Error EOS sensor out of range scan direction yellow Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 188 PSD Error EOS sensor out of range process direction black Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 189 PSD Error EOS sensor out of range process direction cyan Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 190 PSD Error EOS sensor out of range process direction magenta Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Pri Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 191 PSD Error EOS sensor out of range process direction yellow Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page 3 19 If the problem persists go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 192 PSD Error No EOS reading black Update the machine code Run a Line Length test page See Prt Line Len Pg on page
236. Used 3 Not Used 4 Not Used 5 AC In from Relay o o o HE E E N Wu CN2 190 5 HCOF SUB LVPS relay board Connector Signal CN1 AC Input 1 AC In 2 Not used 3 Not used 4 Not used 5 AC In CN2 LVPS 1 AC Out to LVPS 2 Not used 3 AC Out to LVPS CN3 Relay Board 1 5 V de 5 V Switched 2 Gund 5 28 Service Manual 5060 00 HCOF system board See HCOF system board on page 5 32 Connector Pin no Signal CN1 Drop Solenoid 1 SOL 2 SOL MTR MTR N C MTR MTR N C No Cartridge CN2 Stapler Assembly Low Staple N BY Home Position Unit Check Ground 5 V dc Jog A Jog A Jog B B Bun A Bun A Bun B Bun B 5 V dc Jog Home Pos Sensor A o A CN3 Jogger Motor Bundle Motor CN4 Stapler Sensor Ground 5 V dc Bundle Belt Home Pos Sensor Ground 45 V dc Chad Box Sensor Ground CN5 Chad Box Full Mm a A N CO BY Connector locations 5 29 5060 00 See system board on page 5 32 Connector Pin no Signal CN6 Tray Sensors Tray Limit Near Full Offset Position Tray Limit SW Ground 5 V dc Tray Near Full Sensor Ground 5
237. V Venezuela LV Puerto Rico LV Virgin Islands LV Mexico LV Asia Pacific English LV Japan LV Taiwan LV Saudi Arabia LV 1 43H5544 1 Power cord set PRC HV 1 1339517 1 Power cord set Bolivia HV Peru HV 1 1339519 1 Power cord set Kuwait HV Bahrain HV Qatar HV UAE HV Oman HV Pakistan HV Yemen HV Iraq HV Libya HV Cyprus HV UK HV Ireland HV 1 1339520 1 Power cord set Brazil HV Paraguay HV Uruguay HV African Countries Denmark HV Austria HV Czech HV Slovak countries HV Greece HV Hungary HV Finland HV Norway HV Sweden HV France HV Belgium HV Netherlands HV Germany HV Italy HV Lebanon HV Syria HV Egypt HV Jordan HV Iran HV Euro English HV Albania HV Bosnia HV Bulgaria HV Croatia HV Slovenia HV Macedonia HV Yugoslavia Serbia and Montenegro HV Romania HV Iceland HV Poland HV Russia HV Turkey HV CIS HV Spain HV Catalan HV Portugal HV 1 1339521 1 Power cord set Israel HV 1 1339522 1 Power cord set Switzerland HV French German and Italian 1 1339523 1 Power cord set South Africa HV Namibia HV Lesotho HV Botswana HV 1 1339524 1 Power cord set Chile HV 1 1339525 1 Power cord set Denmark HV 1 1339544 1 Power cord set Argentina HV 2 12G6329 1 LVPS 115V 2 12G6330 1 LVPS 220V 3 8 Screw PP 12G6540 Parts catalog 7 35 5060 00 Assembl
238. Yes No If another cartridge is not available break the corresponding tabs off the cartridge in question as well as an adjacent color The tabs are used to ensure that the cartridge is installed in the correct color station Switch the two cartridges and print out a print sample to see if the streak stays with the cartridge and not the station Does the streak change when you switch cartridges Replace the defective cartridge Go to step 5 Printhead check The printhead lens may be contaminated by toner Check for any signs of contamination on the lens of the printhead Is the printhead contaminated Go to Printhead removal and adjustment on page 4 52 Call your next level support Blank page no image e If there is no image blank page and no error codes displayed go to step 1 e If there is no image blank page but error codes are displayed go to Sub error code table page 2 17 and perform the necessary action Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Second transfer roll make sure the second transfer If a second transfer Go to step 2 roll is installed and correctly installed roll is not installed Is the second transfer roll correctly installed 2 Second transfer roll release lever make sure the Go to step 3 Repair as second transfer roll release lever is not stuck in the necessary down position Check for broken or damaged parts Is the second transf
239. ad diagnostic tool and determine the problem The following procedure shows the yellow and cyan switch as an example a Turn off the printer b Unplug the printhead cables from the RIP board in the printer and connect them to the printhead diagnostic tool Connect the printhead diagnostic tool cables to the connectors on the RIP board in the printer This reverses the printhead color signals for the selected pair of colors 2 Service Manual 5060 00 d Turn the printer and note the new error codes automatic calibration begins 36 Printer Service Required may appear The printhead and RIP board are working correctly and the printhead cable connections should be checked Press Go to clear the error Ifthe error code remains the same replace the RIP board If that solves the problem you are finished e If the printer displays a different printhead error code which indicates another color the printhead or the printhead cables are defective See the table below for printhead codes For example the printer originally displays the printhead error code 108 yellow After switching the signals using the diagnostic tool the printer displays the printhead error code 106 cyan Printhead error codes Printhead error codes Yellow Cyan Magenta Black K For 10x errors 108 106 107 109 For 11x errors 117 115 116 114 For errors 169 475 175 171 173 169 Not commonly seen 176 172 174 170
240. aded door is difficult to reassemble Avoid disassembly of the door unless you need to replace the paper path access door 5 Loosen the two screws C 6 Remove the lower right door assembly 4 14 Service Manual 5060 00 Left lower cover removal 1 Remove the lower jam access door assembly See Lower jam access door assembly removal on page 4 15 2 Remove the left lower cover screw type 323 A and remove the cover 323 Lower access door assembly removal See Cover left lower on page 7 5 for the part number 1 Remove the front left handle cover assembly See Front left handle cover assembly removal on page 4 11 2 Remove the lower jam access door assembly screw type 323 A and remove the door A 323 Repair information 4 15 5060 00 Redrive door removal See Redrive door on page 7 16 for the part number 1 Open the redrive door 2 Loosen the redrive door upper hinge screw type 324 A 3 Lift the redrive door from the hinge and remove the redrive door A 324 B 4 16 Service Manual 5060 00 Paper access door cover removal See Paper path access door on page 7 3 for part number 1 Remove the paper tray 2 Remove the front left handle cover assembly See Front left handle cover assembly removal on page 4 11 3 Open the paper path access door carefully remove screw A type 323
241. al Is the voltage correct on page 4 48 8 Operator panel cable operator panel connection Go to step 9 Seat the cable make sure the operator panel cable is seated correctly correctly in the connector on the operator panel board Is the cable seated correctly 9 Operator panel cable check continuity of the operator Replace the RIP Go to Operator panel cable board See RIP panel removal board removal on page 4 48 and Is there continuity on page 4 72 replace the operator panel cable 10 RIP board a poor ground connection between pin 4 Go to step 11 Replace the RIP on the operator panel board connector can cause this board See RIP symptom Check for continuity between Pin J1 4 and board removal ground on the board See RIP board on page 5 14 on page 4 72 Is there continuity 11 Operator panel cable check continuity of the operator Replace the Go to Operator panel cable operator panel panel removal See Operator on page 4 48 and Is there continuity panel removal replace the on page 4 48 operator panel cable 12 Operator panel assembly does the operator panel Go to step 13 Call your next level display all diamonds with the power on status LED on support and 5 beeps 13 Voltage checks at RIP connector J1 See RIP board Replace the Go to step 14 on page 5 14 Check the voltages on RIP connector J1 operator panel as shown See Operator gt removal Pin
242. ality magenta cyan or yellow lines Go to Vertical lines or streaks on page 2 138 or Horizontal lines or streaks on page 2 137 Print quality colored lines streaks or smudges Go to Vertical lines or streaks on page 2 138 or Horizontal lines or streaks on page 2 137 Print quality light lines or streaks appear on the printed page Go to All colors have light print over the entire page on page 2 142 or One color has light print over the entire page on page 2 143 Print quality light print Go to Light print over the entire page on page 2 142 Print quality missing colors Go to Missing colors Complete or partially missing color planes on page 2 141 Print quality uneven printing Go to Uneven printing on page 2 145 Print quality poor color alignment Go to Poor color alignment on page 2 144 Diagnostic information 2 3 5060 00 Symptom Action Print quality toner on the back of the page Go to Toner is on the back of the printed page on page 2 146 Print quality toner smears or rubs off the page Go to Toner smears or rubs off the page with no error code displayed on page 2 145 Print quality multiple horizontal lines Go to Horizontal lines or streaks on page 2 137 Fuser problem fuser cold Go to Cold fuser service on page 2 127 Fuser problem fuser running too hot Go to Hot fuser se
243. all it mounted correctly correctly Make sure all the Is the developer HVPS mounted correctly mounting screws are tightened Recheck the printer to see if a 943 error is still displayed 6 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly Go to step 7 Correctly connect installed on the developer board assembly the cable Is the cable correctly installed 7 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly Go to step 8 Correctly connect installed at J20 on the engine board the cable Is the cable properly installed 8 Check the voltage at connector J20 1 on the engine Replace the engine Go to step 9 board while pressing the black TMC pin in the cartridge board assembly contact assembly Does the voltage change when the pin is pressed 9 Check the voltage at connector J20 1 when the black Go to step 10 Go to step 11 TMC switch is pressed Does the voltage measure approximately 3 3 V dc 10 Check the developer HVPS to engine board cable for Replace the cable Replace the damage broken connections or wire and shorts developer HVPS between adjacent pins board assembly Are there any signs of damage to the cable 11 Disconnect the developer HVPS cable from connector Replacethe engine Replace the J20 on the engine board Measure the voltage on board assembly developer HVPS connector J20 1 on the engine board and developer Does the voltage measure approximately 0 V dc E UE 2 100 Service Manual 5060 00
244. and Black horizontal lines in the target T value or Top 1 Adjust the setting and press Go to print the page and verify the setting until the lines are even Press Select to save the value The display advances to the next value b To adjust Z or theta value Press Go to print the Cyan Alignment Page Use the rightmost target in the first row to adjust the Cyan and Black horizontal lines Adjust the setting and press Go to print the page and verify the setting until the lines are even Press Select to save the value C To adjust R or Right value press Go to print the Cyan Alignment Page Use the rightmost target in the first row to adjust the Cyan and Black vertical lines Adjust the setting and press Go to print the page and verify the setting until the lines are even Press Select to save the value Appendix Service tips A 13 5060 00 d To adjust L Left value press Go to print the Cyan Alignment Page Use the leftmost target in the first row to adjust the Cyan and Black vertical lines until the targets overlap 4 97 E Adjust the setting and press Go to print the page and verify the setting until the lines are even Press Select to save the value Change each of the settings Top Left Right and Theta for Cyan When the targets are aligned press Go to print the final page 5 Af
245. artridge signature button cables D and the doctor blade cable E from the developer HVPS board and remove the board Installation note Disconnect the cable between boards Install the large board by attaching the bottom screws loosely attach the top screws then tighten the bottom screws Connect the boards Install the small board in the same manner as the large board No 4 30 Service Manual 5060 00 Engine board removal See Engine board on page 7 39 for the part number gt Remove the rear fan cover See Rear fan cover removal page 4 9 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 9 Disconnect all cables from the engine board Remove the screw 323 A holding the grounding clip B and remove the clip Remove the engine board screw type 323 C and remove the engine board Remove the engine board Be careful not to damage the paper size switches and actuators D 2 323 323 Repair information 4 31 5060 00 Engine board shield removal See Engine board shield on page 7 39 for the part number 1 Remove the RIP board shield assembly See RIP board shield assembly removal on page 4 73 2 Remove the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 3 Remove the engine board shield screw type 323 A screw type 232 B and remove the shield c Friction b
246. asm 5 Bin Mailbox system 28 99A1726 1 Frame asm left w clutch asm 29 99A1786 1 Gear drive 30 99A1719 1 Cable asm upper autoconnect 31 12 Screw board mounting PP 99A0263 32 56P0413 1 Cover left side Parts catalog 7 53 5060 00 Assembly 27 1 5 bin mailbox Y 7 54 Service Manual Assembly 27 1 5 Bin Mailbox 5060 00x oe 8 Units Description 27 14 99A1741 4 Spring diverter 2 99A1727 1 Frame asm right side 3 12 Screw board mounting PP 12G6309 4 99A1728 4 Cam diverter actuator 5 99A1731 4 Spring diverter actuator 6 99A1729 4 Latch diverter actuator 7 99A1730 4 Arbor diverter actuator 8 99A1789 4 C clip 9 56P0418 1 Bracket attach front 10 99A1732 4 Solenoid diverter 11 99A1738 5 Deflector paper exit w brush 12 99A1722 4 Deflector paper 13 99A1787 4 Deflector 14 99A1721 1 Deflector paper top bin NS 99A1734 1 Spring static ground NS 99A0462 1 Grease packet IBM 23 NS 99A1715 1 Roller asm rear access door NS 99A1717 1 Gear drive NS 99A1788 1 Retainer R ring NS 99A0450 10 Retainer NS 56P0550 1 Cable tray media level sensor Parts catalog 7 55 5060 00 Assembly 28 500 sheet drawer option P o A 7 56 Service Manual Assembly 28 500 sheet tray option 5060 00x Sole Units
247. ated on the top right rear of the printer The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc Is the voltage correct Go to step 7 Go to step 10 Check the AC line voltage between CN2 1 and CN2 3 on the relay board The line voltage should be within specifications for the AC power source the printer is connected to Is there line voltage at CN2 Replace the LVPS assembly Go to step 8 Check the AC line voltage between CN1 1 and CN1 5 on the relay board The line voltage should be within specifications for the AC power source the printer is connected to Is there line voltage at CN1 Replace the relay board assembly Go to step 9 Check continuity of the AC line cord Is there continuity Go to step 10 Replace the line cord 10 Check the voltage at J7 5 on the engine board The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc Is the voltage correct Replace the top options cable Replace the engine board 2 124 Service Manual Front door is open no indication on display 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the front door is activating the cover switch Go to step 2 Repair or replace Is the door activating the cover switch the door assembly 2 Check door door switch activating tab broken or Replace the front Go to step 3 missing door assembly Is the front door and door activating tab damaged broken or missing 3 Check th
248. atic color adjustments periodically occur during printing based on internal algorithms The following situations prompt the adjustment Ifthe printer detects a new or different color cartridge is installed usually at power on or when the cover is closed e Ifthe printer detects a new or different ITU is installed usually at power on or when the cover is closed e If the fuser detects at power on that the fuser temperature is at 60 C f Power Saver has been active for eight hours or more fthe printer was turned off during a calibration cycle Atthe Ready state if one of several internal engine parameters has exceeded a given threshold If requested by the user from the operator panel or by PUL command e Atthe Ready state if more than 500 pages are printed since the last calibration This value can be adjusted in this menu Selecting Off disables all Auto Color Adjust prompts listed above except the request of the user or the PJL command Select Auto Color Adjust from the CONFIG MENU 100 1000 500 The values increments of 50 The default is 500 Exit Config Menu Select Exit Config Menu and press Select to exit the CONFIG MENU and reboot the printer 3 12 Service Manual Diagnostics Mode To run the printer diagnostic tests described in this chapter put the printer in Diagnostics Mode The tests display on the operator panel in the order shown REGISTRATION ALIGNMENT TOP FI
249. ator panel assembly high volt on page 7 3 for the part number 1 Remove the operator panel bezel Bezel 2 Unlatch the operator panel latches A See AN Va ae eee al 7 4 48 Service Manual 5060 00 3 Disconnect the operator panel cable from the operator panel and remove the operator panel Outer EMC shield removal Loosen screw type 232 A and lift the outer EMC shield from the printer A Repair information 4 49 5060 00 Paper size sensing assembly removal See Paper size sensing assembly on page 7 57 for the part number Note The paper size sensing assembly contains components that easily fall apart as you remove the assembly Be careful not to lose any of the components 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 9 2 Remove the rear fan cover See Rear fan cover removal on page 4 9 3 Remove the engine board shield See Engine board shield removal on page 4 32 4 Open the waste toner container door and slide the container out 5 Remove the paper size sensor assembly screw type 323 on page 4 3 A amp A n 1 es Pick rolls See Pick rolls 2 each per package on page 7 24 for the part number Front roll 1 Wipe any toner or debris from the bottom pan to avoid contaminating the pick tires 2 Pull the pick assembly down into the bottom pan and press the latch to remove
250. attach 7 53 56P0422 Latch access door front 7 53 56 0423 Latch rear access door 7 53 56P0430 Duplex card assembly 7 63 56P0432 Duplex front jam tray assembly 7 61 56P0433 Right jam clearance tray assembly 7 63 56P0434 Right side front tray guide 7 61 56P0435 Duplex shaft mount 7 61 56P0436 Upper rib assembly 7 63 56P0437 Duplex output sensor 7 63 56P0439 Duplex paper guide 7 61 56P0441 Duplex shaft assembly 7 61 56P0442 Duplex exit sensor 7 61 56P0444 F R backup shaft assembly 7 61 56P0445 40T shaft drive F R gear 7 61 56P0447 Duplex entry shaft as
251. average sound pressure Lexmark C750 n 2400 image quality printing 51 dBA Idle standby 42 dBA Lexmark C750dn 2400 image quality printing 53 dBA Idle standby 42 dBA Environment Printer temperature and humidity Operating Temperature 60 to 90 F 15 6 to 32 3 C Relative humidity 8 to 8096 Maximum wet bulb temperature 73 F 22 8 C Altitude 10 000 ft 0 to 3 048 meters Atmospheric pressure 74 6 kPa e Power off Temperature 50 to 110 F 10 to 43 3 C Relative humidity 8 to 8096 Maximum wet bulb temperature 80 1 F 26 7 C Altitude 10 000 ft 0 to 3 048 meters Atmospheric pressure 74 6 kPa Ambient operating environment Temperature 60 to 90 F 15 6 to 32 2 C Relative humidity 8 to 8096 e Storage and shipping packaged printer with or without print cartridge Temperature 40 to 110 F 40 to 43 3 C Print cartridge Temperature 40 to 110 F 40 to 43 3 C In some cases performance specifications such as paper OCF EP cartridge usage are measured at an ambient condition General information 1 5 5060 00 Print speed and performance print speed 2400 Image quality 1200 x 1200 dpi Simplex printing on letter size media pages per minute Letter 8 5 in x 11 in 20 10 A4 3 4 in x 11 7 in 19 9 5 Legal 8 5 in x 14 in 16 2 8 1 Transparencies 10 10 Envelopes 10 10
252. ay x x Tray 2 3 4 or 5 this is the tray that has a problem or needs service Note Verify the autoconnect housing is correctly snapped into the printer and all options and is plugged into the system board correctly and drive assemblies Are any parts worn broken or damaged assembly that has the defective parts Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the autocompensator cable is correctly Go to step 2 Install the cable installed at the tray System board correctly Is the cable correctly installed 2 Make sure the drive assembly cable is connected Go to step 3 Install the cable correctly to the tray system board correctly Is the cable correctly installed 3 Check for worn or broken parts in the autocompensator Replace the Replace the FRUs in the following order 1 Electronic size sensing assembly 2 Autocom pensator assembly 3 Drive assembly Output expander Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Mechanical linkage DC motor assembly check the Go to step 2 Reseat the cable DC motor cable connector to make sure it is installed at and recheck for J4 on the output expander control board correct operation of Is the cable connected correctly theoption 2 Resistance check disconnect J4 from the option Go to step 3 Replace the board and check the resistance of the motor on the mechanical cable connector between J4 1 and J4 2 The linkage DC moto
253. be canceled or terminated once the test has begun When the test is complete the printer returns to the original screen Sensor Test This test determines if the finisher sensors are working correctly To run this test 1 Select Sensor Test from the Finisher Test menu e If you Select Media 1 from the menu the following is displayed and the sensors polled Media Path 1 testing Once the sensors are polled the following is displayed and the sensors are ready to test Media Path 1 1 CL S2 CL 61 Punch Timing Sensor A 52 Punch Timing Sensor Once this screen is displayed you can manually actuate each of the sensors When the sensor is closed CL is displayed when the sensor is open OP is displayed Diagnostic aids 3 27 5060 00 If you select Media 2 from the menu the following is displayed and the sensors polled Media Path 2 Testing Once the sensors are polled the following is displayed and the sensors are ready to test Media Path 2 S3 CL S4 CL 53 Inverter Jam Sensor 54 Drop Timing Sensor Once the screen is displayed you can manually actuate each of the sensors When the sensor is closed CL is displayed when the sensor is open OP is displayed If you select Media 3 from the menu the following is displayed and the sensors polled Media Path 3 Testing Once the sensors are polled the following is displayed and t
254. bly Before you can remove the cartridge rail screws scribe the location of the printhead on the frame before removing the printhead This will help put the printhead back in the previous location If a printhead alignment problem develops go to Printhead removal and adjustment on page 4 52 8 Remove the two upper screws D that mount each cartridge drive motor and the cartridge contact assembly to the upper frame for the cartridge contact assembly you want to remove D Yellow D Cyan D Magenta D Black Repair information 4 27 5060 00 9 Press the three cartridge contact assembly retaining tabs E and remove the assembly 000 Gi a Cartridge drive assembly removal See Cartridge drive assembly cyan magenta black for the part number Remove the RIP board shield assembly See RIP board shield assembly removal on page 4 73 Remove the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 1 2 3 Remove the three cartridge drive assembly mounting screws A for the cartridge drive assembly you want to remove 4 Disconnect the cable B from the cartridge drive assembly A Yellow A Cyan A Magenta A Black B Yellow B Cyan B Magenta B Black 4 28 Service Manual 5060 00 5 Remove the cartridge drive assembly Cartridge rail assembly mo RODI Open the front cover Remove the toner cartridges Remove the ITU assembly See ITU assembly
255. ck for correct printer and finisher installation Make Go to step 2 If not installed sure the magnetic bracket is mounted on the printer install the bracket Is the magnetic bracket mounted on the printer 2 Is the pin on the magnetic bracket actuating the joint Go to step 3 Find out why the switch in the finisher pin is not actuating the switch and repair as necessary 3 Check the joint switch cable connection to CN19 onthe Go to step 4 Install the cable finisher system board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 4 Check the joint switch activating spring for any signs of Replace the joint Go to step 5 damage switch assembly Is the switch activating spring broken 5 Check the joint switch for correct operation The switch Go to step 6 Replace the joint can be checked by measuring continuity while switch assembly actuating the switch Is the switch operating correctly 6 Check continuity of the joint switch cable Replace the Replace the cable Is there continuity finisher system board A Finisher is totally inoperative no motor movement no LEDs on This problem can be caused by a problem with the autoconnect system between the finisher and the printer It also can be caused by a problem with the power system in the finisher Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the AC line cord to the finisher to make sure the Go to step 2 Connect the printer options and pr
256. complete POR and continue to display a 130 error removal on Remove the fuser assembly from the printer and page 4 31 measure the voltage on connector J10 6 on the engine board The voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V Is the voltage correct 7 Measure the voltage on pin 6 of the fuser DC control Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS connector The voltage should measure approximately assembly See assembly See 3 3 V dc Fuser assembly Low voltage removal on power supply Is the voltage correct page 4 33 LVPS removal on page 4 40 2 50 Service Manual 131 Error code The fuser backup roll does not reach the correct standby temperature 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Measure the voltage on connector J10 12 on the Replace the fuser Go to step 2 engine board See Engine board on page 5 7 for assembly See the location of the connector The voltage should Fuser assembly measure approximately 0 13 V dc to 0 64 Vdc asthe removal on backup roll lamp turns on and off page 4 33 Is the voltage correct 2 Remove the fuser from the printer Check the continuity Go to step 5 Go to step 3 of the backup roll lamp by measuring between pins 2 and 5 on the AC fuser connector on the fuser assembly 1 1
257. ct cables are connected correctly to the control board Are the cables attached securely and correctly 4 Voltage check base printer autoconnect connector Go to step 5 Check the turn the power off and remove the 5 bin mailbox option autoconnects in from the printer Check the voltages on the base printer the printer top autoconnect connector Go to autoconnect top Are the voltages correct 5 Voltage check 5 bin mailbox system board reinstall Replace the output Replace the output expander option system board expander option mechanical linkage assembly Diagnostic information 2 105 5060 00 Paper does not feed into the 5 Bin mailbox bin selected 271 Paper Jam Check Bin 1 message Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Bin parts check all the bin parts deflector deflector Replace parts or Go to step 2 spring deflector cover deflector cover spring and repairs necessary shaft assemblies for signs of missing or loose springs Check for binds in the deflector or deflector cover broken or binding shaft assemblies or broken gear teeth Are parts broken loose binding or missing 2 Bin x solenoid check the solenoid for any binds or Replace the Go to step 3 sticking problems solenoid assembly Is the solenoid binding or sticking 3 Bin x solenoid check the resistance of the solenoid It Replace the 5 bin Replace bin x measures between approximately 30 ohms and 50 mailbo
258. ct installation and signs of Go to step 3 Replace the broken or damaged parts autocompensator See Transparency lift arm Autocompensat Transparency lift link or pick assembly Is the transparency sensor assembly installed removal on correctly not damaged or broken page 4 19 2 116 Service Manual 5060 00 Note This cable is used for both the paper level sensing assembly and the transparency sensor assembly assembly If this does not correct Step Action and questions Yes No 3 Check continuity of the paper level sensing cable Replace the Replace the cable autocompensator the problem Is there continuity replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 Black only retract BOR service check Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Manual check of BOR system Goto Entire page Goto step2 Remove the print cartridges Observe the ITU belt as you manually rotate the BOR gear planes in one color on page 2 140 Belt edge BOR gear Does the ITU belt move up and down when the ITU is toggled 2 Remove the ITU Manually activate the BOR gear Replace in the Determine which Verify that the front and back BOR cams are moving following order component is the respective bell cranks 1 BOR drive preventing the Do the cams move back and forth properly assembly See proper movement BOR drive assembly removal on page 4
259. ction is taken and the printer Auto Continue setting is not disabled the printer eventually clears the message the priming operation is cancelled and the printer resumes printing Insert Staple Cartridge This message is displayed when the staple cartridge is missing or installed incorrectly This message can be displayed at any of the following times regardless of the Staple Alarm setting At POST After the stapler door has been closed The following actions can be taken Install the staple cartridge or Press Go to ignore this message The printer now handles staple jobs as if the staple unit were installed with no staples The Staples Empty warning appears on the status line and Load Staples may immediately appears Load Staples This message is displayed when the Staples Empty Alarm is activated and there are no staples in the staple unit or the staple unit is not installed This message appears Prior to printing the first page of a batch of pages that are to be stapled or During the printing of a batch of pages that are to be stapled if the condition cannot be detected prior to printing the first page of the batch The following actions can be taken A new staple cartridge may be installed to clear this message and start continue printing the staple batch or gnore the Load Staples request for this print job by pressing Go or Select The printer resumes printing however the p
260. ctly 4 Check for a broken loose or missing paper size Reconnect the Go to step 5 sensor flag spring spring if it is loose Is a sensor flag spring broken loose or missing eee spring missing 5 Check the paper size sensor flag for sticking or broken Replace the paper Go to step 6 parts size flag Is the paper size sensor flag sticking or broken 6 Check continuity of the sensor cable Replace the Replace the sensor Do you measure continuity sensor If this does not fix the problem replace the HCIT system board cable Diagnostic information 2 131 5060 00 Operator panel LCD status LED buttons service check Use this service check to check both the operation of the panel buttons and to test the LCD display for correct operation e Replace the operator panel assembly if the LCD display functions normally but the LED does not come If one or more of the operator panel buttons do not operate correctly go to Step A If any of the following symptoms occur go to Step B on page 2 132 e Operator panel LCD is blank Power On Status LED off Operator panel LCD is blank Power On Status LED on e Operator panel LCD displays all diamonds 5 beeps Power On Status LED on Step A Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Buttons Test perform the Button Test on Replace the Test passes No page 3 19 operator panel problem found Do any or all of the Button
261. d Emuls This only displays if at least one Downloaded Emulator is installed Demo Mode Factory Defaults Energy Conserve ITU Alignment Auto Color Adj Error Log Exit Config Menu Press Select to exit CONFIG MENU and reboot Note An asterisk in the value list in the following menus indicates the default value Entering CONFIG MENU To access to the CONFIG MENU 1 Turn the printer off 2 Press and hold Select and Return while you turn the printer on 3 When Performing Self Test displays release the buttons Black amp White Lock Select Black amp White Lock from the CONFIG MENU Values On Off Fuser Cnt Value Select Fuser Cnt Value from the CONFIG MENU You can not reset this value It only displays if the Maintenance Warning and Intervention function is enabled in the printer Configuration ID The value can be viewed by pressing Select Diagnostic aids 3 7 5060 00 Reset Fuser Cnt This only displays if the Maintenance Warning and Intervention function is enabled in the printer Configuration ID The fuser maintenance page counter is incremented when a page is printed and incremented by two when a duplex sheet is printed The counter can be used to track printer usage When the counter reaches 150 000 the printer posts a fuser maintenance message on the operator panel 1 Select Reset Fuser Cnt from the CONFIG MENU to view the page count 2 Press Return to return to the previous menu or press Select to
262. d J9 on the RIP board Go to RIP board on page 5 14 If the cables are connected correctly to the RIP board and to the printhead assembly go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing the checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 2 10 Service Manual 5060 00 Error code Action 112 Printhead Error No first Hysnc yellow Check for the correct installation of the all the cables to the RIP board assembly and to the printhead assembly J2 J3 and J4 on the RIP board Go to RIP board on page 5 14 If the cables are connected correctly to the RIP board and to the printhead assembly go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing the checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 113 Printhead Error No first Hysnc black Check for the correct installation of the all the cables to the RIP board assembly and to the printhead assembly J2 J3 and J4 on the RIP board Go to RIP board on page 5 14 If the cables are connected correctly to the RIP board and to the printhead assembly go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing the checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 114 Printhead Error A black printhead servo error has been detected Verify all packing material has been removed from the pr
263. d by paper debris out of Clear obstruction Go to step 2 position or broken and reinstall or replace flag 2 Perform the BASE SENSOR TEST on page 3 29 Problem solved Go to step 3 Do both sensor pass the test 3 Is the inner deflector out of place causing sensor flag Install inner Go to step 4 to bind deflector properly 4 Are the sensors connectors fully seated Go to step 5 Reseat the sensor connector 5 Are connectors at J68 fully seated on the engine Go to step 6 Reseat the board connector on the engine board 6 Check sensor cables Replace the Go to step 7 Are the cables cut or broken capies 7 Replace the S2 NMS XPAR sensor assembly that did Problem solved Replace the engine not pass the test eps Engine boar Is the problem solved removal on page 4 31 Diagnostic information 2 67 5060 00 52 sensor late 2D 11 S2 sensor late 2D 03 S2 sensor late Note See Printer sensors on page 5 3 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Checkthe tray for proper edge guide setting and media Go to step 2 Properly load loading Edge guides should be adjusted against edge media of media Media should be fanned and lay flat in the tray Is the media properly loaded in the tray 2 Check the pick tires for contamination or wear Replace the pick Go to step 3 Are pick tires worn or contaminated tires Pick e pick tires worn or contaminated rolls 4 5
264. d screw type 323 B and release tab C from the frame slot B 323 A 324 C 3 Remove the light shield 4 Remove the front right handle cover assembly screw type 323 C and remove the assembly 4 10 Service Manual 5060 00 Front left handle cover assembly removal See Front left handle cover assembly on page 7 3 for the part number 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the front left handle cover assembly screw type 323 A and remove the assembly Repair information 4 11 5060 00 Front cover assembly removal See Front cover assembly on page 7 3 for the part number 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the detent post tension spring A 3 Remove the bezel B B 4 12 Service Manual 5060 00 4 Hold the front cover and remove the two screws type 102 from the upper front pivot cover C 102 5 Remove the front cover assembly Lower right door assembly removal See Lower right door assembly on page 7 3 for the part number 1 Open the lower right door assembly 2 Remove the front right handle cover assembly See Front right handle cover assembly removal on page 4 10 3 Remove the screw A on the lower right front cover 323 Repair information 4 13 5060 00 4 Close the paper path access door and tape front access door if tape is available to help hold the door in place The spring lo
265. d sheets during the jam clearing procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 201 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Jam location information Leave sheets in Finisher area 5 Primary Paper is jammed at the fuser Open the right door to access the jam area If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam occurred the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets not be removed during the jam clearing procedure If the problem persists go to 201 Paper jam on page 2 71 Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 202 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Jam location information Leave sheets in Finisher area 5 Primary A paper jam has occurred at the fuser Open the right door to access the jam area If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearing procedure If the problem persists go to 202 Pa
266. dary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 202 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave sheets in Finisher area 5 Primary Media has jammed at the fuser Open the printer right door to access the jam area Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 203 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher area 5 Primary Media has jammed due to a transparency sensor mismatch Open the printer left door to access the jammed media Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets sh
267. der option Symptom table 5 bin mailbox option Symptom Action Printer fails to recognize the option is installed Paper Go to The printer does not recognize one or more feeds into the standard bin output options as installed on page 2 105 Paper does not feed into the 5 Bin mailbox bin as Go to Paper does not feed into the 5 Bin mailbox selected bin selected 271 Paper Jam Check Bin 1 message on page 2 106 Paper Jam 271 Check Bin 1 message Go to Paper does not feed into the 5 Bin mailbox appears bin selected 271 Paper Jam Check Bin 1 message on page 2 106 Ready and Bin x Full message appears Go to Ready Bin x Full message may be able to clear message and paper feeds into bin selected on page 2 106 Bin is full but no message appears Go to Bin x Full no message that Bin x is full on page 2 107 Bin x Full displayed You may be able to feed Go to Ready Bin x Full displays and paper feeds media into Bin x into bin x on page 2 107 Paper jam 272 displayed Media jams at the 5 bin Go to 272 Paper jam Check Bin x on page 2 85 mailbox Symptom table finisher option Check Finisher displayed unable to clear message Go to Check Finisher displayed unable to clear message on page 2 123 Finisher is inoperative Go to Finisher is totally inoperative no motor movement no LEDs on on page 2 123 Fron
268. dge Go to step 6 Replace the contact block Make sure the PC drum contact pin is cartridge contact not stuck See Cartridge contact assembly pin assembly See locations on page 5 4 to identify the PC drum Cartridge contact pin contact assembly Does the pin operate correctly 2 6 Turn the printer off Check the cable connections Go to step 7 Problem resolved between the developer HVPS board and the system board Do you continue to have the same problem 7 Perform continuity check on the developer HVPS Replace the FRUs Replace the cable in the following developer HVPS Do you have continuity order cable 1 Developer HVPS board removal on page 4 30 2 Engine board removal on page 4 31 2 140 Service Manual Missing colors Complete partially missing color planes 5060 00x e color or colors are missing or a color is partially missing go to Step page 2 143 If cyan magenta and yellow is missing go to Black and white cyan magenta and yellow missing on page 2 142 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Print cartridge Make sure the cartridge is seated Go to step 2 Remove packaging properly and that all packing material has been and seat cartridge removed from the cartridge Has all packing material been removed Is the cartridge seated correctly 2 Inspect each of the transfer roll bellcranks Replace the Go to ste
269. dge drive motor cable Go to step 3 Install the cable connection to the magenta cartridge drive motor card correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check continuity of the magenta cartridge drive motor Go to step 4 Replace the cable magenta cartridge Is there continuity assembly cable 4 Replace the magenta cartridge drive assembly Problem solved Go to step 5 Perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does this fix the problem 5 Replace the engine board Problem solved Call your next level Does this fix the problem support 152 Error code Cyan cartridge drive assembly The cyan cartridge drive motor has either failed to lock or has lost lock Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the cyan cartridge drive motor cable connection Go to step 2 Install the cable to J47 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Checkthe cyan cartridge drive motor cable connection Go go step 3 Install the cable to the cyan cartridge drive motor card correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check continuity of the cyan cartridge drive motor Go to step 4 Replace the cyan cable cartridge assembly Is there continuity cable 4 Replace the cyan cartridge drive assembly Perform Problem solved Go t
270. drive belt B30S2M334 7 56P0315 1 Punch assembly 8 56P0345 1 Punch motor homing sensor GP1A73A 9 56P0318 1 Box chad 10 56P0329 1 Inverter D drive belt 40S3M225 11 56P0383 1 Solenoid inverter 12 56P0347 3 Inverter jam tray near full output tray offset sensor EE SX1235A P2 13 56P0342 4 Caster 14 56P0338 1 Low voltage power supply 15 56P0333 2 Tray elevator belt 60S6M1420 16 56P0323 1 Output tray offset motor and gear assembly 17 56P0386 1 Fan assembly DC motor 18 56P0322 1 Tray paper 19 56P0326 1 Flag paper full 20 56P0331 1 Exit foam Roller drive belt 40S3M80 21 56P0334 1 Tray elevator drive belt 170P2M4 22 56P0335 1 Exit roller drive belt 40S2M264 23 56P0336 1 Output tray offset drive belt 40S2M134 24 56P0337 1 Punch belt 40S2M176 25 56P0578 1 Tray wall cover 26 56P0327 1 Paper feed belt 40S3M888 27 56P0343 1 Punch timing sensor OJ 541 A5 28 56P0350 2 Paper surface sensor EE SX460 P1 CHN 29 56P0352 1 Printer docking switch SS 5FL 3T 10E 30 56P0388 1 Tray limit switches includes two 31 56P0346 1 Exit timing sensor EE SPY415 32 56P0328 1 Inverter transfer belt 40S3M198 NS 56P0340 1 Cable communications NS 56P0341 1 Power cord NS 56P0354 1 Bracket finisher alignment NS 56P0356 1 Pack magnet strong and weak and door latch Parts catalog 7 71 5060 00 Assembly 31 2 High capacity output finisher
271. ds 3 9 5060 00 To calibrate the tray 1 Select CALIBRATE TRAYS from the CONFIG MENU 2 Select the tray you want from the menu You are prompted to load paper into the selected tray not transparencies Load input source Plain Paper 3 Press Go to initiate calibration 4 Press Return to stop the calibration and return to the previous menu Panel Menus Disabling Panel Menus prohibits users from modifying any setting or executing any operation available in the Ready Menu group Select Panel Menus from the CONFIG MENU Enable Disable PPDS Emulation This only displays if the PPDS interpreter is available Select PPDS Emulation from the CONFIG MENU Activate Deactivate Download Emuls This only displays if at least one downloaded emulator is installed Select Download Emuls from the CONFIG MENU Disable Demo Mode This printer supports a demo mode that is usually used in retail environments to illustrate the features of the printer The printer features are illustrated by demonstration files stored in the RIP firmware flash option or disk option Select Demo Mode from the CONFIG MENU Deactivate Activate 3 10 Service Manual 5060 00 Factory Defaults The customer can restore either the network settings or the base printer settings to their factory default values When Restore Base is selected non critical base printer NVRAM settings are restored When Restore Network is
272. duplex option deflector button replacement A 29 finisher alignment A 22 nip relief handle replacement A 18 partial print test A 16 printhead alignment A 4 printhead diagnostics A 1 SIZE SENSING 3 8 specifications acoustics 1 5 calibration 1 2 clearances 1 4 dimensions 1 3 electrical 1 4 environment 1 5 lubrication 6 1 media 1 7 memory 1 7 performance 1 2 1 6 power 1 3 print quality 1 2 reliability 1 2 resolution 1 3 staple test 3 27 start here 2 1 sub error code tables 2 17 symptom tables 2 3 symptoms 500 sheet drawer option 2 4 5 bin mailbox option 2 5 base printer 2 3 Index 1 5 5060 00 finisher option 2 5 HCIT 2000 sheet option 2 4 output expander option 2 5 T tests button test 3 19 disk test clean 3 29 duplex sensor test 3 23 finisher finisher feed test 3 27 finisher sensor test 3 27 hole punch test 3 28 staple test 3 27 flash test 3 30 HCIT standalone test mode 3 34 input tray feed test 3 24 input tray sensor test 500 sheet trays 3 24 LCD test 3 19 quick disk test 3 29 thermistor card locations 5 1 parts catalog 7 15 tips 8 1 toner metering cycle TMC locations 5 4 service check 2 93 2 95 2 97 2 99 tools 1 1 TOP FINE MAR ADJ 3 16 transfer HVPS board locations 5 1 parts 7 38 removal 4 82 transfer plate assembly parts 7 14 removal 4 83 transparency defect locator 3 3 TYPE SENSING 3 9 U user attendance messages 2 28 V vacuum transport belt VTB parts catalog 7 1
273. e assembly removal on page 4 36 page 4 34 Diagnostic information 2 127 5060 00 High capacity input tray HCIT 2000 sheet option service check HCIT system board LED error code table If a failure is detected by the system board an error code may be displayed If the system board LED is on solid the HCIT detects that the tray or side door is not closed The LED on the system board may blink Count the number of times the LED blinks and use the following table to determine the problem LED blinks Problem 1 Jam at registration sensor S2 2 Jam before the leading edge of the paper reaches the registration sensor S2 3 Paper jam is still detected in the HCIT after removing the jam 4 Paper jam is still detected even with front of jam door closed 5 Paper jam detected at pick sensor 6 Error detected with the tray 7 Error detected at the registration roller home position 8 Error detected at the pick roller home position sensor S1 9 Error detected with the lift motor no motor lock or loss of lock 10 Not used 11 Communication error 12 Other error failure of the adjustment of the mirror reflection sensors or EEPROM initialization Printer does not recognize that the HCIT 2000 sheet option is installed Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the HCIT 2000 sheet option the only paper input Go to step 5 Go to step 2 option that is not recog
274. e 2 62 156 Motor Black cartridge motor lost lock Go to 156 Error code on page 2 62 157 Motor Magenta cartridge motor lost lock Go to 157 Error code on page 2 63 158 Motor Cyan cartridge motor lost lock Go to 158 Error code on page 2 64 159 Motor Yellow cartridge motor lost lock Go to 159 Error code on page 2 64 160 Motor ITU belt BLDC motor mfg unknown Go to 160 Error code on page 2 65 161 Motor Fuser drive BLDC motor mfg unknown Go to 161 Error code on page 2 65 162 Motor Black cartridge BLDC motor mfg unknown Go to 162 Error code on page 2 65 163 Motor Magenta cartridge BLDC motor mfg unknown Go to 163 Error code on page 2 66 164 Motor Cyan cartridge BLDC motor mfg unknown Go to 164 Error code on page 2 66 165 Motor Yellow cartridge BLDC motor mfg unknown Go to 165 Error code on page 2 66 167 Motor Web oiler encoder error incorrect configuration ID See Web oiler fuser kit installation on page 4 87 168 Motor Unknown manufacture type perform Motor Detect on page 3 16 If you do not find the problem after performing the test call your next level support 169 Motor Mirror motor lock not achieved black Go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 2 14 Service Manual 5060 00 Error code Action 170
275. e 7 25 for the part number gt Open the front cover Remove the toner cartridges Open the MPF Raise the ITU release lever A and slide the ITU from the printer ITU drive assembly removal See ITU motor drive assembly with SKC motor on page 7 27 for the part number gt Remove the RIP board shield assembly See RIP board shield assembly removal page 4 73 Remove the engine board shield See Engine board shield removal on page 4 32 Remove the ITU drive assembly mounting screws A and disconnect the cable Move the bottom of the ITU drive assembly toward you as you rotate the top of the assembly out of the printer Be careful not to damage the large drive gear as you remove the ITU drive assembly Repair information 4 39 5060 00 ITU drive motor removal See ITU drive motor SKC on page 7 27 for the part number 1 Remove the RIP board shield assembly See RIP board shield assembly removal on page 4 73 2 Remove the engine board shield See Engine board shield removal on page 4 32 3 Remove the ITU drive motor mounting screws B disconnect cable A and remove the assembly Low voltage power supply LVPS removal See LVPS 115V on page 7 35 or LVPS 220V on page 7 35 for the part number 1 Remove the rear fan cover See Rear fan cover removal on page 4 9 2 Remove the fuser top duct See Fuser top duct removal on page 4
276. e Connector Thru Frame Cable E9 Punch Home I MTR CN7Z Printer H Posit Sensor Tiru Fame o o Docking e 8 Cable E7 3 Gable E10 CEER MEERA MERA EIZEEISESETSISESEGEZD 21519151 8 8 Switch Cable ss SN 2 Ly 42 2209 229284259241 42 CELEBREM Es Punch Motor B lg 2 EELEEEI Chad mation ag 5 GER BE E E wem TN Cable 2S i 5 Inverter Jam um 7 Solenoid Sensor E Cavie Ha n Full Sensor U Foie Fame Cable He e Inline Connector X Front Door Ep Inverter Timing Yo Punch Timing Sensor Drop Timing Switch Sensor a Sensor Thru Fame Connector Option Autoconnect Printer 1 ipi S1 PICK 3 1 SGND SGND SIZEO SIZEO P_HOME SIZE1 5Vde 5Vde SGND SGND SGND 5Vde SIZE1 SIZE1 R_HOME 5Vdc SGND SGND SGND 5Vde SIZE2 SIZE2 EMP 35Vdc 5 E SGND SGND SGND 5Vd SIZE2 B LEVEL 2 PRI TxD 5 5Vdc
277. e ITU Go to step 2 Is the ITU light shield broken light shield 2 Make sure that the ITU light shield is not out of Properly align ITU Go to step 3 position light shield Is the ITU light shield out of position 3 Make sure the ITU assembly interlock switch actuator Replace the ITU Go to step 4 is not damaged or broken and actuates the switches assembly See correctly ITU assembly Is the actuator damaged or broken 4 4 Front cover assembly Go to step 5 Install the front cover correctly or Does the front cover close correctly repair as necessary 5 Front cover assembly Replace the front Go to step 6 Make sure the front cover flag is not broken or 2 P damaged and actuates the switches correctly removal on Is the flag broken or damaged page 4 12 6 HVPS cover open interlock cable assembly to engine Go to step 7 Install the cable board make sure that the cable is correctly connected correctly to J86 on the engine board Is the cable connected correctly 7 HVPS cover open interlock cable assembly make Replace the engine Replace the HVPS cover open interlock switch cable assembly Diagnostic information 2 119 5060 00 Duplex option service check Before proceeding with this service check 1 Check for any pieces of media or obstructions in the duplex paper path that might cause a paper jam 2 Check for correct installation of the front duplex jam tray and right side clearance tray 3 Check t
278. e alignment targets easier 1 Press Menu until Alignment displays and press Select 2 Select Alignment Test from the Alignment menu Three sheets print for Cyan Magenta and Yellow Each is compared to Black alignment For example one of the sheets shows Cyan printed over a Black target Align the Cyan over the Black Repeat for each of the colors Cyan Magenta and Yellow zm Use the top row for De T o 4 POM 4 alignment purposes 3 To align Cyan press Menu until Cyan is displayed press Select Four alignment settings are displayed T Top R Right L Left Z Theta Menu changes the values e Select saves the new value chosen and moves to the next margin setting Press Go to print the individual color Alignment Page after adjusting the targets and saving the change Select The range of values differs for the various margin offsets Value Description Range Margin Offset 128 to 127 L Left Margin Offset 300 to 300 R Right Margin Offset 300 to 300 Z Theta Offset Skew 16 to 16 compensation A 12 Service Manual 5060 00 4 Press Go to print the Cyan Alignment Page Use the top row to determine adjustments a Use the leftmost target in the first row to adjust the Cyan
279. e all cartridges and the ITU Inspect the bellcranks Enter the Configuration Menu See Entering CONFIG MENU on page 3 7 Select Prt Quality Pgs and press Select Open the vacuum transport belt VTB jam access door and watch the test pages pass from left to right over the VTB There is a delay between the first and second page Once the pages are printed examine the pages for to confirm the color plane is not printing Note The third page is particularly important since it is the image on the belt when the test printed Select Prt Quality Pgs and press Select Open the VTB through the access door and once again watch the test pages pass over the VTB When the top half of the second page passes over the VTB quickly open the front cover The printing stops Approximate final stopping place Diagnostic aids 3 5 5060 00 10 Remove all four toner cartridges and set them face down Look at the surface of each toner cartridge and check for a developed image P lt 0 dm d Interpreting the results If the developed images are not visible on one of the PC drums the following components should be checked Toner cartridge Switch cartridges to determine if the problem stays with the slot or cartridge Cartridge contact block pins Verify that pins are spring loaded and properly positioned See Cartridge contact assembly removal on page 4 26
280. e following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu Diagnostic information 2 37 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 51 Defective Flash This message is displayed when the printer detects a defective flash Press Go to clear the message The flash is marked as bad and normal operation continues No flash operation is allowed until the flash problem is resolved 52 Flash Full This message is displayed when there is not enough free space in the flash memory to hold the resources that have been requested to be written to flash Note The following action deletes all downloaded Fonts and Macros not written to flash Press Go to clear the message and continue processing the print job Press Menu to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions may be available Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 53 Unformatted Flash This message is displayed when the printer detects an unformatted flash at POST Press Go to clear the message The flash is marked bad and normal operation continues Flash operations are not allowed until the flash is formatted 54 Std Par ENA Connection Lost This message is displayed
281. e front door magnetic latches to make sure Go to step 4 Replace the the front door closes correctly magnetic latches Are the magnetic latches functioning properly 4 Check the front door switch cable connection to CN11 Go to step 5 Install the cable on the finisher system board correctly Is the cable connected correctly 5 Check the continuity of the front switch as the switch 1 Go to step 6 Replace the front activated door switch Do you measure continuity 6 Check continuity of the front door switch cable Replace the Replace the front Do you measure continuity ee system er Fan in finisher inoperative Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the fan cable H6 is correctly connected to Go to step 2 Install the cable CN21 on the finisher system board correctly Is the cable connected correctly 2 Check the cable H6 connection to the fan assembly Go to step 3 Install the cable Is the cable connected correctly correctly 3 Check the voltage between CN21 1 and CN21 2 The Go to step 4 Replace the voltage measures approximately 24 V dc finisher system Is the voltage correct board 4 Check continuity of the fan cable H6 Replace the fan Replace cable H6 Do you measure continuity assembly Diagnostic information 2 125 5060 00 No indication that the chad box is full no message Use the HCOF error code table on page 2 122 to help diagnose the p
282. e is installed The printer may print pages during this 10 to 20 second interval If pages are allowed to print then they will not be reprinted once a valid print cartridge is inserted Replace the defective print cartridge 32 Unsupported This message is displayed when the front cover is closed with the wrong print cartridge installed 33 Calibration Error Cyan 33 Calibration Error Magenta 33 Calibration Error Yellow 33 Calibration Error Black This message is displayed when the printer detects a calibration error for a particular color 34 Incorrect Media lt type gt size Change MP Feeder This message displayed when the printer detects a media mismatch feeding from the MPF Primary Message Incorrect media detected Secondary Message lt type gt Bond Cardstock Colored Labels Envelopes Letterhead Plain Preprinted Transparency or Glossy lt size gt Letter Legal B5 A4 Exec Univ A5 A3 11x17 Folio Stmt 73 4 9 10 DL C5 B5 or other The following actions can be taken Replace the media in the MPF with the requested media and press Go or Press Menu gt or lt to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions are available using the Busy Waiting Menu Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does NOT prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu 34 Short Paper This message is displayed
283. e supported simultaneously 2 000 Sheet Drawer installs beneath the printer and below any other optional input sources and holds approximately 2 000 sheets of 20 Ib paper 500 Sheet Tray for environments with space or budget constraints this can be ordered for special media This temporarily replaces the standard tray in a 500 sheet drawer and holds approximately 500 sheets of 20 Ib paper Duplex Option offers two side printing Output Expander installs above the printer s primary output bin to offer an additional output destination This holds approximately 650 sheets of 20 paper Only one output option above the printer is supported 5 Bin Mailbox installs above the printer s primary output bin to offer five output destinations in one part Each of the five bins supports approximately 100 pages of 20 Ib paper Only one output option above the printer is supported Finisher offers stapling hole punching offset stacking and an additional output bin Two models are available Hole punching for 2 3 or 4 hole left edge is available The single staple position is the upper left corner The finisher supports up to 3 000 sheets of non stapled non punched media For stapled media the output bin supports up to 90 stapled sets or 2 700 sheets The stapler staples a maximum of 30 sheets per set Each printer supports one finisher High performance Up to 20 ppm black or color 350 MHz RISC processor 64MB RAM Time to first page B
284. e the BOR housing assembly screw type 323 A and remove the assembly Note Gear B can easily fall from the assembly Be careful not to lose the gear Repair information 4 25 5060 00 Cartridge contact assembly removal See Cartridge contact assembly on page 7 31 for the part numbers Warning Do not remove the printhead unless instructed to do so o Open the front cover Remove the toner cartridges Remove the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 Set aside the top cover assembly It is not necessary to totally remove it See cover assembly removal on page 4 5 Remove the developer HVPS See Developer HVPS board removal on page 4 30 It is not necessary to remove the entire assembly unless you are removing the black cartridge contact assembly If you are removing the yellow cyan or magenta cartridge contact assemblies remove only the large portion of the developer HVPS board Disconnect the signature button cable A from the developer HVPS board for the cartridge contact assembly you are removing 1 4 26 Service Manual 5060 00 7 Remove the three mounting screws from the cartridge rail screws in the front and from the rear and remove the rail of the selected cartridge assembly yellow shown Warning When removing the black cyan or magenta cartridge rails it is necessary to remove the appropriate printhead assem
285. e the ID is displayed If the ID is valid then the ID is stored in NVRAM and the printer automatically begins POR to activate the new setting Note The printer begins POR in the normal mode not in the diagnostic mode Note If a configuration ID has not been set and Check Configuration ID displays then upon entry into diagnostics Configuration ID is the only diagnostic function displayed until a valid ID is entered Edge to Edge Turn Edge to Edge printing on or off Cal Ref Adj Warning Should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level support EP SETUP EP Defaults The EP Defaults is used to restore each of the printer settings contained in the EP Setup menu to their factory default value To restore the EP Setup settings to factory defaults select Restore To exit the menu without restoring the settings to the factory defaults select Do Not Restore Fuser Temp Warning Should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level support DC Charge Adjust Warning Should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level support 3 32 Service Manual 5060 00 Dev Bias Adj Warning Should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level support Transfer Adjust Warning Should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level support ERROR LOG View Log The error log provides a history of printer errors The error log contains the 12
286. easure assembly See approximately 0 13 V dc to 0 64 V dc as the backup Fuser assembly roll lamp turns on and off removal on Is the voltage correct page 4 33 2 Remove the fuser from the printer Check continuity of Go to step 5 Go to step 3 the hot roll lamp by measuring between pins 2 and 5 on the AC fuser connector on the fuser assembly 1 1 5 U U L DC Fuser Connector Control Connector Is there continuity 3 Check to make sure the backup roll lamp is installed Go to step 4 Install the backup correctly roll lamp correctly Is the lamp installed correctly 4 Carefully remove the lamp from the fuser assembly Replace the fuser Replace the being careful to only handle the lamp by the ceramic assembly See backup lamp end pieces and not be the glass envelope Fuser assembly m removal Warning Use caution when handling the lamp as it is page 4 33 easily broken Check continuity of the backup roll lamp Is there continuity Diagnostic information 2 53 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 5 Reinstall the fuser assembly Watch to see if the lamps Go to step 6 Replace the LVPS turn on and off as the lamps heat up assembly See Low voltage Do the lamps turn on and off power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 6 Turn the printer on and allow it to reach Ready Go to step 7 Replace the engine Note The p
287. eb oiler 220V 500W 3 12G6543 1 Web oiler index drive assembly Parts catalog 7 11 5060 00 Assembly 4 Fuser drive ET dau Units Description 444 56P1213 1 Fuser drive assembly w motor 2 4 Screws PP 12G6309 3 56P 1238 1 Fuser drive motor 4 Screws motor mounting 7 12 Service Manual Assembly 5 Vacuum transport belt assembly 5060 00x Asm Part index Number Units Description 5 1 12G6491 1 Jam access spring 2 12G6489 1 Vacuum transport belt assembly Parts catalog 7 13 5060 00 Assembly 6 Transfer gt 55 o a 8 eg 82 a dE o o 2 5 o or Sie er 2 56 T g nazi T x EDIT a lt 7 14 Service Manual 5060 00 Assembly 7 Printheads AN Units Description 7 4 12G6322 4 Printhead assembly Do not replace more than one printhead at a time 2 12 Screw PP 12G6534 3 12 Screw PP 12G6539 4 4 PSD assembly order 7 5 thermistor card when replacing this assembly 5 56P1198 4 Thermistor card 6 8 Screw PP 12G6533 74 56P2292 4 Printhead spacer 8 56P2296 1 Card assembly printhead diagnostic aid Parts catalog 7 15 5060 00 Assembly 8 Paper feed output redrive DY Re 24 x
288. eces of media in from the belts the belts Are there any signs of media in the belts 4 Check for torn belts excessive toner buildup or Replace the Go to step 5 damage to the transport assembly especially to the vacuum transport transport drive gear assembly Are there broken or damaged parts in the vacuum transport assembly 5 Make sure that the vacuum transport assembly drive Go to step 6 Make sure both the gear meshes correctly with drive gear on the fuser fuser drive drive assembly assembly and 2 vacuum transport Do the gears mesh correctly assembly are installed correctly 6 Make sure that the fuser drive assembly drive gear to Go to step 7 Replace the fuser the vacuum transport is operating correctly drive assembly Is the fuser drive assembly drive gear to the vacuum dnye transport operating correctly remos o page 4 34 7 See if the paper is laying flat on the vacuum transport Contact your next Replace the belts level support vacuum transport assembly Is the paper laying flat on the vacuum transport belts as it passes through the printer 2 72 Service Manual 202 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Remove the fuser from the printer Remove the oiler housing from the fuser and pivot the paper guide up Is media jammed inside the fuser Clear the jam from the fuser Go to step 2 Check fuser exit sensor flag Does flag rotate freely and retu
289. econdary message message Explanation Reattach Output Bin x These messages are displayed anytime the printer loses Reattach Bins x y communications with one of the following options May x Output Bin x x 1 2 or 3 Bins x y 1 through 5 Tray x x 2 3 4 or 5 Duplex Finisher Check Duplex Connection Check Finisher Connection The specified option could have been removed from the printer maybe to clear a paper jam or to uninstall the option or the option may be still installed but experiencing a communications problem The option may not be fully installed or it may have a hardware failure The most likely cause of this message is a failure to reattach the option when removed to service a printer intervention If the option was temporarily removed or not connected properly then reattach or reconnect it When the option is recognized the printer automatically clears the attendance message and continues Press Go to execute a configuration change which will tell the printer the option has been Hot Unplugged removed In this case it is assumed that the user wants to continue to operate the printer with the option removed If the problem continues turn the printer off and back on If the message continues to be displayed turn the printer off remove the option and call for service Close Door This message is displayed when the printer upper front cover door is open Close the upper front
290. ected the engine detected a stall condition 2D 2D Duplex input motor error detected the engine detected a PWM error 2D 2E Duplex input motor error detected the engine detected a motor encoder error 2D 2F Duplex reversing motor error detected the engine detected a stall condition 2D 30 Duplex reversing motor error detected the engine has detected a PWM error condition 2D 31 Duplex reversing motor error detected the engine detected a motor encoder error 2D 32 Tray 2 pick motor stall error detected 2D 33 Tray 2 pick motor PWM error detected 2D 34 Tray 2 pick motor encoder error detected 2D 35 Tray 2 feed motor stall error detected 2D 36 Tray 2 feed motor PWM error detected 2D 37 Tray 2 feed motor Encoder error detected 2D 38 Tray 3 pick motor stall error detected 2D 39 Tray 3 pick motor PWM error detected 2D 3A Tray 3 pick motor Encoder error detected 2D 3B Tray 4 feed motor stall error detected 2D 3C Tray 4 feed motor PWM error detected 2D 3D Tray 4 feed motor Encoder error detected 2 18 Service Manual 5060 00 Sub error code Explanation 2D 3E Tray 4 pick motor stall error detected 2D 3F Tray 4 pick motor PWM error detected 2D 40 Tray 4 pick motor Encoder error detected 2D 41 Tray 4 feed motor stall error detected 2D 42 Tray 4 feed motor PWM error detected 2D 43 Tray 4 feed motor encoder error detect
291. ed A Connector locations 5 25 5060 00 High capacity input tray 2000 sheet HCIT board Connector Pin Signal Ont I F Send PRI RXD PGND PERON SGND A WY N PRI TXD CN2 LVPS Poweron 45 V dc SGND PGND PGND PGND 24 V dc 24 V dc 24 V dc CN3 REG Motor 24 V dc 24 V dc REGA REGA REG B REG B No Connection CN6 0000000000000 CN4 PICK Motor 24 V dc 24 V dc PICK A PICK A PICK B nm A WO NI ao A N 0 By PICKB CN5 LIFT Motor 24 V dc LHOT 5 26 Service Manual 5060 00 Connector Pn Signal CN6 Sensors Side Door Level Empty Registration Home Pick Home 5 V dc GND SIDE 5 V dc GND LEVEL 5 V dc GND EMPTY 5 V dc GND RHOME 5 V dc GND PHOME 5 V dc GND SIZE 0 5 V dc GND SIZE 1 5 V dc GND SIZ
292. ed 280 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave sheets in Finisher area 5 Primary Media has jammed in the finisher option Open the finisher side door to top cover to access the jammed pages Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 282 Staple Jam Check Stapler 283 Staple Jam Check Stapler Remove Job from Finisher These messages are displayed when the stapler device detects a paper jam 282 Staple Jam indicates that a staple jam has been detected during normal stapler operation such as when printing and stapling jobs 283 Staple Jam indicates that a staple jam has been detected during a priming operation No secondary message will be displayed Note After the error has been cleared the printer does not reprint any pages which existed in the accumulator for stapling The following actions can be taken while either the primary or secondary messages are displayed Press Go to initiate priming and resume printing Note Use of the Sub error code table on page 2 17 may help in diagnosing 282 and 28
293. ed 2D 44 Registration Motor stall error detected when picking media from the MPF 2D 45 Autocompensator motor stall error detected when picking media from the MPF 2D 46 Autocompensator motor stall error detected when picking media from Tray 1 2D 47 Registration motor PWM error detected 2D 48 Autocompensator motor PWM error detected when picking media from the MPF 2D 49 Autocompensator motor PWM error detected when picking media from Tray 1 2D 4A Registration Motor Encoder error detected 2D 4B Autocompensator motor encoder error detected when picking media from the MPF 2D 4C Autocompensator motor encoder error detected when picking media from Tray 1 2D 4E Output expander sensor was not activated by the media 2D 4F Topmost output option sensor obstructed 2D 50 5 Bin mailbox pass thru sensor was not deactivated by the previous page or not activated by the current page 2D 51 5 Bin mailbox pass thru sensor was not activated by the media 2D 52 5 Bin mailbox sensor was not deactivated by the previous page or not activated by the current page 2D 53 5 Bin mailbox sensor was not activated by the media 2D 54 Expander did not declare page complete 2D 55 5 Bin mailbox did not declare page complete 2D 56 5 Bin mailbox S1 broke early 2D 57 5 Bin mailbox S2 broke early 2D 58 Output expander sensor broke early 2D 59 Detected early break of fuser exit sensor 2D 5A Finisher detected staple jam Diagnostic information
294. ed certificata negli altri Paesi come prodotto laser di classe 1 conforme ai requisiti della norma CEI 60825 1 prodotti laser di classe non sono considerati pericolosi La stampante contiene al suo interno un laser di classe 3b all arseniuro di gallio della potenza di 5mW che opera sulla lunghezza compresa tra 770 795 nanometri I sistema laser la stampante sono stati progettati in modo tale che le persone a contatto con la stampante durante il normale funzionamento le operazioni di servizio o quelle di assistenza tecnica non ricevano radiazioni laser superiori al livello della classe 1 Notices and safety information Xi 5060 00 Avisos sobre laser Se certifica que en los EE UU esta impresora cumple los requisitos para los productos laser de Clase 1 establecidos en el subcapitulo J de la norma CFR 21 del DHHS Departamento de Sanidad y Servicios y en los dem s pa ses re ne todas las condiciones expuestas en la norma IEC 60825 1 para productos l ser de Clase 1 Los productos l ser de Clase no se consideran peligrosos La impresora contiene en su interior un l ser de Clase IIIb 3b de arseniuro de galio de funcionamiento nominal 5 milivatios en una longitud de onda de 770 a 795 nan metros El sistema l ser y la impresora est n dise ados de forma que ninguna persona pueda verse afectada por ning n tipo de radiaci n l ser superior al nivel de la Clase durante su uso normal el
295. ed 12 Make sure the ITU autoconnect cable is installed Go to step 13 Install the cable correctly at connector location J72 on the engine correctly board Is the cable correctly installed 13 Make sure the ITU autoconnect connector in the printer Go to step 14 Install the is seated correctly in the connector plate connector cable Is the connector seated correctly correctly 14 Check continuity of the ITU autoconnect cable Replace the Replace the ITU n following FRUs in autoconnect cable Is there continuity the order shown 1 ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 2 Engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 120 Error code An incorrect hot roll lamp is installed CAUTION Make sure the lamp is cool before removing it from the assembly The Hot Roll and Backup Roll may have the wrong voltage lamp installed Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the correct fuser assembly installed in the printer Go to step 2 Install the correct See Fuser on page 7 8 for the part number fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 2 Is the correct fuser hot roll lamp installed in the fuser Go to step 3 Install the correct assembly See on page 7 8 for the part fuser lamp in the number fuser assembly 2 44 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No Check for continuity between pins 1 a
296. eder Lexmark transparency numbers 1245150 and 1245151 are supported from the multipurpose feeder only Output media types and weights Media Weight Standard output bin and optional Output Expander Paper Xerographic or business paper 16 to 19 9 Ib bond 60 to 74 9 g m grain long 20 to 47 Ib bond 75 to 176 g m grain long Specialty papers Gloss book 60 to 120 Ib book 88 to 176 g m grain long Gloss cover 60 to 65 1 cover 162 to 176 g m grain long Card stock upper Index Bristol 90 Ib 163 g m limit grain long Tag 100 Ib 163 g m Cover 65 Ib 176 g m Card stock upper Index Bristol 110 Ib 199 g m limit grain short 8 Tag 125 Ib 203 g m Cover 80 Ib 216 g m Transparencies ij Laser printer type 43 to 45 Ib bond 161 to 169 g m Labels upper limit Paper 48 bond 180 g m Dual web paper 48 Ib bond 180 g m Polyester 59 Ib bond 220 g m Vinyl G H 92 Ib liner 300 g m Integrated forms Pressure sensitive area Up to 47 Ib bond 140 to 175 g m Paper base grain long 20 to 36 Ib bond 75 to 135 g m Envelopes die Sulfite wood free or up to 10096 cotton bond 16 to 28 Ib bond 60 to 105 g m General information 1 11 5060 00 Media Weight Finisher Output Bin Offset Stack Paper b f Xerographic or business paper 16 to 19 9 Ib bond 60 to 74 9 g m grain long 20 to 47 Ib bond 75
297. eight Bond Weight Envelope Weight Ltrhead Weight Preprint Weight Colored Weight Custom 1 Weight Custom 2 Weight Custom 3 Weight Custom 4 Weight Custom 5 Weight Custom 6 Weight FINISHING MENU Copies Blank Pages Collation Separator Sheets Separator Source Multipage Print Multipage Order Multipage View Multipage Border UTILITIES MENU Print Menus Print Met Setup Print Fonts Print Demo Color Samples Factory Defaults Color Adjust Hex Trace SETUP MENU Printer Language Power Saver Resource Save Print Timeout Wait Timeout Auto Continue Jam Recovery Page Protect Print Area Display Language Alarm Control Toner Alarm Printer Usage 1 Do Not Print ott Kone Tray 1 Horizontal Auto None PS Emulation 15 ott Disabled ott Normal Engl ish Single Single Max Yield PCL EMUL MENU Font Source Resident Font Name RO Courier Pitch 10 00 Symbol Set 100 8 Orientation Portrait Lines per Page 60 A amp Width 198 TRAY RENUMBER Assign MP Feeder Off Assign Trey 1 Off Assign Man Paper Off Assign Man Env Off VIEW FACTORY DEF MPF Default 8 T Default 1 T Default 4 13 Default 5 T4 Default 20 TS Default 21 Env Default 6 Default 2 MEnv Default 3 Auto CR after LF Off Auto LF after CR Off POSTSCRIPT MENU Print PS Error Off Image Smoothing Off NETWORK MENU STANDARD NETWORK PCL SmartSwitch On PS SmartSwitch On NPA Mode A
298. electronics in the printer sense an addition of toner in the cartridge developing area If the printer is expecting a toner addition cycle but one is not detected a 94x TMC Error is displayed Replacement of the cartridge may fix the problem temporarily if the problem is with the printer Only replace the cartridge if there are no problems with the printer or if the cartridge is known to be defective Note Before proceeding with this service check observe the error log for repetitive occurrences of a 94x service error Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the toner metering cam A on the rear of the Go to step 2 If the toner yellow cartridge metering cam is Note In some cartridges the toner metering cam is ae 22 black sure it is not inside Replace the damaged cartridge Is the cam present on the cartridge 2 Check the TMC pin B in the yellow cartridge contact Go to step 3 Replace the assembly to make sure it moves freely cartridge contact assembly Does the pin move freely Diagnostic information 2 97 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No 3 Press the TMC pin in the yellow cartridge contact Replace the Go to step 4 assembly make sure it actuates the TMC switch onthe cartridge developer HVPS When the TMC pin is pressed you hear a click when the switch actuates Check for mechanical interference between the contact block and the d
299. ellcrank 4 66 4 68 redrive parts catalog 7 16 redrive door removal 4 16 removal 4 70 REGISTRATION 3 14 registration motor parts catalog 7 19 removal 4 71 relocation kit 7 77 removals autocompensator pick assembly 4 19 BOR housing assembly 4 25 cartridge contact assembly 4 26 cartridge drive assembly cyan magenta black 4 28 covers front cover assembly 4 12 front left handle cover assembly 4 11 front lower left cover 4 18 front right handle cover assembly 4 10 left lower cover 4 15 lower jam access door assembly 4 15 lower right door assembly 4 13 paper path access door cover 4 17 rear cover 4 9 rear fan cover 4 9 redrive door 4 16 top cover assembly 4 5 developer HVPS board 4 30 engine board 4 31 engine board shield 4 32 friction buckler 4 32 fuser assembly 4 33 fuser bottom duct 4 34 fuser drive assembly 4 34 fuser fan 4 36 fuser top duct 4 36 fuser web oiler motor assembly 4 37 ITU assembly 4 39 ITU drive assembly 4 39 ITU drive motor 4 40 LVPS 4 40 multipurpose feeder MPF 4 42 narrow media sensor assembly 4 74 nip relief handle 4 44 operator panel 4 48 outer EMC shield 4 49 paper size sensing assembly 4 50 pick tires 4 50 printhead thermistor card 4 64 printheads 4 52 PSD sensor assembly 4 65 rear bellcrank black 4 68 rear bellcrank cyan magenta yellow 4 66 redrive assembly 4 70 registration motor 4 71 RIP board 4 72 RIP board shield assembly 4 73 RIP fan 4 73 S2 NMS transparency sensor assembly 4 74
300. elt idler 9 99A0364 1 Spring belt tensioner 10 99A0482 1 Spring output tray 11 99A0481 1 Latch output tray 12 99A0912 1 Frame assembly 13 99A0351 1 Sensor Output Expander pass thru 14 6 Shaft bearing PP 99A0572 15 99A0913 1 Shaft assembly middle 40T also order PP 99A0572 NS 99A1744 1 Kit Multi Bin Stacker Parts catalog 7 51 5060 00 Assembly 27 5 bin mailbox 7 52 Service Manual Assembly 27 5 bin mailbox 5060 00x ee Units Description 27 4 99A1512 1 Cover redrive cap 2 99A1710 1 Cover wire 3 56P0416 1 Cover top bin 4 56P0423 1 Latch rear access door 5 99A0104 1 Spring upper diverter 6 56P0411 1 Door front 7 56P0422 1 Latch access door front 8 56P0415 1 Cover right 9 99A1723 4 Shaft asm drive 10 99A1724 1 Shaft asm drive with gear 11 99A1708 1 Cover right side 12 99A1725 1 Packet drive shaft bushing 13 99A1742 2 Sensor 5 Bin Mailbox pass thru 14 99A1712 5 Tray paper cap 15 56P0420 1 Bracket asm bail attach 16 99A1743 1 Kit 5 Bin Mailbox asm 17 1 Bail order 99A1748 5 Bin Mailbox asm kit 18 99A1713 5 Support paper tray 19 99A1687 5 Stop asm paper tray 20 99A1735 4 Flag bin full 21 56P0412 1 Rear structural cover 22 99A1736 5 Cable dual sensor 23 99A1737 5 Sensor dual bin level 24 99A1718 1 Cable asm lower autoconnect 25 99A1716 1 Drive asm main DC drive 26 56P0417 1 Flag bin full 27 99A1740 1 Board
301. emoval on page 4 39 Check each of the rear bellcranks for cracks or breakage Remove the spring Remove the stop screw A and two washers B Be careful not to lose the washers Recommend using a magnetic tipped screwdriver to remove the screw _ v 4 68 Service Manual 5060 00 7 Rotate the contact end of the bellcrank down and remove careful not to lose the spring 4 71 Installation note Replace the bellcranks by using reverse order of removal Note Test the color coverage by running the Print Quality Pages in the Diagnostics or Configuration Menu Repair information 4 69 5060 00 Redrive assembly removal See Redrive assembly on page 7 16 for the part number 1 Open the redrive door 2 Remove the redrive assembly screw type 323 A 3 Remove the drive belt B from the lower redrive pulley 4 Remove the redrive assembly Note When you reinstall the redrive assembly be sure to align the notch in the redrive assembly with tab A 4 70 Service Manual 5060 00 Registration motor removal See Registration motor on page 7 19 for the part number 1 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 9 2 Remove the transfer HVPS See Transfer HVPS board removal on page 4 82 3 Remove the registration motor mounting screws B cut the cable tie A and remove the assembly Repai
302. emove all four toner cartridges and set them face down A 16 Service Manual 5060 00 Look at the surface of each toner cartridge and check for developed image Interpreting the results If the developed images are not visible on one of the PC drums the following components should be checked Toner cartridge Switch cartridges to determine if the problem stays with the slot or cartridge Cartridge contact block pins Verify that pins are spring loaded and properly positioned See Cartridge contact assembly pin locations on page 5 4 e Developer HVPS cable Make sure that there is no damage to the cable running from the system board Developer HVPS board e System board If the image is well developed on the PC drum but the same plane is missing or faded on the ITU belt the following components should be checked e Bell cranks Check the condition of the bell cranks Continuity on the bell crank circuit Turn the printer off Using a multimeter check the continuity between the rear bell crank contact for the failing color and the respective cable on the transfer HVPS board See Transfer high voltage power supply HVPS on page 5 19 Transfer HVPS cable Make sure that there is no damage to the cable running from the system board to the transfer HVPS board Verify the connection at both ends Transfer HVPS board Engine board Appendix Service tips 17 5060 00 Nip relief handle rep
303. en detected Replace the ITU drive motor See ITU drive motor removal on page 4 40 Note Anytime the ITU drive motor or ITU drive motor assembly is replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Is error code 160 still shown Call your next level support Problem solved 161 Error code Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Fuser drive motor assembly error code 161 indicates that an incorrect motor is detected Replace the fuser drive assembly See Fuser drive assembly removal on page 4 34 Note Anytime the fuser drive assembly is replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does error code 161 continue Call your next level support Problem solved 162 Error code Black cartridge drive assembly An incorrect motor is detected Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Replace the black cartridge drive assembly See Go to step 2 Problem solved Cartridge drive assembly removal on page 4 28 Perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does the printer display error code 162 2 Reflash the NVRAM on the engine board Call your next level Problem solved Does error code 162 continue support Diagnostic information 2 65 5060 0
304. en the TMC pin is pressed you hear a click when the switch actuates Check for mechanical interference between the contact block and the developer HVPS Note You may need to turn the printer off to hear the click Does the cyan TMC switch on the developer HVPS board actuate properly when the TMC pin is pressed 4 Checkthe developer HVPS board to make sure itis not Replace the Go to step 5 cracked or broken developer HVPS Is the developer HVPS board cracked or broken assembly 5 Check the mounting of the developer HVPS Make Go to step 6 If the board is sure the screws that mount the power supply are incorrectly properly tightened and the board is positioned and installed install it mounted correctly correctly Make sure all the Is the developer HVPS mounted correctly mounting screws are tightened Recheck the printer to see if a 940 error is still displayed 6 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly Go to step 7 Correctly connect installed on the developer board assembly the cable Is the cable correctly installed 7 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly Go to step 8 Correctly connect installed at J20 on the engine board the cable Is the cable properly installed 8 Check the voltage at connector J20 9 on the engine Replace the engine Go to step 9 board while pressing the cyan TMC pin in the cartridge board assembly contact assembly Does the voltage change when the pin is pressed 9
305. ent test page cyan three of three B 13 Print Cine Len Page ER Eod cane doce Reames B 14 lar dme cU eke So oes Hae 1 Par 2259 uai hee O4 d l 7 X Service Manual 5060 00 Notices and safety information Laser notice The printer is certified in the U S to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for Class 1 laser products and elsewhere is certified as a Class laser product conforming to the requirements of IEC 60825 1 Class laser products are not considered to be hazardous The printer contains internally a Class 3b laser that is nominally a 5 milliwatt gallium arsenide laser operating in the wavelength region of 770 795 nanometers The laser system and printer are designed so there is never any human access to laser radiation above a Class level during normal operation user maintenance or prescribed service condition Laser Der Drucker erf llt gem amtlicher Best tigung der USA die Anforderungen der Bestimmung DHHS Department of Health and Human Services 21 CFR Teil J f r Laserprodukte der Klasse 1 In anderen Landern gilt der Drucker als Laserprodukt der Klasse der die Anforderungen der IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 60825 1 gemaB amtlicher Bestatigung erf llt Laserprodukte der Kla
306. eplace the sensor assembly Replace the control board 5 Bin mailbox POST incomplete sensor cable is correctly connected to J3 on the control board Is the sensor connected correctly Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Pass thru sensor flag check the sensor flag for Go to step 2 Repair or replace correct operation as necessary Is the flag operating correctly 2 Pass thru sensor cable make sure the pass thru Go to step 3 Reseat the cable Diagnostic information 2 85 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 3 Voltage check Disconnect the pass thru sensor cable Go to step 4 Replace the control from the control board and check the voltage on J3 3 board The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc Is the voltage correct 4 Voltage check Measure the voltage at J3 2 The Replace the control Replace the sensor voltage measures approximately 0 V board assembly Is the voltage correct 274 Paper jam Check Bin 4 5 Bin mailbox Note When a 274 Paper Jam Check Bin 4 message appears a problem exists with the top pass thru sensor Note assembly or the control board Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Top pass thru sensor flag check the top sensor flag Repair as Go to step 2 for correct operation binding broken parts or necessary interference from the sensor cable Are there any problem with the se
307. er Run the print test to check for correct operation before replacing the right rear cover Replace the right rear cover Repair information 4 81 5060 00 Second transfer roll removal See Second transfer roll on page 7 14 for the part number 1 Remove the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 2 Lift the transfer roll from the front bearing and remove the transfer roll Transfer HVPS board removal See Transfer HVPS board on page 7 38 for the part number Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 9 Remove the transfer HVPS board screw type 324 and 312 A Disconnect the five spade terminals B from the transformers Disconnect the control cable C Remove the transfer HVPS board o BONA 4 82 Service Manual 5060 00 Transfer plate assembly See Transfer plate assembly on page 7 14 for part number 1 Remove the S2 NMS transparency sensor assembly removal on page 4 74 2 Remove the transfer plate Lifting and rotating the right edge of the plate up to a 45 angle releases the transfer plate Remove the grounding strap A attached to the bottom of the transfer plate 3 Remove the transfer plate assembly Repair information 4 83 5060 00 Vacuum transport belt VTB removal See Vacuum transport belt assembly on page 7 13 for part number 1 Remove the transfer plate assembly See Transfer plate assemb
308. er printer type 43 to 45 Ib bond 161 to 169 g m Labels upper limit Paper 48 Ib bond 180 g m Dual web paper 48 Ib bond 180 g m Polyester 59 bond 220 g m Vinyl 9 92 Ib liner 300 g m Integrated forms Pressure sensitive area 140 to 175 g m Paper base grain long 20 to 36 Ib bond 75 to 135 g m Multipurpose feeder Paper 5 Xerographic or business paper 16 to 19 9 Ib bond 60 to 74 9 g m grain long 20 to 47 Ib bond 75 to 176 g m grain long Specialty papers Gloss book 60 to 120 Ib book 88 to 176 g m grain long Gloss cover 60 to 65 Ib cover 162 to 176 g m grain long Card stock upper Index Bristol 90 Ib 163 g m timit grain long Tag 100 Ib 163 g m Cover 65 Ib 176 g m Card stock upper Index Bristol 110 Ib 199 g m limit grain short f Tag 125 Ib 203 g m Cover 80 Ib 216 g m Transparencies Laser printer type 43 to 45 Ib bond 161 to 169 g m Labels upper limit Paper 53 Ib bond 199 g m Dual web paper 53 Ib bond 199 g m Polyester 59 Ib bond 220 g m Vinyl 9 78 Ib liner 260 g m Integrated forms Pressure sensitive area Up to 47 Ib bond 140 to 175 g m Paper base grain long 20 to 36 Ib bond 75 to 135 g m Envelopes 9 Sulfite wood free or up to 100 cotton bond 16 to 28 Ib bond 60 to 105 g m
309. er roll release lever operating correctly 3 Check continuity of the second transfer roll to the Replace the Replace the cable transfer HVPS cable transfer HVPS board See Is there continuity Transfer HVPS board removal on page 4 82 Diagnostic information 2 139 5060 00 Entire page is mostly one color Full bleed planes in one color Some printing may appear in other colors This applies to black cyan magenta and yellow Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Using a piece of paper block the laser path between Go to step 2 Go to step 4 the printhead and cartridge for the color that is experiencing the full bleed issue 2 Turn the printer off Check the cable connections Go to step 3 Problem solved between the printhead and the system board Do you continue to have the same problem 3 Use the Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 and Replace the Replace the the assembly printhead diagnostic aid on printhead see system board See page 7 15 to switch video cables between the Printhead System board printhead of the full bleed color and another color removal and on page 4 80 Does the color of the full bleed plane stay the same on 4 Change or switch the cartridge of the color that is Go to step 5 Replace the experiencing the issue cartridge Do you continue to have the same problem 5 Cartridge contact assembly Check the cartri
310. ernal 500 sheet tray 242 Tray 2 500 sheet tray option 243 Tray 3 500 sheet tray option or 2000 sheet HCIT option 244 Tray 4 500 sheet tray option A maximum of three optional 500 sheet tray options can be installed or a maximum of one 500 sheet tray option plus a 2000 sheet HCIT option is supported If a 2000 sheet HCIT is installed and optional 500 sheet tray is required and must be installed under the duplex option See Printer configuration diagrams for 24x paper jams on page 2 81 500 sheet drawer option 242 243 244 Media does not reach the pass thru sensor Warning Whenever the 500 sheet tray is removed use care as the autocompensator may be in its down position which could result in damage to the autocompensator assembly The tray empty sensor paper low sensor and pass thru sensor for any installed Tray x x 1 through 4 can be checked using the Sensor Test on page 3 24 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is tray 2000 sheet option Go to step 2 Go to step 3 2 Is a 24x paper jam error message displayed Go to 2000 Sheet Go to High high capacity capacity input input tray HCIT tray HCIT 2000 243 244 on sheet option page 2 79 service check on page 2 128 3 Make sure the media installed in the tray meets Go to step 4 Inform the specifications customer that media loaded Does the media meet specifications Tray x does not meet specif
311. es are even Press Select to save the value Repair information 4 61 5060 00 To adjust or Right value press Go to print the Cyan Alignment Page Use the rightmost target in the first row to adjust the cyan and black vertical lines 3 Adjust the setting and press Go to print the page and verify the setting until the lines are even Press Select to save the value d To adjust L or Left value press Go to print the Cyan Alignment Page Use the leftmost target in the first row to adjust the cyan and black vertical lines until the targets overlap Adjust the setting and press Go to print the page and verify the setting until the lines are even Press Select to save the value e Change each of the settings Top Left Right and Theta for cyan When the targets are aligned press Go to print the final page 5 After aligning the cyan targets press Return Repeat the process to align the Top Left Right Theta for magenta and for yellow See Printhead alignment test pages magenta one of three on appendix page B 11 and Printhead alignment test page yellow two of three on appendix page B 12 for color samples of these pages 4 62 Service Manual Print line length calibration 1 2 3 5060 00x Press Return until you reach the main Diagnostic Menu the top line is blank and bottom line displays
312. es static electricity Repair information 4 1 5060 00 Screw identification table The following table contains screw types locations and quantities necessary to service the printer Pay careful attention to each screw type location when doing removals You must install the correct screw type in each location during reassembly Screw type Location Purpose Qty 002 4 40 machine Parallel connector to shield Attach 2 102 M3 5x8mm Cartridge guides to upper frame Attach 8 thread cutting Upper front cover to cartridge guides Attach 4 Front cover pivot to front upper cover Attach 2 Fr Front left light shield to upper front cover Attach 1 it 121 M3 5x6mm LVPS to lower frame Mounting 7 machine Right rear cover to LVPS Attach HVPS standoffs to upper frame Attach 4 232 M3x6mm Ground cable to right front cover support and Attach 2 Taptite metal upper frame Ground cable to bottom support plate and engine Attach 2 card shield Back lamp brackets to fuser frame Attach 2 Front lamp brackets to fuser frame Attach 2 Blank INA covers to RIP shield Mounting 2 RIP card ground shield to RIP shield Mounting 5 RIP shield to engine shield Mounting 4 RIP card to RIP shield Mounting 12 Engine card to engine shield Mounting 6 RIP shield cover to RIP shield Mounting 8 V block plates to upper frame Mounting 2 Ground cable strap to RIP ground sh
313. etween additive and subtractive colors certain colors that appear on your monitor are impossible to duplicate on your printer To let users customize color correction output from the operator panel To determine whether images are printed ina monochrome grayscale or in color Note Selections made in the Lexmark C750 PostScript emulation or PCL drivers for Windows will override other selections Values Auto Applies different color correction to each object on the printed page depending upon the type of object and how the color for each object is specified Vivid Applies a color correction algorithm that produces brighter more saturated colors Off No color correction is implemented CMYK Applies color correction to approximate SWOP color output Display RGB Image Applies color correction to approximate the colors on a computer display Vivid Applies a color correction algorithm that produces brighter more saturated colors May be selected for all incoming color formats sRGB Display Applies color correction to produce output that approximates the colors displayed on a computer monitor sRGB Vivid Increases color saturation for the sRGB Display color correction Off No color correction is implemented RGB Text Vivid SRGB Display sRGB Vivid Off RGB Graphics Vivid SRGB Display sRGB Vivid Off CMYK Image US CMYK Applies color correction to
314. eveloper HVPS Press the TMC pin in the yellow cartridge contact assembly and check to make sure it actuates the TMC switch on the developer HVPS When the TMC pin is pressed in you should be able to hear a click when the switch actuates Note You may need to turn the printer off to hear the click Does the yellow TMC switch on the developer HVPS board actuate properly when the TMC pin is pressed 4 Checkthe developer HVPS board to make sure itis not Replace the Go to step 5 cracked or broken developer HVPS Is the developer HVPS board cracked or broken board assemby 5 Check the mounting of the developer HVPS Make Go to step 6 If the board is sure the screws that mount the power supply are incorrectly properly tightened and the board is positioned and installed install it mounted correctly correctly Make sure all the Is the developer HVPS mounted correctly mounting screws are tightened Recheck the printer to see if a 942 Error is still displayed 6 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly Go to step 7 Correctly connect installed on the developer board assembly the cable Is the cable correctly installed 7 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly Go to step 8 Correctly connect installed at J20 on the engine board the cable Is the cable properly installed 8 Check the voltage at connector J20 13 on the engine Replace the engine Go to step 9 board while pressing the yellow TMC pin in the board assembly
315. ew PP 12G6309 Parts catalog 7 19 5060 00 Assembly 12 Multipurpose feeder MPF 7 20 Service Manual Assembly 12 Multipurpose Feeder MPF 5060 00x lum s Units Description 12 4 12G6452 1 MP feeder door cover 2 12G6460 1 Door hinge restraint 3 1 Screw PP 1206533 4 12G6453 1 Frame bias latch 5 12G6455 1 Frame bias latch cover 6 11 Screw PP 12G6533 7 12G6454 1 Frame bias spring 8 12G6457 2 MPF support bracket cover 9 12G6456 1 Sensor mount bracket 10 12G6461 1 Paper out low sensor 11 12G6448 1 MPF cable 12 12G6449 1 MPF cable cover 13 12G6458 2 MPF support bracket spring 14 12G6459 2 MPF support bracket 15 12G6462 1 MPF bracket assembly 16 12G6463 1 MPF drive gear 17 12G6465 1 MPF drive gear bushing 18 12G6464 1 MPF drive gear shaft 19 12G6451 1 MPF autocompensator pick assembly 20 12G6354 3 Rib housing 21 12G6447 1 Friction buckler 22 12G6346 1 Buckler housing 23 12G6450 1 MPF door assembly Parts catalog 7 21 5060 00 Assembly 13 500 sheet integrated tray 7 22 Service Manua Assembly 13 500 sheet integrated tray 5060 00x lum d Units Description 13 4 12G6416 1 500 Sheet tray assembly 2 12G6419 1 Back restraint latch 3 12G6418 1 Back restraint 4 12G6425 1 Tray bias bellcrank assembly 5 1 Screw PP 12G6533 6 12G6426 1 Tray bias spring 7 12G6568 1 Reflector label 8 12G6421 4 Wear strip
316. ex unit 500 sheet drawer 2000 sheet lt gt drawer Appendix Service tips 23 5060 00 Step 1 Secure the printer Completely stabilize the printer before the finisher alignment process is started How this is done depends on whether you have a short or tall finisher Short finisher 1 Attach caster brakes A to the two back legs of the printer caster base 2 Screw the caster brakes onto the legs of the caster base 3 Adjust the leveling feet B on the caster brakes so they securely touch the floor Tall finisher Adjust the four leveling feet C on the bottom of the 2000 sheet drawer so all four securely touch the floor A 24 Service Manual 5060 00 Step 2 Align the pin Adjust the two casters on the left side closest to the printer to raise or lower the finisher as needed so the pin D on the printer properly aligns with the hole in the finisher the pin should freely slide into the hole Short finisher Insert the Allen wrench E into either caster bolt F 2 Rotate the wrench in the appropriate direction to adjust the height of the finisher clockwise raises the finisher 3 Repeat with the other caster bolt Appendix Service tips A 25 5060 00 Tall finisher Loosen or tighten the wingnuts G to adjust the height of the finisher clockwise raises the
317. fabricante no es responsable de la seguridad en caso de uso de piezas de repuesto no autorizadas La informaci n sobre el mantenimiento de este producto est dirigida exclusivamente al personal cualificado de mantenimiento Existe mayor riesgo de descarga el ctrica y de da os personales durante desmontaje y la reparaci n de la m quina El personal cualificado debe ser consciente de este peligro y tomar las precauciones necesarias PRECAUCI N este s mbolo indica que el voltaje de la parte del equipo con la que est trabajando es peligroso Antes de empezar desenchufe el equipo o tenga cuidado si para trabajar con l debe conectarlo Informacoes de Seguranca A seguran a deste produto baseia se em testes e aprova es do modelo original e de componentes espec ficos O fabricante respons vel pela segunranga no caso de uso de pe as de substitui o nao autorizadas As informa es de seguran a relativas a este produto destinam se a profissionais destes servi os e nao devem ser utilizadas por outras pessoas Risco de choques el ctricos e ferimentos graves durante a desmontagem e manuten o deste produto Os profissionais destes servi os devem estar avisados deste facto e tomar os cuidados necess rios CUIDADO Quando vir este s mbolo existe a poss vel de uma potencial tens o perigosa na zona do produto em que est a trabalhar Antes de comegar desligue o produto da tomada el ctrica o
318. fer Multipage View PS SmartSwitch Universal Setup Job Buffering Multipage Border guag x NPA Mode Printer Usage PostScript Menu LocalTalk Buffer Power Saver Job Buffering Parallel Menu Resource Save E Utilities Menu NPA Hosts PCL SmartSwitch Download Target Image Smoothing Color Adjust Network Menu LocalTalk Name PS SmartSwitch Print Timeout Color Samples PCL SmartSwitch LocalTalk Addr NPA Mode Auto Continue Print Demo PS SmartSwitch LocalTalk Zone Parallel Buffer Wal ies Color Menu ER Mens oe i Job Buffering jam Recovery lor Correction i gt EL sd PS Infrared Menu Advanced Status Page Protect Eel pis 9 Print Fonts Network Buffer Infrared Port Protocol Display Language Print Mode Print Directory A PCL SmartSwitch Honor Init Alarm Control Factory Defaults Job Buffering Print Resolution Format Flash Network x Setup PS SmartSwitch Parallel Mode 1 Hole Punch Alarm Toner Darkness Std Net Setu NPA Mode Parallel Mode 2 Staple Alarm Defragment Flash Infrared Buffer MAC Binary PS Toner Alarm Format Disk Job Buffering Job Accounting Job Acct Stat Window Size Job Acct Limit Hex Trace Transmit Delay Print Area Max Baud Rate Diagnostic information 2 21 5060 00 Color Menu Menu Item Color Correction Manual Color Print Mode Purpose To adjust the printed color to better match the colors of other output devices or standard color systems Note Due to the differences b
319. fer roll arm and the 1 lead on the transfer HVPS Transfer HVPS connection at the board board removal second transfer roll on page 4 82 arm 2 142 Service Manual One color has light print over the entire page 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Print cartridge Make sure the cartridge is seated Go to step 2 Remove the properly and all packaging material is removed from packaging material the cartridge and seat the Has all packaging material been removed and the cartridge seated correctly 2 Print cartridge The cartridge may be out of toner Go to step 3 Problem resolved Change or switch the cartridge Do you continue to have the same problem 3 Cartridge contact assembly Check the cartridge Go to step 4 Replace the contact block Make sure the PC drum contact pin is cartridge contact not stuck See Cartridge contact assembly pin block locations on page 5 4 to identify the PC drum contact pin Low image density Note If all colors have a low image density problem set the Print Darkness to High from the user s menu e If only one color has a problem go to Step A e Ifall colors have a problem go to Step B Step A Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Print cartridge Make sure the print cartridge is seated Go to step 2 Install the print correctly cartridge correctly Is the print cartridge seated cor
320. for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Second transfer roll assembly check the second Replace the Go to step 2 transfer roll for any signs of toner buildup surface second transfer damage to the roll oil or other contaminants on the roll See Second surface of the roll transfer roll Do you see any problems with the second transfer roll mul 2 Transfer arms springs and associated hardware call Call your nextlevel Go to step 3 your next level of support None of these parts are support service related parts Is there any problem with the associated hardware 3 Transfer high voltage power supply HV wiring and Go to step 4 Install the cable contacts check the second transfer cable transfer correctly HVPS contact to the second transfer roll rear arm contact for correct installation Is the cable installed correctly 4 Check the continuity of the second transfer cable Replace the FRUs Replace the second transfer Is there continuity cable 1 Second transfer roll See Second transfer roll removal on page 4 82 2 Transfer HVPS board See Transfer HVPS board removal on page 4 82 If this does not correct the problem go to step 5 5 Make sure the ITU Bias Spring is not broken or missing Repair as Go to step 6 for the color s that is having Transfer problems necessary Is the ITU Bias S
321. ft gear elevator lift 19 56P0548 1 Elevator lift gear 20 56P0523 2 Paper tray arms 21 56P0525 1 Feed unit complete assembly 22 56P0527 2 Bushing 23 56P0533 1 Spring feed unit front 24 56P0534 1 Spring feed unit rear 25 56P0562 1 Feed cover 26 56P0542 2 Separation torque roller 27 56P0529 2 Feed cam 28 E clips PP 56P0531 29 56P0528 2 Feed roller 30 56P0530 2 Spring feed unit 31 56P0532 1 Bushing 060 32 56P0544 2 Emitter timing wheel 33 56P0535 3 Clip plastic 5W 34 56P0526 2 Sensors special optical 35 56P0536 1 Level sensor flag 36 56P0540 1 Spring extension 37 56P0539 1 Near empty sensor flag Parts catalog 7 65 Assembly 30 1 High capacity input tray HCIT 5060 00x BRR BS 7 66 Service Manual Assembly 30 1 High capacity input tray HCIT 5060 00x ln Units Description 29 1 4 56P0505 1 Rear cover 2 56P0503 1 Right side cover 3 56P0491 2 Caster movable 4 16 Screws PP 56P0565 5 56P0493 4 F adjuster 6 56P0500 1 Front cover 7 56P0501 1 Cover main CA 8 56P0492 2 Caster fixed 9 56P0504 1 Left side cover 10 56P0508 1 Upper left side jam cover 11 56P0507 1 Locating pin options front right 12 56P0506 1 Locating pin options rear left 13 56P0514 1 Options autoconnect cable assembly 14 56P0517 1 Options cable mounting plate NS 56P0509 1 Cable feed unit special sensors NS 56P0510 1 Cable feed unit sensors NS 56P0512 1 Cable elevato
322. gear 7 61 56P0468 Pass thru spring 7 61 56P0470 Aligner arm spring lt lt 7 61 56P0471 Bellcrank assembly 7 61 56P0472 Pass thru shaft assembly 7 61 56P0473 Brake 7 61 56P0474 Decurl BAC assembly 7 61 56P0475 Brake spring 7 61 56P0476 5 mm bushing 7 61 56P0477 Reduction gear shaft 7 63 Part number index 1 13 5060 00 56P0478 Aligner spring 7 63 56P0479 Front decurl assembly 7 61 56P0480 Back cover 7 61 56P0482 Pulley washer 7 61 56P0483 Deflector actuator assembly
323. gh assembly See Does this fuser setting fix the problem 4 33 4 Does the transparency have splotchy appearance Go to step 5 Replace the second transfer roll See Second transfer roll removal on page 4 82 5 Transfer setting High From the Diagnostics Menu set Problem solved Go to step 6 Transfer setting to High Does this transfer setting fix the problem 6 Transfer setting Low From the Diagnostics Menu set Problem solved Replace the Transfer setting to Low Does this transfer setting fix the problem second transfer roll See Second transfer roll removal on page 4 82 Diagnostic information 2 147 5060 00 Second transfer roll service check Note The second transfer roll is 51 03 mm 2 009 inches in circumference Any print quality problems such as lines that are spaced apart indicate you should check the second transfer roll for damage toner or foreign material Note The second transfer roll is also part of the maintenance kit and should be replaced when a 83 ITU Maintenance message appears Ask the customer if they have replaced the second transfer roll recently Note If any of the following problems occur go to Print quality service checks on page 2 136 A problem with only one color Light or very light print CAUTION Make sure the printer is powered off before making any checks on the second transfer roll or associated parts
324. gin 24 101 0 8219 8219 Cyan Left Margin 34 8219 8219 Cyan Right Margin 50 Engine Card 20 Cyan Theta Margin 15 Printer Revision Levels Cyan Fine Top Margin 0 Loeder 260 061 0 Yellow Top Margin Basic Kernel E YD 016 0 Yellow Left Margin 10 Kernel E YD 016 0 Yellow Right Margin 37 Base 850 051 0 Yellow Theta Margin 11 Network 850 051 0 Yellow Fine Top Margin 0 Engine 25 62 00 Magenta Margin 22 Boot 10 00 00 Magenta Left Margi 16 Panel 7 01 Magenta Right Margin 54 Font 8 10H02 U4 0 Magenta Theta Margin 2 ray 2 2B ROD Magenta Fine Top Margin 0 reg p Qum Dup Top Margin 0 ERROR 106 Duplex 08 28 ROD 41222 41525 1 T s v EP SETTINGS 5 243 6 243 Manufacture 0 pre Temp Normal 7 243 8 243 2 Charge Adjust 9 243 10 201 Cartridge Information Black Normal 11 201 12 242 0 100 CNY Normal Cyan Toner Bias Adj Paper Source Tray 1 Serial Number A031960003 Black Normal Formatted Size Letter Capacity 15 Magenta Normal Type Return Cyan Normal 0 100 Yellow Normal Yellow Toner E Transfer Adjust Serial Number A031960004 Black Normal Capacity 15 Magenta Normal Type Return Cyan Normal 0 100 Yellow Normal Magenta Toner Serial Number A031960002 COLOR MENU Capacity 15 Print Color Return Color Correction Auto 0 100 Print Resolution 2400 10 Black Toner SSS Toner Darknes
325. h Hex Trace selected all data sent to the printer is printed in hexadecimal and character representation Control codes are not executed To exit Hex Trace turn the printer off or reset the printer from the Job Menu To print a listing of all job statistics stored on the hard disk or to clear all statistics on the disk To view a list of the demo files available in printer memory in flash memory and on optional hard disk To print a list of all the resources stored in flash memory or on the hard disk Print Directory is available only when either a nondefective flash or disk is installed and formatted and Job Buffer Size is not set to 100 To print a sample of all the fonts available for the selected printer language To print a listing of the current user default values the installed options the amount of installed printer memory and the status of printer supplies To print information relating to the internal print server and the network settings defined by the Network lt x gt Setup menu item in the Network Menu Menu Item Purpose Values Format Disk To format the printer hard disk Yes Deletes any data stored on the hard disk Warning Do not turn off the printer ag OR pecs New while the hard disk is formatting No Cancels the request to format the hard disk and leaves current resources stored on the disk Format Flash To format the flash memory Yes Deletes
326. he Pass Count increases by 1 however if the test fails one of the following messages appears for approximately three seconds ROM Checksum Error ROM Burst Read Error Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached the test stops with the power indicator on solid The final results are displayed Parallel Wrap Test Use this test with a wrap plug to check operation of the parallel port hardware Each parallel signal is tested To run the Parallel Wrap Test 1 Disconnect the parallel interface cable and install the wrap plug P N 1319128 2 Select Parallel Wrap Test from the menu The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress The test runs continuously until canceled Each time the test finishes the screen updates If the test passes the Pass Count increases by 1 however if the test fails one of the following messages appears for approximately three seconds Syne Busy Error DMA Address Error Byte Interrupt Request Error DMA Interrupt Error Strobe Interrupt Request Error DMA Memory Error Init Fail Error DMA Background Error PU ear Init Rise Error alse Init Rise Error utofeed Rising Interrupt Error lear Autofeed Rise Error alse Autofeed Rise Error utofeed Falling Interrupt Error lear Autofeed Fall Error Init Busy Error Init Rise Error Host Busy Error RAM Data FF Error RAM Data AA Error RAM Data 00 Error RAM Data 55 Error DMA Count Error gt
327. he duplex option for any signs of loose damaged contaminated or warped parts that might cause Duplex not recognized as being installed Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is Duplex option the only option installed beneath the Go to step 3 Go to step 2 base printer 2 Except for the duplex option remove any other paper The problem is in Go to step 3 options installed beneath the base printer one of the option s ai recognize the duplex option as being En Try to isolate which of the options is causing the problem 3 Make sure the duplex option is correctly installed Go to step 4 Install the duplex Is the duplex option installed correctly correctly 4 Make sure the bottom options cable connector is Go to step 5 Install the cable snapped firmly into the bottom of the base machine correctly Is the cable connector mounted correctly 5 Make sure the options cable is installed correctly to Go to step 6 Install the cable engine board connector J5 correctly Is the cable installed correctly 6 Check the voltages on connector J5 on the engine Go to step 7 Replace the engine board The voltages are measured with the printer in board See standby mode Engine board Note All voltages are approximate values idis Pi Connector pin Voltage J5 1 24 V dc J5 3 5 V dc J5 5 5 V dc J5 6 5 V dc J5 8 5 V dc Are the voltages cor
328. he operator panel menus press Go before sending a job to print The printer must display Ready for jobs to print Return to the Ready state if the printer is offline the Ready message does not appear on the display Exit printer menus and return to the Ready state Clear some operator panel messages Resume printing after loading paper or clearing paper jams Exit Power Saver 2 20 Service Manual 5060 00 Button Function Menu Press Menu to Take the printer offline out of the Ready state and enter the menus When the printer is offline press Menu to scroll through the menus and menu items List the menu items in the Job Menu during Busy state For menu items that have numerical values such as Copies press and hold Menu to scroll through the list of values Release the button when the number you want appears If yu seeaMenus Disabled message you will not be able to change default settings You can still clear messages and select items from the Job Menu when printing When you send a job to print change printer properties to select the settings you want for your job Select Press Select to Open the menu shown on the second line of the display Save the displayed menu item as the new user default setting Clear certain messages from the display Continue printing after the Change lt x gt message appears Return Press Return to go back to the previous menu level or menu i
329. he pick Go to step 3 contamination or damage to the rolls rolls Always Is there any excessive contamination or damage to the ee pick rolls time 3 Verify that the autocompensator is not stuck in the up Dislodge the Replace the engine position Verify that the output clutch assembly is not autocompensator board See damaged If this does not fix Dap Is the autocompensator stuck in the up position or the the problem go to page 4 31 output clutch damaged step 4 4 Check the voltages at J73 on the engine board Replace the Replace the engine autocompensator board See Are the voltages correct assembly See Engine board Autocompensat removal on or pick assembly page 4 31 removal on page 4 19 2 114 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check tray 1 for damage to the pick arm lift bellcrank Replace Tray 1 Go to step 2 activation tabs on the rear of the tray Is there any damage to the tray 2 Check the following parts for damaged loose or Repair or replace Go to step 3 missing parts parts as necessary Pick arm lift bellcrank Bellcrank lift spring Tray interlock bellcrank Are any of the parts broken loose or missing 3 Verify the autocompensator is not stuck in the up Dislodge the Replace the position tires or hub caught on the upper deflector autocompensator autocompensator assembly See
330. he sensors are ready to test Media Path 3 S5 CL 55 Exit Timing Sensor Once the screen is displayed you can manually actuate the sensor When the sensor is closed CL is displayed when the sensor is open OP is displayed If you select Media Level from the menu the following is displayed and the sensors polled Media Level Testing Once the sensors are polled the following is displayed and the sensors are ready to test Media Level 1 CL S2 CL 61 Paper Surface Sensor 1 upper 52 Paper Surface Sensor 2 lower Once the screen is displayed you can manually actuate the sensor When the sensor is closed CL is displayed when the sensor is open OP is displayed 2 To exit the sensor test press Return or Stop Hole Punch Use this test to verify that media can be fed to the Finisher output bin and hole punched Letter or A4 size media must be used in the source tray for this test No information is printed on the feed test pages since the laser is not energized during this test Eight sheets of paper are fed and holes punched with a three hole pattern To run the test in Diagnostics Mode 1 Select FINISHER TESTS from the Diagnostics menu 2 Select Hole Punch Press Return after the test is complete to exit the test 3 28 Service Manual 5060 00 BASE SENSOR TEST Use the Base Sensor Test to determine that the sensors located inside the printer are operating correc
331. here a problem with the sensor flag repair as necessary Output bin sensor run the sensor test to check the output bin sensor for correct operation Does the sensor operate correctly Call your next level support Replace the sensor assembly If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 Print quality service checks Note This symptom may require replacement of one or more CRUs Customer Replaceable Units designated as supplies or maintenance items which are the responsibility of the customer With the customer s permission you may need to install an ITM fuser assembly second transfer roll or print cartridge Check the following before proceeding with any of the print quality service checks e Use Tray 1 internal tray to test the print quality of the base printer e Be sure the fuser assembly is installed correctly e Be sure the ITU assembly is installed correctly sure the Second Transfer Roll is installed correctly e Check the media in Tray 1 to make sure it meets paper specifications e Run a copy of the CE Test page this sets all the printer defaults to the correct settings to check for print quality Ifa specific color has a print quality problem first try a new cartridge to help isolate the problem An incorrect printer driver for the installed software can cause print quality problems Incorrect characters could print
332. his message is displayed when the waste container is Bottle Missing missing Insert the waste container and press Go 82 Waste Bottle Nearly Full This message is displayed when the waste container is nearly full Press Go Nearly Full appears in the Supplies Menu 84 Replace Oiler This message is displayed when the web oiler is exhausted or missing Replace the web oiler See Fuser web oiler motor assembly removal on page 4 37 84 Oiler Nearly Exhausted This message is displayed when the Wed Oiler is nearly exhausted Press Go to continue or replace the web oiler See Fuser web oiler motor assembly removal on page 4 37 87 Fuser Missing This message is displayed when the engine detects the fuser is missing Turn the printer off and insert the fuser assembly 88 Yellow Toner Low 88 Magenta Toner Low 88 Cyan Toner Low 88 Black Toner Low These messages are displayed when either the yellow magenta cyan or black toner cartridge is low on toner The following actions can be taken Open the front door remove the old toner cartridge insert a new toner cartridge and close the door or Press Go without changing the toner cartridge and continue 1565 Emul Error Load Emul Option This message appears when the IPDS emulation version contained in the SIMM does not function with the printer code This message automatically clears in 30 seconds and the IPDS emulation
333. hould measure approximately 5 V dc Are the voltages correct board Printer does not recognize that one or more output options as being installed turn the power off and remove the output expander option from the printer and check the voltages on the base printer top autoconnect connector Go to Autoconnect Top Are the voltages correct Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Excessive static electricity buildup check the output Go to step 2 1 Attach the expander control board cover to make sure the ESD ground cable if not brush ground lead is firmly attached to the output installed correctly frame Make sure the ESD is loose not or 2 Replace the cover assembly if Is the ESD brush ground cable correctly installed and the ESD brush is the ESD brush not loose or broken loose or damaged 2 Options check If more than a single output expander Go to step 3 Go to the option is installed check each one to see if the printer autoconnect recognizes any single option as being installed If the system on the printer recognizes any of the output expander options Output Expander then the base printer autoconnect system is operating option base printer correctly and the problem is in the unrecognized and check cables expander option Make sure that the output expander and connections to option is the only output option that is not recognized the engine board by the base printer Is this
334. ication 4 Make sure the media is loaded correctly Make sure the Go to step 5 Load the media side and back restraints are located and seated correctly properly Is the media loaded correctly Diagnostic information 2 77 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 5 See if the paper is trying to feed from the tray Go to step 9 Go to step 6 Note You can observe the autocompensator feed rolls and the paper through the tray access door Run the Tray x feed test from the Diagnostics Menu to help diagnose a feed problem See Feed Test on page 3 24 Is the media leaving the tray 6 Are the autocompensator pick arm rolls turning Go to step 7 Go to step 11 7 Check the autocompensator pick arm rolls for wear or Replace the Pick Go to step 8 contamination Arm Rolls See Are the autocompensator pick arm rolls worn or 2 it on contaminated Replace both rolls at the same time 8 Check paper tray wear strips for wear or Replace the wear Go to step 9 contamination strips Are the wear strips worn or contaminated 9 Check the pass thru sensor for correct operation by Check for any Go to step 10 running the Tray x sensor test from the Diagnostics obstructions that Menu See Sensor Test on page 3 24 might catch the media and create a Does the pass thru sensor operate correctly paper jam 10 Make sure the pass thru sensor is correctly connected Replace the FRUs Install the cab
335. ield Attach 1 4 2 Service Manual 5060 00 Screw type Location Purpose Qty 312 M2 9x6mm Front access door assembly Mounting 3 Piastite Door handle to cover Mounting 2 Detent housing to cover Mounting 1 ITU switch housing to light shield Attach 1 Duplex baffle to lower right door Attach 4 Front and rear latches to lower right door Mounting 2 Bias latch cover to door Attach 1 MPF asm to MPF door Attach 6 Support bracket to MPF door Attach 4 MPF cable cover to door asm Mounting 1 MPF latch support brackets to upper frame Attach 2 Voltage cable to terminal BOR ITU black Attach 1 Voltage cable to terminal BOR ITU cyan Attach 1 Voltage cable to terminal BOR ITU magenta Attach 1 Voltage cable to terminal BOR ITU yellow Attach 1 323 M3 5x1 35mmx Frame support back plate to lower frame Attach 2 1 35 Plastite 8 long Door latch catch to frame Attach 2 Transfer HVPS to lower frame Mounting 1 Fuser top duct to lower frame Attach 1 F Right front cover support to lower frame Attach 1 Front lower left cover to lower frame Attach 1 Front left handle cover asm to lower frame Attach 4 Front lower right cover to lower frame Attach 1 Front right handle cover asm to lower frame Attach 4 Right front cover to lower frame Attach 2 Left lower cover to lower frame Attach 2 Left upper cover asm to lower frame Attach 2 Left upper cover asm to upper frame Attach 1 Lef
336. iming the nature of the intermittent error 1 2 3 4 5 6 Crash codes With the 900 Service RIP Error displayed press Select and Return together Record the complete secondary codes by scrolling with Menu The code may be a very long string of characters and numbers but it is needed to analyze the problem Print history Printed the printer history by entering Diagnostics Mode and selecting Print History in the Development menu Code level Obtain the code level for the RIP network and engine All of these can be found on Print Menus page from the Utilities menu Type of connection being used to print Record the type of connection For example direct USB or parallel or network peer to peer Ethernet token ring or so on Software application Does one particular application or print job sent to the printer produce this error Driver What driver or driver level With this information in hand contact you next level of support 900 Error Code displayed when the machine is connected to a network while still in Setup Required Mode Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Perform the following steps Contact your next Problem solved 1 Power the printer off level support 2 Disconnect the printer from the network 3 Power the printer on and complete the setup process 4 When setup is complete power off the printer and reconnect to the network Is the same 900 Service Error displayed
337. ing the HCIT system Is the LED on solid or blinking board 3 Measure the voltage at TP3 5 V dc test point onthe Replace the HCIT Go to step 4 HCIT system board The voltage should measure system board approximately 5 V dc Is the voltage correct 4 Measure the voltage at CN2 2 on the HCIT system Replace the HCIT Go to step 5 board The voltage should measure approximately 5 system board V de Is the voltage correct 5 Check the AC line voltage at the input to the LVPS Replace the HCIT Go to step 6 LVPS Is the voltage correct 6 Check the AC cable from the HCIT AC inlet to the Determine where Replace the cables LVPS the AC line voltage is being lost to the Are the cables good HCIT Repair as necessary 2 130 Service Manual HCIT 2000 sheet Option does not recognize the size paper selected 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the media loaded in the tray meets Go to step 2 Load the media specifications properly or inform Is the media loaded properly and meet specifications 119 an meet specifications 2 Check the paper tray guide for correct installation Go to step 3 Reinstall the guide m if installed Is the paper tray guide installed correctly for the selected paper size incorrectly 3 Check for correct installation of the paper size sensor Go to step 4 Install the cable cable to the HCIT system board at CN7 correctly Is the cable installed corre
338. inter Check at the top of the printhead for the cardboard or plastic packaging T If error persists see Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 115 Printhead Error A cyan printhead servo error has been detected Verify all packing material has been removed from the printer Check at the top of the printhead for the cardboard or plastic packaging If error persists see Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Diagnostic information 2 11 5060 00 Error code Action 116 Printhead Error A magenta printhead servo error has been detected Verify all packing material has been removed from the printer Check at the top of the printhead for the cardboard or plastic packaging 4 If error persists see Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 117 Printhead Error A yellow printhead servo error has been detected Verify all packing material has been removed from the printer Check at the top of the printhead for the cardboard or plastic packaging 4 If error persists see Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 120 Fuser Error Wrong fuser lamp hot roll Replace with correct lamp Go to 120 Error code on page 2 44 121 Fuser Error Wrong fuser lamp BUR Replace with correct lamp Go to 121 Error code on page 2 45 122 Fuser Error Fuser below temperature when printing hot roll Go to 122 Error code on page 2 46 123 Fuser Error
339. inter are connected properly and options Are the printer and options AC line cords connected correctly properly 2 Make sure the communications cable from the finisher Go to step 3 Install the cable to the printer is installed correctly at the output options correctly autoconnect on the printer Is the cable installed correctly 3 Disconnect the autoconnect cable from J7 on the Go to step 6 Go to step 4 engine board Check the resistance between J7 6 and J7 7 on the cable connector The resistance measures between 45 ohms and 50 ohms Is the resistance correct Diagnostic information 2 123 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No Make sure the communications cable is connected properly to CN3 on the LVPS Relay board Is the cable installed correctly Note The relay on the relay board is connected to 5 V dc from the printer through the communications cable When the printer is powered on 5 V dc is sent to the finisher relay board relay coil which energizes epee and connects primary AC line voltage to the Go to step 5 Install the cable correctly Check the resistance of the relay coil by measuring between CN3 1 and CN3 2 on the relay board The resistance measures between 45 ohms and 50 ohms Is the resistance correct Replace the communication cable Replace the relay board LVPS assembly Check the voltage on the output options Autoconnect connector Pin 2 loc
340. inter fails to recognize the option is installed Go to Printer does not recognize that the HCIT 2000 sheet option is installed on page 2 128 HCIT does not function There is no response The HCIT is inoperative Go to HCIT inoperative on page 2 130 HCIT does not recognize the correct paper size Go to HCIT 2000 sheet Option does not recognize the size paper selected on page 2 131 Paper Jam 24x displayed Media fails to feed from the 2000 sheet option Go to 2000 Sheet high capacity input tray HCIT 243 244 on page 2 79 2 4 Service Manual 5060 00 Symptom table output expander option Symptom Action Printer fails to recognize the option is installed The Go to Printer does not recognize that one or more paper feeds into the standard bin output options as being installed on page 2 135 Printer does not display Output Bin Full Go to No indication that Bin x is full or no indication that Bin x is near full on page 2 135 Unable to clear Output Bin Full when paper is Go to Remove paper Output Bin x displays in option POST is incomplete unable to clear the message on page 2 136 POST incomplete Go to Remove paper Output Bin x displays POST is incomplete unable to clear the message on page 2 136 Paper Jam 271 displayed Media jams at the output Go to 271 Paper jam Check Bin 1 on page 2 84 expan
341. intheads BOR drive motor RIP fan Yellow carriage drive motor Pick assy motor Fuser fan VTB fan Registration drive motor Magenta carriage ITU dii t drive motor Me Cyan carriage Black carriage drive motor drive motor 5 2 Service Manual Printer sensors Bin full sensor Waste toner container presence switch top Waste container full switch on ITU drive assembly Paper size switches 3 Front door switch ITU switch ze zZ 5060 00x Front door switch ES ITU switch Prism sensor Narrow Media sensor MPF paper out low sensor in door S2 sensor Transparency sensor internal tray Paper out low sensor internal tray Connector locations 5 3 5060 00 Cartridge contact assembly pin locations Doctor Developer roll blade Toner metering cycle TMC Toner adder roll TAR Cartridge signature button PC drum 5 4 Service Manual Engine board cabling To switches and J on RIP board To CB on HVPS devoloper board Black ITU Drive Drive Motor Motor Assembly Assembly Fan o 12 ITU Autoconnect e Black Transfer Cable ITU to Black Contact Cyan Transfer Cable 81 ITU to Cyan Contact Yellow Transfer Cable ITU to Yellow Contact Magenta Transfer Cable ITU to Magenta Contact 2nd
342. ions bottom 9 1 Cable attached to VTB fan P N 12G6479 10 1 Cable LVPS to engine board fuser attached to LVPS P N 12G6329 11 1 Power cord see Electronics on page 7 34 for a listing of part numbers 12 12G6319 1 Cable options stacker 13 1 Cable LVPS to engine power attached to LVPS P N 12G6329 14 12G6350 1 Cable attached to main fan P N 12G6382 15 12G6349 1 Cable fuser and yellow cartridge motor 16 1 Cable LVPS to RIP board power attached to LVPS P N 12G6329 17 56P2031 1 Cable web oiler motor 18 1 Cable bin full sensor with sensor P N 12G6506 19 1 Cable attached to BOR lift motor P N 12G6446 20 12G6316 1 Cable HVPS control developer 21 12G6350 1 Cable cyan and magenta cartridge drive motors 22 12G6318 1 Cable engine RIP communications 23 12G6351 1 Cable ITU and black cartridge drive motors 24 1 Cable attached to RIP fan P N 12G6361 25 12G6504 1 Cable HVPS interlock cover open 26 56P0311 1 Cable ITU autoconnect 27 1 Cable attached to registration motor P N 12G6480 28 56P0174 1 Cable second transfer roll 29 12G6440 1 Cable magenta transfer 30 12G6546 1 Cable yellow transfer 31 12G6441 1 Cable cyan transfer 32 12G6439 1 Cable black transfer Parts catalog 7 43 5060 00 Assembly 23 Electronic cabling RIP board Door ITU Switch Switch Door ga Switch Switch J86 on 255 Engine Board To ITU Autoconnect
343. ire 7 53 99A1712 Tray paper 7 53 99A1713 Support paper tray 7 53 99A1715 Roller asm rear access door 7 55 99A1716 Drive asm main DC drive 7 53 99A1717 32 ppm drive gear 7 63 99 1717 Gear drive 7 55 99A1718 Cable asm lower autoconnect 7 53 99A1719 Cable asm upper autoconnect 7 53 99A1721 Deflector paper top bin 7 55 99A1722 Deflector paper 7 55 99A1723 Shaft asm drive 7 53 99A1724 Shaft asm drive with gear 7 53 99A1725 Packet drive shaft bushing 7 53 99A1726 Frame asm left w clutch 7 53 99A1727 Frame asm
344. is at 3 then the front should be 14 15 between 2 and 4 Note When replacing the black printhead there is no Z value to reset After the black printhead is mechanically aligned to the magenta printhead it will be necessary to electronically align the three color printheads to the new black printhead Printer registration only for black printhead replacement To perform the registration and alignment through the Diagnostics Menu 1 Enter Diagnostics Mode Turn the printer off b Press and hold Go and Return C Turn the printer on d Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays 2 Select Registration from the menu Four margin offset settings are displayed T sxx L sxx Where is the current value and is the sign or 3 Press Go to print the Quick Test Page 4 58 Service Manual 5060 00 Examine the registration marks the top bottom left and right sides on the page Registration Line 4 Adjust the margin settings so that the Registration lines are on the edge of the page Repeat for each margin Adjust the top margin before bottom margin and the right margin before the left Value Description Value change effect Range T Top margin Increasing the value moves the color plane 25 to 25 down the page L Left margin Increasing the value moves the color plane 25 to
345. ith this service check 1 Enter the Diagnostics Mode 2 Select Print Test Tray 1 Continuous from the menu 3 Run at least 20 pages of text and see if the problem remains If toner is still on the back of the printed page proceed with this service check Ifthe problem is on the top two inches of the page replace the second transfer roll Ifthe toner is stringy over the top half of the page go to step 1 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Media settings Check to see if the printer is set for Set the printer for Go to step 3 light paper current media type Is the printer set for light paper and go to step 2 2 Does resetting the media type fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 3 3 Fuser settings Set the fuser to High in the CE menu Problem solved Replace the fuser Does setting the fuser to High fix the problem Sec g g p i Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 2 146 Service Manual Transparency print quality is poor 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Transparencies Check the media type and Go to step 2 Inform the transparency in use customer Are the recommended transparencies and media type used 2 Is the quality of the transparency poor or do brown Go to step 3 Go to step 4 colors appear when projected 3 Fuser settings From the Diagnostics Menu select Problem solved Replace the fuser fuser settings and set to hi
346. its down position which could result in damage to the autocompensator assembly The tray empty sensor paper low sensor and pass thru sensor for any installed tray x x 2 through 4 can be checked using the Input Tray Sensor Test on page 3 24 The base printer does not recognize that tray x is installed Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is tray x the only paper input option that is not Go to step 5 Go to step 2 recognized 2 Make sure the printer and any option above tray x is Go to step 3 Install the option installed correctly correctly and i recheck Is the printer and any options installed correctly 3 Verify correct installation of the lower options Go to step 4 Install the cable autoconnect cable to engine board connector J5 correctly and Is the cable to J5 installed correctly 4 Autoconnect cables check the autoconnect from the Repair or replace Go to step 5 printer or option above tray x Check for cuts pinched as necessary wiring or damage to the contacts in the connector Are there any problems with the autoconnect cables 5 Tray x autoconnect cable check the tray Go to step 6 Install the cables autoconnect cable s for correct installation at the tray correctly and system board recheck Are the tray x autoconnect cable s connected correctly 6 Tray x autoconnect cable continuity check the Go to step 7 Replace elect
347. ix Print quality samples 5 5060 00 Print Quality Pages Page 1 total of five 56789 56789 01234 M ACE 01234A 01234 124 01234 4 WxYz56789 01234AbCdEfGhljrStUv WxYz56789 01234 AbC EfGhIjKIMaOpQrStUvWYz56789 eC WT SEF 1 234AbC EfGhl rStUvWxYz56789 Y2 56789 J Leura Ge pt B 6 Service Manual 5060 00 Print Quality Pages Page 2 total of five Lewman 600000060 Appendix Print quality samples B 7 5060 00 Print Quality Pages Page 3 total of five WOO Se 2 B 8 Service Manual 5060 00 Print Quality Pages Page 4 total of five Appendix Print quality samples B 9 5060 00 Registration Quick Test Right Margin Cyan Top Margin 0 Cyan Left Margin 3 Cyan Right Margin 7 Cyan Theta Margin Cyan Fine Top Margin 0 Yellow Top Margin 7 Yellow Left Margin 1 Yellow Right Margin 73 Yellow Theta Margin 2 Yellow Fine Top Margin 0 Magenta Top Margin 0 Magenta Magenta Fine Top Margin 0 Paper Source Tray 1 Formatted Size Letter B 10 Service Manual 5060 00 Alignment test pages Printhead alignment test pages magenta one of three
348. k the Registration and Color Alignment See REGISTRATION on page 3 14 See Electronic color alignment page 4 60 See Print line length calibration on page 4 63 PSD sensor assembly removal Note Do not remove the PSD sensor assembly Replace it with the printhead thermistor card and leave the PSD sensor assembly in place See Printhead thermistor card removal on page 4 64 installation information Repair information 4 65 5060 00 Rear bellcrank removal cyan magenta yellow See the assembly ITU loading on page 7 29 for the part number 1 Power off the printer 2 Remove the four toner cartridges and leave the front door open 3 Remove the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 4 Check each of the rear bellcranks for cracks or breakage 5 Remove the spring A 4 66 Service Manual 5060 00 6 Rotate the contact end of the bellcrank down and remove careful not to lose the contact spring Installation note Replace the bellcranks by reversing the order of removal Note Test the color coverage by running the Print Quality Pages in the Diagnostics or Configuration Menu Repair information 4 67 5060 00 Rear bellcrank removal black See the assembly ITU loading on page 7 29 for the part number Power off the printer Remove the four toner cartridges and leave the front door open Remove ITU assembly r
349. lacement Removing the old nip relief handle Remove lower left side covers to gain access to the nip relief handle Remove waste toner container Reinsert paper tray into printer If any fragments fall into the printer they should land in the paper tray and be easy to remove Remove the broken pieces of old nip relief handle a Pull up the upper piece of handle to raise the nip relief link A and rotate the upper piece of handle 90 clockwise to free it from the link A gt wmm A b Using a side cutter cut the lower piece of the handle free from the post Some scarring of the post is expected but be careful not to damage the post A 18 Service Manual 5060 00 Remove any remnants of the handle Check the paper tray to check for debris For example see the fragment B in the following picture Appendix Service tips A 19 5060 00 Installing the new nip relief handle 1 Rotate the new nip relief handle into place to connect it to the nip relief link A A 2 Using a screwdriver gently pry the nip relief lever B towards the rear of the machine and insert lower portion of handle so that it is trapped between the lever and the reference edge plate C A 20 Service Manual 5060 00 3 Holding the nip relief handle in place use flathead screwdriver to gently pry up on the top portion of the lever allowing the handle to press into place onto the post using moderate force
350. lack less than 17 5 seconds Color less than 20 seconds Print quality True 1200 x 1200 dpi and 2400 image quality Heavy volume reliability Up to 4 000 page average monthly duty cycle Up to 60 000 page maximum duty cycle based on a single month usage Automatic calibration The printer performs an automatic calibration under the following conditions At power on After 8 hours of power saver Approximately every 500 pages at the end of a job After changing a print cartridge After changing an intermediate transfer unit A manual calibration can be initiated by selecting Color Adjustment from the Utilities Menu 1 2 Service Manual 5060 00 Resolution e 1200 x 1200 dpi 2400 image quality Toner darkness Toner darkness settings offer five user selectable settings to balance print darkness and toner savings The higher the setting the darker the print The toner darkness default setting is 4 Color level 4 and level 5 are the same The toner darkness setting is available through the operator panel under the Print Quality menu or through the Lexmark C750 PostScript emulation driver Printer specifications Dimensions Description Width Depth Height Weight Printer Lexmark C750 n 23 8 in 604 5 mm 18 5 in 469 9 mm 20 8 in 528 3 mm 105 Ib 47 7 kg Lexmark C750dn inc 23 8 in 604 5 mm 18 5 in 469 9 mm 24 3 in 617 2 mm 118 Ib 53 8
351. le to the Tray x system board in the correctly Is the sensor cable connected correctly following order 1 Pass thru sensor assembly 2 Electronics size sensing assembly 11 Check the autocompensator cable for correct Go to step 12 Install the cable installation to Tray x system board correctly Is the cable connected correctly 12 Check the base door assembly paper guide wall Repair or replace Replace the auto support plate and door spring for damaged parts parts as necessary compensator warped parts or obstructions that might cause the assembly See paper to jam over the pass thru sensor Autocompensa Did you find any problems with these parts bly 2 4 19 2 78 Service Manual 2000 Sheet high capacity input tray HCIT 243 244 5060 00x Use the Standalone Test Mode on page 3 34 inside the to help isolate paper jams Run the Standalone Feeding Operation to observe paper feeding from the tray and through the feed assembly Use the HCIT system board LED error code table on page 2 128 to further isolate paper jam or sensor problem Before proceeding with this service check make sure the HCIT is installed correctly installed correctly to the sensor and to CN6 on the system board Is the cable connected correctly Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check for pieces of paper or other obstructions in the Remove any paper Go to
352. le of contents 5060 00 Servico CHECKS 2 42 2 edm vo d 2 42 120 Emor code dd ER qb Ein da UIS P MISI UP ERA UD 2 44 WE WEMOR COIS MER ESTEE ET a er 2 45 NR IERI 2 46 123 EMG Code gees 2 46 124 Bol code 41g iaces adn A Gk EE RA ERR A 2 46 COD o d EO edet Do beetle de Pini ini deus d duod 2 47 TERR ERN OE EET RET 2 47 12 Emor Code CER bod ERE Seas 2 48 T29 Bol GODS qui cub aqua ba da US EE pu E Eis qms 2 48 129 Emor Code bie ii rhe EE eroe ee Odds deti be ddd eased 2 49 IGDENDPGUUS EE I LL Mi ED EPI AT REP LL he at PM en 2 50 ENG COO 2 51 ate testet sb E Ceu dE EE ue 2 52 a iig s Le brad dot dd ie bd d demi died 2 53 eis M ER E TOT Y E EO TE A S 2 54 135 Emer code 2664368 soit edited E 2 55 T36 Emor Coge in eee pads 2 56 TAB EMO GOODS
353. lem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 146 Motor DC motor over speed autocompensator motor replace the autocompensator assembly See Autocompensaior pick assembly removal on page 4 19 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 Diagnostic information 2 13 5060 00 Error code Action 147 Motor DC motor pick motor no encoder feedback autocompensator motor replace the autocompensator assembly See Autocompensaior pick assembly removal on page 4 19 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 148 Motor ITU belt motor unable to lock go to 148 Error code on page 2 57 149 Motor Fuser drive motor unable to lock go to 149 Error code on page 2 58 150 Motor Black cartridge motor unable to lock go to 150 Error code on page 2 58 151 Motor Magenta cartridge motor unable to lock go to 151 Error code on page 2 59 152 Motor Cyan cartridge motor unable to lock go to 152 Error code on page 2 59 153 Motor Yellow cartridge motor unable to lock Go to 153 Error code on page 2 60 154 Motor ITU belt motor lost lock Go to 154 Error code on page 2 61 155 Motor Fuser drive lost lock Go to 155 Error code on pag
354. lignment settings are displayed T Top L Left R Right Z Theta Menu changes the values e Select saves the new value chosen and moves to the next margin setting Press Go to print the individual color Alignment Page after adjusting the targets and saving the change Select The range of values differs for the various margin offsets Value Description Range T Top Margin Offset 128 to 127 L Left Margin Offset 300 to 300 R Right Margin Offset 300 to 300 7 Theta Offset Skew 16 to 16 compensation 4 60 Service Manual 5060 00 4 Press Go to print the Cyan Alignment Page Use the top row to determine adjustments See Printhead alignment test page cyan three of three on appendix page B 13 for a color sample of the entire page a Use the leftmost target in the first row to adjust the cyan and black horizontal lines in the target T value or Top Adjust the setting and press Go to print the page and verify the setting until the lines are even Press Select to save the value The display advances to the next value b To adjust Z or theta value Press Go to print the Cyan Alignment Page Use the rightmost target in the first row to adjust the cyan and black horizontal lines Xp p ey INT Adjust the setting and press Go to print the page and verify the setting until the lin
355. lor Trapping 3 8 Demo Mode 3 10 Download Emuls 3 10 Energy Conserve 3 11 enter 3 7 entering 3 7 Exit Config Menu 3 12 Factory Defaults 3 11 Fuser Cnt Value 3 7 ITU Alignment 3 11 Panel Menus 3 10 PPDS Emulation 3 10 Prt Quality Pgs 3 8 Reset Fuser Cnt 3 8 SENSED PAPER 3 9 SENSED TRANS 3 9 SIZE SENSING 3 8 TYPE SENSING 3 9 connectors developer HVPS board 5 21 engine board 5 7 high capacity output feeder HCOF 5 28 5 29 high capacity output finisher HCOF 5 28 HVPS 5 19 LVPS 5 22 5 24 RIP board 5 1 5 14 covers parts catalog 7 2 7 4 removals 4 5 Index 1 1 5060 00 3 10 developer HVPS board connectors 5 21 locations 5 1 removal 4 30 diagnostic aids partial print test 3 5 print quality defect locator transparency 3 3 printhead diagnostic card 3 1 diagnostics mode ALIGNMENT 3 15 Base Sensor Test 3 29 Drift Sensor Check 3 16 DUPLEX TESTS Quick Test duplex 3 23 Top Margin Offset duplex 3 23 entering 3 13 Exit Diagnostics 3 13 exiting 3 13 HARDWARE TESTS Button Test 3 19 CACHE Test 3 20 DRAM Test 3 20 LCD Test 3 19 Parallel Wrap Test 3 21 ROM Test 3 21 Serial Wrap Test 3 22 MISC TESTS Belt Tracking 3 17 Motor Detect 3 16 Output Bin Tests Diverter Test 3 25 Feed Test 3 25 Feed to All Bins 3 25 Sensor Test 3 26 PRINT TESTS input sources 3 18 Printer Setup Defaults 3 30 Reset Calibration 3 31 Prt Line Len Pg 3 19 Prt Quality Pgs 3 19 REGISTRATION 3 14 TOP FINE MAR ADJ 3 16 di
356. ly on page 4 83 2 Remove the fuser bottom duct See Fuser bottom duct removal on page 4 34 3 Remove the two front screws A A 4 Loosen belt B on redrive assembly and remove from redrive gear 5 Remove belt from gear on vacuum belt transfer unit 4 84 Service Manual 5060 00 6 Rotate release lever on gear until the gear can be removed 8 Remove vacuum belt transfer belt unit far enough to release ground wire from restraint clips and remove completly Repair information 4 85 5060 00 Vacuum transport belt VTB fan removal See VTB fan on page 7 41 for the part number 1 Remove the RIP board shield assembly See RIP board shield assembly removal on page 4 73 2 Remove the VTB fan with a flatblade screwdriver Waste container door removal See Waste container door on page 7 5 for the part number 1 Open the waste container door 2 Flex the door and remove it from the hinges A 4 86 Service Manual 5060 00 Waste container latch removal See Waste container latch on page 7 18 for the part number 1 Remove the paper size sensing assembly See Paper size sensing assembly removal on page 4 50 2 Use a flatblade screwdriver to release the waste container latch from the paper size sensing assembly Y 4 Web oiler fuser kit installation See Fuser web oiler upgrade kit and replacements on page 1 4 for the part
357. ly removal on page 4 39 102 ITU Error ITU shorted thermistor replace the ITU See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 Diagnostic information 2 9 5060 00 Error code Action 103 ITU Error Memory load error replace the ITU See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 106 Printhead Error Cyan printhead lost Hsync Check for the correct installation of the all the cables to the RIP board assembly and to the printhead assembly J5 and J6 on the RIP board Go to RIP board on page 5 14 If the cables are connected correctly to the RIP board and to the printhead assembly go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing the checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 107 Printhead Error Magenta printhead lost Hsync Check for the correct installation of the all the cables to the RIP board assembly and to the printhead assembly J7 and J8 on the RIP board Go to RIP board on page 5 14 If the cables are connected correctly to the RIP board and to the printhead assembly go to Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 Note Do not adjust or replace any printhead before performing the checks in Printhead diagnostics on page 3 1 108 Printhead Error Yellow printhead lost Hsync Check for the correct installation of the all the cables to the RIP board assembly and to the printhead assembly J2 and
358. media available in duplex option 2D 01 Leading edge of image position has reached image halt location 2D 02 Paper jam detected Sensor S2 was activated at an unexpected time 2D 03 Paper jam detected Sensor S2 was not activated within the timeout period 2D 04 Paper jam detected Sensor S2 did not deactivate during the timeout period 2D 05 Paper jam detected Sensor NM was activated at an unexpected time 2D 06 Paper jam detected Sensor NM did not deactivate during the timeout period 2D 07 Paper jam detected The fuser exit sensor was activated at an unexpected time 2D 08 Paper jam detected The fuser exit sensor did not deactivate by the previous page or the current page did not activate the fuser exit sensor within the timeout period 2D 09 Paper jam detected The fuser exit sensor did not deactivate during the timeout period 2D 0A Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in the Duplex Option 2D 0B Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Tray 2 2D 0C Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Tray 3 2D 0D Paper jam detected A paper jam detected in Tray 4 2D OE S2 sensor was not made within timeout period source is MPF 2D OF S2 sensor was made too early 2D 10 S2 sensor was made too early source is MPF 2D 11 Media versus registration error is out of acceptable bounds 2D 12 Media versus registration error is out of acceptable bounds source is MPF 2D 13 Prism sensor detected incorrect media Source is MPF 2
359. memory options are 168 pin synchronous DRAM DIMMs dual in line memory modules Flash memory options Memory slots for extra flash or DRAM 2 e Expansion slots for optional interface cards 1 e Code expansion slots application solution firmware cards 1 e On board hard disk interface for optional hard disk 1 Additional memory may be required for printing complex pages or full page high resolution images in 1200 image quality at rated speeds Media specifications Media type x o 6 5 5 SOE 5 28 5 3 gt Media type 292 202 9 5 lt 0 05 ut a 2 3 o 5 5 Bor i z a reo Paper x x x x x x x x Card stock X x x x Transparencies x X x x Envelopes Vinyl labels X X X x Paper labels x X X x x Polyester labels x x x Dual web labels x X X X X Integrated labels X X X x x General information 1 7 Media size t 5 gt o s 5 8 5 5 223 jus 2 x So Media size supported c 21 5 5 E a of s alelo x os 21216 12 555 5 3 8 8 s a F E28 0 25 4 8 27 11 7 x x xv 210 mm x 297 mm
360. n 2 Check the transparency sensing assembly for correct Go to step 3 Install the installation transparency Is the transparency sensing assembly correctly assembly correctly installed 3 Check the transparency sensing assembly cable to Go to step 4 Install the cable make sure the in line connector is correctly installed to correctly Tray x system board cable Is the cable correctly installed 2 110 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 4 Check the transparency sensing assembly cable for Replace the FRUs Install the cable correct installation to Tray x system board in the following correctly Is the cable connected correctly order 1 Autocompensa tor assembly See Auto compensator pick assem bly removal on page 4 19 2 Electronics size sensing assembly Tray x does not detect size media is installed Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the tray set for the size paper loaded in the tray Go to step 2 Set the correct size 2 Are there damaged or broken size sensing gears or Repair or replace Go to step 3 size sensing barrel cam in the tray assembly defective parts 3 Check the paper size sensing assembly for any signs Replace the paper Replace the of damaged or broken parts Are there broken or damaged parts size sensing assembly electronics size sensing assembly Diagnostic information 2 111 5060 00
361. n connector J8 drive assembly board assembly Voltages are approximate See Fuser drive See Engine 5 assembly board removal Pin Voltage removal on on page 4 31 18 8 24 V de page 4 34 J8 4 5 V dc Are the voltages correct 2 56 Service Manual 5060 00 148 Error code Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Connector J64 on the engine board check for correct Go to step 2 Install the cable installation of the ITU drive motor cable from the ITU correctly drive motor to the engine board connector J64 Is the cable connected correctly 2 ITU drive motor check for continuity between pin 4 of Replace the drive Go to step 3 CON1 on the motor drive card and the remaining pins motor in the connector Do you measure continuity Note The ITU drive motor can be removed from the printer without removing the complete ITU drive motor assembly If the ITU drive motor assembly is removed be careful not to spill toner that may be contained in the auger system 3 ITU drive motor cable check the continuity of the ITU Go to step 4 Replace the ITU drive motor cable drive motor cable Do you measure continuity 4 ITU drive motor voltage check measure the voltage Replace the drive Go to step 5 on connector J64 on the engine board The voltages motor are approximately values Voltages motor not running Connector pin Voltages motor not running J64 2 4 2 V dc
362. n package assembly 5 Bin Mailbox 7 77 7370565 Kit relocation package assembly 500 Drawer 7 77 7370566 Kit relocation package assembly Duplex 7 77 7370595 Kit relocation package assembly Finisher 7 77 99A0052 Shaft assembly lower exit also order PP 99A0572 7 49 99A0070 Pick roll tires 7 57 99A0070 Pick rolls 2 each per package 7 24 99A0104 Spring upper diverter 7 49 7 53 99A0107 Deflector upper redrive also order 99 0104 7 49 99A0263 Parts packet screw board mounting 7 53 99A0267 Parts packet retainer 4 7 61 99A0323 Paper guide assembly 7 63 99A0351 Sensor Output Expander pass thru 7 51 99A0361 Belt 160 gear 7 51 99A0362 Arm assembly belt idler
363. n the jam occurred the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets not be removed during the jam clearing procedure If the problem persists go to 250 Paper jam on page 2 82 Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 2 26 Service Manual 5060 00 2xx code Primary message Secondary message Description 251 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Go to Autocompensator service check on page 2 114 Leave Job in Finisher Primary Media is jammed in the paper path near the MP Feeder due to an in line transparency sensor mismatch If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearing procedure Secondary Do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure The printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 271 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher Primary Media is jammed at output Bin 1 Open the rea
364. nd 2 on the AC fuser connector located on the fuser assembly Replace the LVPS assembly See Low voltage Replace the fuser assembly See Fuser assembly 1 1 5 power supply removal on LVPS removal page 4 33 y y on page 4 40 kari N 10 6 AC Fuser DC Fuser Connector Control Connector Is there continuity 121 Error code An incorrect fuser backup roll lamp is installed CAUTION Make sure the lamp is cool before removing it from the assembly Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is the correct fuser assembly installed in the printer Go to step 2 Install the correct fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 2 Is the correct fuser backup roll lamp installed in the Go to step 3 Install the correct fuser assembly fuser backup lamp 3 Check for continuity between pins 2 and 5 the Replace the LVPS Replace the fuser fuser connector located on the fuser assembly 1 1 5 U Je a fs fs ue LA N 6 10 AC Fuser Connector DC Fuser Control Connector Do you have continuity assembly See Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 a
365. nd check that the diverter Go to step 5 Replace the fuser operates freely assembly See Does the diverter operate freely PAL KERN page 4 33 5 Close the redrive door and check that the diverter Go to step 6 Replace the operates freely redrive door See Redrive door removal on page 4 16 Does the diverter operate freely 6 Check that the diverter actuator link is not binding or Repair the actuator Go to step 7 damaged Examine the link for damage under the link duplex option Is link binding or damaged 7 Check the duplex actuator button See Duplex option Replace the Go to step 8 deflector button replacement on appendix Actuator button page A 29 Should the button be replaced 8 Paper input and paper exit systems Check for correct Repair or replace Go to step 9 operation by performing the duplex Sensor Test on the duplex option page 3 23 Do the sensors pass the test 2 76 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No Make sure the sensors are correctly connected to the duplex system board Are the cables correctly connected Repair or replace the duplex option Correctly connect the cables 24x Paper jam Printer configuration and 24x paper jam codes Paper jam code Tray identification Problem related to the following option or tray depending on installed configuration 241 Tray 1 Int
366. nd checks the following levels for tray 1 The tray 1 level sensor is a dual sensor assembly that senses when tray 1 is empty nearly empty or partially empty Does the sensor test pass 2 Paper level sensing assembly make sure the Repair or replace Go to step 3 assembly is not loose or damaged Make sure the arm parts as necessary is not broken Are any parts loose or broken 3 Check the paper level sensing cable for correct Go to step 4 Install the cable installation at J69 on the engine board and to the paper correctly level sensing dual sensor assembly Is the cable connected correctly 4 Check the paper level sensing assembly flag for Go to step 5 Install correctly or correct installation and the flag is not broken or replace the flag if damaged damaged or broken Is the paper level sensing assembly installed correctly and the flag not broken or damaged 5 Check continuity of the paper level sensing cable Go to step 6 Replace the level Is there continuity sensing cable 6 Check the voltage at J69 1 It should measure Replace the level Replace the engine approximately 5 V dc sensing assembly board See Engine board Is the voltage correct removal on page 4 31 Step E Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the make sure that the transparency material Go to step 2 Inform the installed in Tray 1 meets machine requirements customer Does the media meet requirements 2 Check the following for corre
367. nection good between the two cables 4 Disconnect the sensor cable from J70 on the engine Go to step 5 Replace the engine board board See Measure the following voltages on J70 being careful Red er not to short any adjacent pins in the connector All 4 31 voltages are approximate values Connector pin Voltage J70 1 5 V dc J70 2 5 V dc J70 3 5 V J70 4 0 V dc Are the voltages correct 5 Check continuity of the sensor cable that is between Replacethe sensor Replace the sensor the engine board and MPF assembly Is there continuity assembly cable assembly Diagnostic information 2 83 5060 00 271 Paper Check Bin 1 Output expander POST incomplete Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Pass thru sensor flag check the sensor flag for Go to step 2 Repair or replace correct operation as necessary Is the flag operating correctly 2 Pass thru sensor cable make sure the pass thru Go to step 3 Reseat the cable sensor cable is correctly connected to J3 on the control board Is the cable connected correctly 3 Voltage check disconnect the pass thru sensor cable Go to step 4 Replace the control from the control board and check the voltage on J3 3 board The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc Is the voltage correct 4 Voltage check measure the voltage at J3 2 The Replace the control Replace the sensor voltage
368. ner magenta cartridge metering cam is Note In some cartridges the toner metering cam is ae 22 black sure it is not inside Replace the damaged cartridge Is the cam present on the cartridge 2 Check the TMC pin B in the magenta cartridge Go to step 3 Replace the contact assembly to make sure it moves freely cartridge contact assembly Does the pin move freely Diagnostic information 2 95 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No 3 Press the TMC pin in the magenta cartridge contact Replace the Go to step 4 assembly to make sure it actuates the TMC switch on cartridge the developer HVPS When the TMC pin is pressed you hear a click when the switch actuates Check for mechanical interference between the contact block and the developer HVPS Note You may need to turn the printer off to hear the Click Does the magenta TMC switch on the developer HVPS board actuate properly when the TMC pin is pressed 4 Check the developer HVPS board to make sure it is Replace the Go to step 5 cracked or broken developer HVPS Is the developer HVPS board cracked or broken 5 Check the mounting of the developer HVPS Make Go to step 6 If the board is sure the screws that mount the power supply are incorrectly properly tightened and the board is positioned and installed install it mounted correctly correctly Make sure all the Is the developer HVPS mounted correctly m
369. ng B to distribute evenly Preventive maintenance 6 3 5060 00 Scheduled maintenance The operator panel displays 80 Fuser Maintenance and 83 ITU Maintenance for scheduled maintenance 80 Fuser Maintenance is displayed at each 150K copies when the fuser assembly needs to be replaced to maintain the print quality and reliability of the printer The parts are available as a maintenance kit with the following part numbers Standard fusers 12G6496 Maintenance kit 115V 1206497 Maintenance kit 220V 12G6498 Maintenance kit 100V Web oiler fusers 12G6514 110 V web oiler fuser 12G6515 220 V web oiler fuser 1206502 100 V web oiler fuser After replacing the kit the fuser maintenance count must be reset to zero to clear the maintenance message See Reset Fuser Cnt on page 3 8 83 ITU Maintenance is displayed at each 105K copies when the ITU Assembly needs to be replaced to maintain the print quality and reliability of the printer There are two assemblies ITU assembly and Second Transfer Roll in a maintenance kit Both should be replaced at the same time The parts are available as a maintenance kit with P N 12G6304 ITU Maintenance Kit 84 Oiler Nearly Exhausted is displayed at each 100K copies when the Web Oiler Assembly is nearly exhausted Go to Web oiler assembly on page 7 11 for part number 6 4 Service Manual 5060 00 7 Parts catalog How to use this parts catalog SIMI
370. ng normal operation the red LED on the HCIT system board blinks or flashes on for one second and off for one second Dip Switch Settings Do the following steps to set and run the Test Diagnostic 1 Use the dip switch settings table to determine the settings DSW1 thru DSW4 on the HCIT Control Board for the test you want to run Turn the HCIT power off by moving the LVPS slide switch to the left position Press and hold the Push Button Switch PBSW1 while moving the LVPS slide switch to the right position The red LED on the HCIT Control board comes on Press PBSW1 to feed paper Press PBSW1 to stop feeding paper gt SN Dip switch settings table DSW1 DSW2 DSW3 DSW4 Mode Off Off Off N A Set for shipping Off Off On N A The adjustment for the Mirror Reflection Sensors must be performed anytime the sensors are replaced Off On Off N A EEPROM Initialize Off On On N A Not used On Off Off N A Paperless Operation Mode On Off On N A Self Operation Mode On On Off N A Standalone Feeding Operation Mode On On On N A Not used 3 34 Service Manual 5060 00 4 Repair information Warning Read the following before handling electronic parts Handling ESD sensitive parts Many electronic products use parts that are known to be sensitive to electrostatic discharge ESD To prevent damage to ESD sensitive parts use the following instructions in addition to all the usual precau
371. nized 2 Make sure that the printer and any option above the Go to step 3 Install the options HCIT 2000 sheet option are installed correctly correctly and Are the printer and any options installed correctly 3 Check for correct installation of the lower options Go to step 4 Install the cable autoconnect cable to engine board connector J5 correctly and recheck Is the cable to J5 installed correctly performance 2 128 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No Disconnect J5 from the engine board and check the voltages on connector J5 on the engine board The voltages measure as follows Note All voltages are approximate values Connector pin Voltage J5 1 24 V dc J5 3 5 V dc J5 5 5 V dc J5 6 5 V dc J5 8 5 V dc Are the voltages correct Go to step 5 Replace the engine board Autoconnect cables check the autoconnect from the printer or option above the HCIT 2000 sheet option Check for any signs of cuts pinched wiring or damage to the contacts in the connector Are there any problems with the autoconnect cables Repair or replace as necessary Go to step 6 HCIT autoconnect cable check the HCIT autoconnect cable for correct installation at the HCIT system board Is the cable installed correctly Go to step 7 Install the cable correctly HCIT autoconnect cable continuity check the continuity
372. nks the image Original margin settings should be noted in the case that these changes adversely effect the print quality or registration when printing normal documents 3 4 Service Manual 5060 00 Print quality For a transparency of the defect locator chart go to the back of the hard copy service manual Note If you want to copy the chart then the following should be observed Since fax machines digital scanners and xerographic copiers can distort images charts should be printed using the transparent copy provided in the service manual In order to maintain the accuracy of the edge rulers the following steps should be heeded when printing a copy of the Defect Location Chart 1 2 When printing this document make sure Fit the page is NOT selected Measure the distance between the reference line and the 110 mm calibration mark to verify that it is correct If the distance is inaccurate the bottom registration margin setting can be adjusted to correct the discrepancy Increasing the bottom margin value stretches the image reducing the bottom margin value shrinks the image Original margin settings should be noted in case these changes adversely effect the print quality or registration when printing normal documents Partial Print Test This procedure is also available in color See Partial Print Test on page A 16 Diagnostic procedure for missing or faded planes Turn the printer off Remov
373. nput 7 17 paper feed transport 7 19 paper size sensing 7 18 printheads 7 15 transfer 7 14 vacuum transport belt assembly 7 13 parts packets 7 77 pick tires removal 4 50 POR sequence 2 2 power cords 7 35 power on reset POR 2 2 PPDS Emulation 3 10 preventative maintenance 6 1 print quality black and white only 2 142 blank page no image 2 139 entire page is one color 2 140 horizontal line 2 137 horizontal lines or streaks 2 137 light lines or streaks 2 138 light print 2 142 light print all colors 2 142 low image density 2 143 missing colors 2 141 negative ghost image 2 144 one color has light print 2 143 poor color alignment 2 144 residual image 2 145 service check 2 136 smudged or distorted images 2 146 toner is on the back of the printed page 2 146 toner smears or rubs off the page 2 145 transparency print quality is poor 2 147 1 4 Service Manual uneven printing 2 145 vertical lines or streaks 2 138 white streak in color plane 2 138 print quality pages configuration menu 3 8 diagnostic mode 3 19 print quality samples B 1 print registration 3 14 print test input source 3 18 printer alignment 3 15 printer alignment procedures printhead mechanical alignment 4 53 8 5 printhead assembly parts catalog 7 15 removal 4 52 printhead diagnostics 3 1 printhead thermistor card parts 7 15 removal 4 64 Prt Line Len Pg 3 19 Prt Quality Pgs 3 8 3 19 PSD sensor assembly replacement 4 65 Q quick disk test 3 29 R rear b
374. nsing assembly to lower frame Mounting 3 324 M3 5x10mm Transfer HVPS RIP fan asm to RIP shield Attach 1 Plastite th 1 read Front left light shield to left upper cover asm and Attach 1 top cover Front right light shield to right front cover support Attach 1 t i and top cover ii Cartridge drive assemblies to upper frame Mounting 12 Upper door hinges to upper frame redrive Attach Inner redrive assembly to upper frame Mounting 412 2 9x5 2mm Hinge restraint to door MPF SEMS Attach 1 Plastite 423 M3 5x9 Plastite Tray bias bellcrank to tray Mounting 1 Yi 484 M3 5x14 Printhead to upper frame Mounting 12 Machine Panhead 4 4 Service Manual 5060 00 Removal procedures CAUTION Remove the power cord from the printer or electrical outlet before you connect or disconnect any cable or electronic board or assembly for personal safety and to prevent damage to the printer Disconnect any connections between the printer and PCs peripherals The printer weighs 47 7 kg 105 Ib and requires at least two people to lift it safely Make sure your fingers are not under the printer when you lift or set the printer down Note Some removal procedures require removing cable ties You must replace cable ties during reassembly to avoid pinching wires obstructing the paper path or restricting mechanical movement Top cover assembly removal 1 Remove the redrive cap B 323 A 324 3 Remove the right light shield
375. nsor flag 2 Top pass thru sensor make sure the top pass thru Go to step 3 Reseat the cable sensor is correctly connected to J11 on the control board Is the sensor connected correctly 3 Top pass thru sensor voltage check 1 disconnect the Go to step 4 Replace the control top pass thru sensor at J11 and check the voltage at board J11 3 The voltage measures approximately 5 V dc Is the voltage correct 4 Top pass thru sensor voltage check 2 check the Replace the sensor Replace the control voltage at J11 2 the voltage should measure assembly board approximately 0 V dc Is the voltage correct 2 86 Service Manual 280 5060 00 Use the table below to determine where to check for jams in the printer and to diagnose 280 Paper Jam Check the area indicated to find the jam and the problem If this does not fix the problem contact the next level ow support Press Menu to scroll down to see the additional display lines and view the value at the indicated position data bit 1 DB1 and match the information to the table below Finisher Bin 1 No other output options 2D DB4 6 7 15 1 2 DB3 Finisher Bin 2 With output expander installed 2D DB4 6 7 16 DB1 DB2 DB3 Finisher Bin 6 With 5 bin mailbox installed 2D DB4 6 7 1 1 2 DB3
376. nt 7 51 56P0401 Rear cover 7 49 56P0402 Cover rear support 7 49 56P0405 Door assembly right jam access 7 51 56P0407 Shield output option card 7 49 56P0408 Output Expander assembly mechanical linkage 7 49 56P0409 Cover front control board 7 49 56P0410 Bracket attach 7 51 56P0411 Door front 7 53 56P0412 Rear structural cover 7 53 56P0413 Cover left side 7 53 56P0415 Cover right 7 53 56P0416 Cover top bin 7 53 56P0417 Flag bin full 7 53 56P0418 Bracket attach front 7 55 56P0420 Bracket asm
377. number Enter CE Diagnostic mode Select Printer Setup Select Configuration ID Increase the last two digits each by four AON Configuration ID 123456 The left digit blinks indicating it is the first digit to be changed Press Select to accept the current value and skip to the next digit Change the two digits on the right to increase each of their values by four For example in this case change 123456 to 12349A To change the value of a digit press Menu until the desired value is displayed and press Select When the last rightmost digit is changed and Select is pressed the new value is set The printer automatically begins POR 5 Turn the printer off 6 Open the fuser access cover Repair information 4 87 5060 00 7 Unlatch the two fuser latches 8 Remove the fuser assembly 9 Open the front cover 10 Remove the yellow print cartridge 11 Remove the front right light shield screws B and C and remove the light shield 4 88 Service Manual 5060 00 12 Carefully remove the paper path access door cover right mounting screw D D 323 13 Tape front jam access door E if tape is available to help hold the door in place Repair information 4 89 5060 00 14 Remove the front right handle cover assembly screws F and remove the assembly 15 Open paper tray G 4 90 Service Manual 5060 00 16 Remove screw from the top front suppor
378. o 1 Check the toner metering cam A on the rear of the Go to step 2 If the toner black cartridge metering cam is Note In some cartridges the toner metering cam is aa 22 black the cam present the cartridge sure it is not inside Replace the damaged cartridge 2 Check the TMC B in the black cartridge contact Go to step 3 Replace the assembly to make sure it moves freely cartridge contact assembly Does the pin move freely Diagnostic information 2 99 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No 3 Press the TMC pin in the black cartridge contact Replace the Go to step 4 assembly make sure it actuates the TMC switch onthe cartridge developer HVPS When the TMC pin is pressed you hear a click when the switch actuates Check for mechanical interference between the contact block and the developer HVPS Note You may need to turn the printer off to hear the click Does the black TMC switch on the developer HVPS board actuate properly when the TMC pin is pressed 4 Checkthe developer HVPS board to make sure itis not Replace the Go to step 5 cracked or broken developer HVPS Is the developer HVPS board cracked or broken assembly 5 Check the mounting of the developer HVPS Make Go to step 6 If the board is sure the screws that mount the power supply are incorrectly properly tightened and the board is positioned and installed inst
379. o be calibrated Perform the following steps to calibrate a tray 1 Turn the printer off 2 Press and hold the Select and Return buttons while powering on the printer Release the buttons when Performing Self Test displays 4 Select Calibrate Trays 5 Select Tray x from the menu 6 The display prompts load paper if necessary 7 8 Load paper Press Go Calibrating Tray x is displayed 9 Repeat for any other trays that might need to be calibrated 10 Exit Configuration Menu Change Cartridge lt Color gt Invalid Refill This message is displayed when the printer has detected a refilled Lexmark Return Program cartridge Color can be black cyan magenta or yellow Remove the toner cartridge and install a new cartridge Note The user receives this message for every invalid cartridge installed Change lt custom Type Name lt input This message is displayed when the printer is requesting the operator to change the media installed in one of the input sources lt input source gt Tray 1 through 5 MPF or source gt Envelope Feeder Change One of the following is displayed on line two lt input source gt lt Custom String gt Change lt input source gt lt Size gt Change lt input source gt lype size The user can define a name for each of the custom types Custom 1 through 6 Diagnostic information 2 31 5060 00 User primary User s
380. o step 5 Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does this fix the problem Diagnostic information 2 59 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No 5 Replace the engine board Problem solved Call your next level Does this fix the problem support 153 Error code Yellow cartridge drive assembly The yellow cartridge drive motor has either failed to lock or lost lock Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the yellow cartridge drive motor cable Go to step 2 Install the cable connection to J47 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Check the yellow cartridge drive motor cable Go to step 3 Install the cable connection to the yellow cartridge drive motor card correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check continuity of the yellow cartridge drive motor Go to step 4 Replace the yellow cable cartridge assembly Is there continuity cable 4 Replace the yellow cartridge drive assembly Perform Problem solved Go to step 5 Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does this fix the problem 5 Replace the engine board Problem solved Call your next level Does this fix the problem support 2 60 Service Manual 154 Error code ITU belt motor 5060 00x S
381. oard See RIP board removal on page 4 72 964 Emulation Error Download Emulation CRC failure has occurred The following actions may be taken 1 Disable Download Emulation 2 Program the download emulation into the code overlay SIMM again 3 If the problem is not resolved replace the code overlay SIMM and download emulation again 975 Standard Network or Network Card x Unrecognizable network errors 975 through 979 indicate a failure with the standard network port located on the RIP board or a network card in the specified slot x x 1 2 or 3 If unable to clear the error message check the following f installed check network for correct installation f correctly installed replace the network card If a network card is not installed replace the RIP board 976 Standard Network Unrecoverable software or error in network port Network card x If unable to clear the error message check the following f installed check network card for correct installation f correctly installed replace the network card network card is not installed replace the RIP board 978 Standard Network or Network Card x Bad checksum while programming network card x port 979 Standard Network or Network Card X Flash parts failed while programming network card x port 980 device comm Engine is experiencing unreliable communications to the specified device 981
382. ode Color Correction Print Resolution Toner Darkness MANUAL COLOR RGB Image RGB Text RGB Graphics CMYK mage CMYK Text CMYK Graphics PAPER MENU Paper Source PAPER SIZE Tray 1 Size Feeder Size Manual Pap Size Manual Env Size PAPER TYPE Tray 1 Type MP Feeder Type Manual Pap Type Manual Env Type CUSTOM TYPES Custom Type Custom Type 2 Custom Type 5 Custom Type 4 Custom Type 5 Custom Type 6 UNIVERSAL SETUP Units of Measure Portrait Width Portrait Height Feed Direction Substitute Size Configure MP 1004 032140951 15 K Prebate 100 amm 0320002924 15 Prebate _ E EFEE 0322703054 15 Prebate 1005 0329813134 15 Color Auto 2400 10 amp sRGS Display sRGB Vivid 5808 Vivid US CMYK us CMYK US CMYK Tray 1 Letter Executive Letter 10 Envelope Plain Paper Labels Plain Paper Envelope Paper Paper Paper Paper Transparency Paper Inches 8 50 14 17 Short Edge ALL Listed Cassette PAPER TEXTURE Plain Texture Glossy Texture Card Stock Text Trnsprncy Text Labels Texture Bond Texture Envelope Texture Ltrhead Texture Preprint Texture Colored Texture Custom Texture Custom 2 Texture Custom 3 Texture Custom 4 Texture Custom 5 Texture Custom 6 Texture PAPER WEIGHT Plain Weight Glossy Weight CardStock Weight Trnsprncy Weight Labels W
383. oller drive system on top of installed as tray 2 or envelope feeder if installed needed Check the pass thru roller drive system on the bottom of the duplex option Diagnostic information 2 69 5060 00 Multipurpose feeder MPF Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Does the media feed correctly from tray 1 Go to step 2 Go to 200 Paper jam Tray 1 page 2 67 2 Verify that the media is loaded properly in the Replace the friction Properly load the multipurpose feeder buckler See media Is the media properly loaded 4 32 Duplex option Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Does the media feed correctly from tray 1 Go to step 2 Go to 200 Paper jam Tray 1 on page 2 67 2 Does the media feed correctly from the 500 sheet Go to step 3 Go to 500 sheet option or the envelope feeder if installed option or envelope option on page 2 69 3 Check tray 1 pass thru for damage or obstruction Clear the Repair or replace Is the pass thru obstructed or damaged the duplex option High capacity input tray HCIT Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the media installed in the tray meets Go to step 2 Inform customer specifications that media does not meet Note The HCIT only supports paper specifications Does the media meet specifications 2 Does the media feed correctly from tray 1
384. ollowing is a list of failure codes e Cover open Cartridges NOT removed e Less than three revolutions before the test ended may never be displayed Belt tracked to front e 4 100 revolutions when test ended belt tracked to front 103 lt 3 revs before test ended Probably never displayed Belt tracked to rear e 104 200 numbers of revs when test ended 100 Belt tracked to rear 2 To exit the test press any button 3 Verify the failure code by comparing the belt position to the initial position Install the shim to the rear if the belt tracked to the rear Install the shim to the font if the belt tracked to the front Refer to the instructions included with the shim for installation 4 After installing the shim run the test again If the test fails rerun several times as the belt needs time to stabilize Once the test is successful reinstall the cartridges and restart the printer Diagnostic aids 3 17 5060 00 PRINT TESTS The Print Tests consist of the following tests Tray 1 Tray 2 if installed Tray 3 if installed Tray 4 if installed Tray 5 if installed MP Feeder Env Feeder if installed I I I I The following test pages are available Print Quality Pages Print Line Len Pages Print Tests input source This test determines if the printer can print on media from any of the paper input sources Each of the installed sources is available within the PRINT TESTS menu The content of the test
385. on page 4 3 and remove the door 323 4 Remove the front lower left cover and door Do not lose the spring Repair information 4 17 5060 00 Front lower left cover removal See Front lower left cover on page 7 3 for part number 1 Remove the paper tray 2 Remove the front left handle cover assembly See Front left handle cover assembly removal on page 4 11 3 Open the paper path access door carefully remove screw A type 323 on page 4 3 and close the door 323 4 Close the paper path access door and tape front jam access door if tape is available to help hold the door in place The spring loaded door is difficult to reassemble Avoid disassembly of the door unless you need to replace the paper path access door B 5 Remove the front lower left cover with the paper path door attached 4 18 Service Manual 5060 00 Autocompensator pick assembly removal gt mc Remove cartridges Remove the ITU See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 Remove tray 1 Remove the second transfer roll See Second transfer roll removal on page 4 82 Remove the transfer plate Lifting and rotating the right edge of the plate up to a 45 angle will release the transfer plate Remove the grounding strap A attached to the bottom of the transfer plate Repair information 4 19 5060 00 7 Remove the five screws 323 and remove the lower left cove
386. onderhoud of reparatie conform de voorschriften nooit blootstelling mogelijk is aan laserstraling boven een niveau zoals voorgeschreven is voor klasse 1 Lasermeddelelse Printeren er godkendt som et Klasse l laserprodukt i overenstemmelse med kravene i IEC 60825 1 Klasse l laserprodukter betragtes ikke som farlige Printeren indeholder internt en Klasse 3b laser der nominelt er en 5 milliwatt galliumarsenid laser som arbejder belgeleaengdeomr det 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet og printeren er udformet s ledes at mennesker aldrig udsaettes for en laserstr ling over Klasse niveau ved normal drift brugervedligeholdelse eller obligatoriske servicebetingelser Xii Service Manual 5060 00 Huomautus laserlaitteesta kirjoitin on Yhdysvalloissa luokan 1 1 laserlaitteiden DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J m rityksen mukainen ja muualla luokan laserlaitteiden IEC 60825 1 m rityksen mukainen Luokan laserlaitteiden ei katsota olevan vaarallisia k ytt j lle Kirjoittimessa on sis inen luokan 1116 3b 5 milliwatin galliumarsenidilaser joka toimii aaltoalueella 770 795 nanometri Laserj rjestelm ja kirjoitin on suunniteltu siten ett k ytt j ei altistu luokan m rityksi voimakkaammalle s teilylle kirjoittimen normaalin toiminnan k ytt j n tekemien huoltotoimien tai muiden huoltotoimien yhteydess VARO Avattaessa suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina n kym tt m lle lasersa
387. onnector ES Inverter Jam Sensor 1 Tray Near Full Sensor Hole in Frame Service Manual Front Door Switch Exit Timing Sensor 1817 6 5 4 3 2 1 Cable Drop Timing Sensor 95 ols 55 3l 215181518135 2 s 55555155 oo O Aolo Aao 0 O ala 2 EI o 5 5 5 8 5 amp 5 5 N N B B Hole in Frame C750 752 HCOF System Board TxD 561 RxD 562 Main Fan Inline Connector ZF Relay Board 5Vde Whi WPS Relay Board NJ Top of Printer p Cable 8 CN19 00000000 I9 s Switch PTR Joint TxD u Printer Docking Switch Cable 23 Covered Cable Bik Covered Cable Cable
388. or cable assembly Repair information 4 77 5060 00 Insert the cable connector into the rectangular opening and twist left and push up gently the connector tends to follow the pathway through and out a Insert the J68 connector of the sensor cable assembly into the rectangular opening and push up 4 78 Service Manual 5060 00 Continue to push until the 68 connector A appears in the opening em Route the MPF tray assembly sensor cable through the same openings Connect J68 to the engine board Connect the MPF tray assembly sensor cable to the engine board at J70 Install the new cable tie B on the cable bundle and trim the excess cable tie flush Replace other cable ties you removed in earlier steps Repair information 4 79 5060 00 9 Ensure the sensor cable assembly is on the side of the grounding clip A closest to the fuser end of the printer 11 Verify the sensors flags are not sticking and are moving freely Service tip Use a sheet of paper between the upper and lower guides to activate the sensors 4 80 Service Manual 5060 00 12 Install new cable in the same location as the that was previously removed if necessary 13 14 15 16 17 A Install the MPF tray assembly and replace the screw to reconnect the MPF assembly door hinge restraint Install the ITU and print cartridges Reconnect power to the print
389. or cables P N 12G6322 9 1266310 1 Cable video printhead yellow 10 12G6314 1 Cable thermistor yellow and cyan 11 1 Printhead assembly cyan includes HSYNC and mirror motor cables P N 12G6312 12 12G6311 1 Cable video printhead cyan 13 1 Printhead assembly magenta includes HSYNC and mirror motor cables P N 12G6322 14 12G6312 1 Cable video printhead magenta 15 12G6315 1 Cable thermistor magenta and black 16 1 Printhead assembly black includes HSYNC and mirror motor cables P N 12G6322 17 12G6313 1 Cable video printhead black Parts catalog 7 45 5060 00 Assembly 24 Electronic cabling transfer HVPS Black Transfer Cable m ITU to Black Contact Black Band 9 Cyan Transfer Cable 2 ITU to Cyan Contact Cyan Band Yellow Transfer Cable ITU to Yellow Contact Yellow Band Magenta Transfer Cable ITU to Magenta Contact To J71 on Engine Board Magenta Band 2nd Transfer Cable 5 to 2nd Transfer Roll Gray Band Transfer HVPS 2 AM Units Description 24 56P1565 1 Cable assembly
390. ors that are beyond 2 and 2 range return to the Alignment menu Repair information 4 63 5060 00 7 Select the appropriate color 8 Change value of the respective setting by the calculated value For example if T 5 and dT 2 the new value is T dT 5 2 3 9 Once all values are changed return to the Print Tests menu and select Print Line Length Calibration 10 Verify that the adjusted values and the color bands for cyan magenta and yellow on all six groups A through F are centered between 2 and 2 Repeat if necessary Note The Line Length Calibration must be printed after making any changes to color alignment 11 Exit diagnostics Printhead thermistor card removal See Thermistor card on page 7 15 for the part number Note A PSD assembly may already exist It is not necessary to remove an existing PSD sensor card or assembly 1 Remove the top cover assembly See cover assembly removal on page 4 5 2 Disconnect the cable A from the thermistor 3 Remove the two screws B 4 Remove the printhead thermistor card 4 64 Service Manual 5060 00 Installation notes e faPSD exists install the new printhead thermistor card Leave the old PSD sensor assembly in place e Disconnect the cable from the PSD card and connect it to the printhead thermistor card Printhead Thermistor Card Note Whether replacing a printhead thermistor or an existing PSD sensor assembly chec
391. otor Detect on page 3 16 Does this fix the problem 5 Replace the engine board Problem solved Call your next level Does this fix the problem support 159 Error code Yellow cartridge drive assembly Tthe yellow cartridge drive motor has either failed to lock or has lost lock Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the yellow cartridge drive motor cable Go to step 2 Install the cable connection to J47 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Check the yellow cartridge drive motor cable Go to step 3 Install the cable connection to the yellow cartridge drive motor card correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check continuity of the yellow cartridge drive motor Go to step 4 Replace the yellow cable cartridge assembly Is there continuity cable 4 Replace the yellow cartridge drive assembly Perform Problem solved Go to step 5 the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does this fix the problem 2 64 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No 5 Replace the engine board Problem solved Call your next level Does this fix the problem support 160 Error code Step Action and questions Yes No 1 An incorrect motor has be
392. ould not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 2 28 Service Manual 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 230 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher area 5 Primary Paper has most likely jammed in the duplex option Remove the duplex tray to access the jam Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 24x Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher area 5 Primary This paper jam message can apply to both the 500 sheet option tray and HCIT option Tray x x 2 through 4 Try opening tray x if the tray is difficult to remove then you may need to remove the tray above or below tray x to remove the jammed media Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the p
393. ounting screws are tightened Recheck the printer to see if a 941 error is still displayed 6 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly Go to step 7 Correctly connect installed on the developer board assembly the cable Is the cable correctly installed 7 Make sure the developer HVPS cable is correctly Go to step 8 Correctly connect installed at J20 on the engine board the cable Is the cable properly installed 8 Check the voltage at connector J20 5 on the engine Replace the engine Go to step 9 board while pressing the magenta TMC pin in the board assembly cartridge contact assembly Does the voltage change when the pin is pressed 9 Check the voltage at connector J20 5 when the Go to step 10 Go to step 11 magenta TMC switch is pressed Does the voltage measure approximately 3 3 V dc 10 Check the developer HVPS to engine board cable for Replace the cable Replace the damage broken connections or wire and shorts developer HVPS between adjacent pins board assembly Are there any signs of damage to the cable 11 Disconnect the developer HVPS cable from connector Replacetheengine Replace the J20 on the engine board Measure the voltage on board assembly developer HVPS connector J20 5 on the engine board and developer Does the voltage measure approximately 0 V dc RAE oe 2 96 Service Manual 942 Error code Yellow toner metering cycle TMC 5060 00x Toner metering cycle TMC is where the code and
394. oval 4 40 maintenance kits 6 4 media specifications 1 7 memory tests cache 3 20 DRAM 3 20 ROM 3 21 messages error codes 2 6 user attendance messages 2 28 models 1 1 Motor Detect 3 16 multipurpose feeder MPF parts catalog 7 20 removal 4 42 N nip relief handle 4 44 8 18 nip shock 3 4 parts 7 2 removal 4 48 service check 2 132 options description 1 2 parts catalog 7 76 output expander parts catalog 7 48 7 50 relocation packaging 7 77 service check 2 134 symptoms 2 5 packaging 7 77 Panel Menus 3 10 paper feed output redrive 7 16 paper size sensing parts catalog 7 18 service check tray 1 2 150 Parallel Wrap Test 3 21 partial print test 3 5 5060 00x Index 1 3 5060 00 parts catalog 7 16 7 64 7 66 500 sheet integrated tray 7 22 500 sheet tray option 7 56 7 58 5 bin mailbox 7 52 7 54 autocompensator assembly 7 24 cartridge contact assembly 7 31 cartridge drive assembly 7 32 cartridge mounting 7 6 covers 7 2 7 4 duplex option 7 60 7 62 electronics 7 34 7 36 7 38 7 39 7 40 electronics cabling interconnections 7 46 7 47 electronics eabling interconnections 1 7 42 7 44 finisher 7 68 7 70 7 72 fuser assembly 7 8 fuser assembly web oiler 7 10 fuser drive assembly 7 12 high capacity input tray HCIT 7 64 7 66 ITU assembly 7 25 ITU loading 7 28 miscellaneous 7 77 multipurpose feeder MPF 7 20 options 7 76 output expander 7 48 7 50 paper feed i
395. p 3 Were any of the bellcranks broken DEN Gran 3 Perform the partial print test See Partial Print Test Go to step 4 Go to step 6 on page 3 5 Is the image well developed on the PC drum but the same plane is missing or faded on the ITU belt 4 Turn off the printer Check the cable connections Go to step 5 Problem resolved between the transfer HVPS board and the system board Do you continue to have the same problem 5 Check continuity on the cable between the respective Replace in the Replace the FRUs rear bellcrank and the lead on the transfer HVPS following order in the following board 1 Transfer order Is there continuity HVPS board 1 Cable removal on 2 FTR spring page 4 82 2 Cartridge contact assembly removal on page 4 26 3 Engine board removal on page 4 31 6 Change or switch failing cartridge Go to step 7 Replace the Do you continue to have the same problem cartridge 7 Cartridge contact assembly Check the cartridge Go to step 8 Replace the contact block Make sure the PC drum contact pin is Cartridge not stuck See Cartridge contact assembly contact assembly removal on page 4 26 to identify the PC drum removal on contact pin page 4 26 Does the pin operate correctly Diagnostic information 2 141 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No Perform a continuity check on the developer HVPS cable Is there contin
396. p Menu Select a new test or select Exit Diagnostics from the Diagnostic Menu Serial Number You can view the serial number Engine Setting x Warning Should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level support Diagnostic aids 3 31 5060 00 Model Name You can view the model name Configuration ID Warning Should not be changed without specific instructions from the next level support The configuration ID is used to communicate characteristics of certain areas of the printer that cannot be determined by hardware sensors The configuration ID is originally set when the printer is manufactured However it needs to be reset when the system board or paper size sensing board are replaced 1 Select Configuration ID from the Printer Setup Menu The following screen is displayed Configuration ID 1234567 2 Open the waste container door to locate a label above the waste container The label contains the configuration ID 3 The leftmost digit blinks indicating it is the first digit to be changed To change the value press Menu until the desired value is displayed Press Select to move to the next digit The digit blinks Continue modifying each digit using this method To skip a digit and keep its current value press Select 4 When Select is pressed after the final digit the configuration ID is validated If the ID is invalid the invalid ID is displayed momentarily on the second line befor
397. page Single color streaks outside the printed page are most likely caused by a problem in the print cartridge Replace the print cartridge All the colors streaking at a different spot on each page is probably caused by a damaged ITU assembly Replace the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 If only one color streaks in the printed area go to step 1 contaminated by toner Check for any signs of contamination on the lens of the printhead Is the printhead contaminated printhead lens with a soft lint free cloth Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Print cartridge check Try a new print cartridge Problem solved Go to step 2 Does a new print cartridge fix the problem 2 Printhead check The printhead lens may be Go to Clear the Call your next level support White streak in color plane A white streak appears in one particular color plane This problem may be caused by a contaminated developer roll in the print cartridge Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check to see which color is having the problem and go to step 2 If another cartridge is available try a new cartridge for the color having the problem Do you have another cartridge to try Go to step 3 Go to step 4 Does a new cartridge fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 5 2 138 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions
398. page 2 106 Go to step 10 2 104 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Symptoms Yes No 10 990 Service Error Go to 990 Call your next level Service error support page 2 101 The printer does not recognize one or more output options as installed Note If more than a single output option is installed check each one to see if the printer recognizes any single option as being installed If the printer recognizes any of the output options then the base printer autoconnect system is operating correctly and the problem is in the unrecognized option Continue with this service check or go to service check of the failing output option the 5 bin mailbox option and check the voltages at J1A and J1B on the connector Are the voltages correct Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Options make sure that the output expander option is Go to step 2 Check the the only output option that is not recognized by the autoconnect base printer system in base Is this the only output option not recognized by the printer base printer 2 Mechanical linkage tables check the 5 bin mailbox Replace the Go to step 3 autoconnect cable and connector for any signs of Autoconnect cable damage especially the connector pins Is there any signs of damage to the cable connector or connector pins 3 Mechanical linkage electrical make sure the Go to step 4 Reseat the cables autoconne
399. paper jams description 2 25 2 27 service checks 2 67 2 88 user attendance message table 2 28 2 30 30 99 user attendance messages 2 34 2 41 500 sheet drawer option parts catalog 7 56 service check 2 108 symptoms 2 4 500 sheet integrated tray parts catalog 7 22 service check 2 149 500 sheet tray option parts catalog 7 58 service check 2 108 5 bin mailbox parts catalog 7 52 7 54 relocation packaging 7 77 service check 2 104 symptoms 2 5 9 service errors 2 6 2 9 error code table 2 6 2 9 service checks 2 88 2 104 A acronyms 1 13 ALIGNMENT 3 15 alignment setting printer alignment 3 15 alignments printhead mechanical alignment 4 53 8 5 appendix 8 1 attendance messages 2 28 Auto Color Adjust 3 12 autocompensator assembly parts catalog 7 24 removal 4 19 service check 2 114 automated motor detection 3 16 B Base Sensor Test 3 29 Belt Tracking 3 17 5060 00x black only retract BOR motor location 5 2 removal 4 25 service checks 2 117 Black amp White Lock 3 7 button test 3 19 C cabling interconnections 7 42 7 44 7 46 7 47 CACHE Test 3 20 CALIBRATE TRAYS 3 9 cartridge contact assembly locations 5 4 parts catalog 7 31 removals 4 26 cartridge drive assembly lubrication 6 3 parts catalog 7 32 removal cyan magenta black 4 28 cartridge mounting parts catalog 7 6 close door switch removal 2 118 Color Trapping 3 8 configuration menu Auto Color Adjust 3 12 Black amp White Lock 3 7 CALIBRATE TRAYS 3 9 Co
400. per jam on page 2 73 Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure The printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled Diagnostic information 2 25 5060 00 2xx code Primary message Secondary message Description 203 Paper Jam Clear paper Path Leave job in Finisher Primary The media is jammed due to a transparency sensor mismatch Open the printer left door to access the jammed media If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets should not be removed during the jam clearing procedure Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure The printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 230 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher Primary The media is most likely jammed in the duplex option remove the duplex tray to access the jam area If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam occurred the printer alternately flashes the primary and Secondary messages to indicate that all
401. place the lower paper path right door Does media pass freely between the door and the peer S ee metal plate assembly removal on page 4 13 8 If the duplex option is in use remove the duplex R H Replace the duplex Go to step 9 access panel to check if the jam occurred at duplex option entry edge guide Did the jam occur at the duplex entry edge guide 9 If the duplex option is in use check the actuator button Replace the Go to step 10 See Duplex option deflector button replacement button on page 29 Should the actuator button be replaced 10 If the finisher option is in use refer to the finisher Go to step 11 Realign the manual for the alignment procedure finisher Is the finisher properly aligned 11 Is a 5 bin mailbox option or an output expander option Check the Call your next level in use following of support Reseat the option on the printer Verify the printer top cover is properly seated 2 74 Service Manual 5060 00 Output expander A sheet of paper is jammed prior to the pass thru sensor flag or a sheet of paper feeds out to the standard bin even though bin x is selected Paper exits half way out of the redrive Note For this type of problem check the Sub error code table on page 2 17 They can help isolate the problem 202 Paper Jam messages can also occur prior to the output expander pass thru sensor Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check of mechanical drive
402. plex card assembly 9 56P2484 1 Belt transfer 10 56P0433 1 Right jam clearance tray assembly 11 56P0458 1 Chassis ground spring 12 99A1789 1 Retainer C clip 13 56P0478 2 Aligner spring 14 99A0323 2 Paper guide assembly 15 56P0465 2 Drive alignment shaft assembly 16 56P0477 1 Reduction gear shaft 17 56P0451 3 Backup spring assembly 18 99A1717 2 32 ppm drive gear 19 56P0452 3 Backup spring assembly 20 56P0436 1 Upper rib assembly 21 56P0437 1 Duplex output sensor 22 Screw PP 12G6530 23 Screw long NS 99A0323 2 Paper guide assembly Parts catalog 7 63 5060 00 Assembly 30 High capacity input tray HCIT 7 7 RR N 7 64 Service Manual Assembly 30 High capacity input tray HCIT 5060 00x Units Description 29 4 56P0561 1 Paper size sensor box assembly 2 56P0519 1 Flag paper size R 3 56P0520 1 Flag paper size F 4 56P0518 1 Flag paper size C 5 56P0522 3 Spring paper size flag 6 56P0516 10 Sensor photo interrupter 7 56P0511 1 Paper size sensors cable 8 56P0494 1 System control board 9 Screws PP 56P0565 10 56P0495 1 LVPS 11 56P0513 1 Elevator motor assembly 12 56P0497 1 AC power outlet 13 56P0498 1 AC power inlet 14 56P0490 1 Jumper AC power cord 15 56P0524 1 Paper tray guide 16 56P0547 1 Elevator lift belt 17 56P0549 1 Elevator lift 18 56P0563 3 Ring 7 elevator li
403. pring broken off or missing 6 Check the transfer HVPS to ITU HV transfer terminal Reinstall or replace Go to step 7 for the color s that is having transfer problems the cable Is the cable disconnected or broken 2 148 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No Transfer terminal contact assembly and ITU transfer bellcrank check the transfer terminal contact transfer cable and ITU transfer bellcrank assemblies to make sure they are installed correctly not loose or broken Are there any problems with the transfer terminal contact transfer cable connection or ITU transfer bellcrank assemblies Repair or replace as necessary If this does not correct the problem contact your next level support Replace the FRUs in order 1 Transfer HVPS board See Transfer HVPS board removal on page 4 82 2 Engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 3 ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 Tray 1 service check Tray 1 does not stay seated or fit correctly in the printer the media fails to feed correctly from Tray 1 or Tray 1 is difficult to install The Tray 1 Feed Test in the Diagnostics Menu can be used to help isolate problems with paper feeding from Tray 1 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the following parts in tray 1 for broken or Repair or replace Go to step 2 missing par
404. r 6 Preventive maintenance contains the lubrication specifications and recommendations to prevent problems 7 Parts catalog contains illustrations and part numbers for individual FRUs Appendix A contains service tips and information Appendix B contains representative print samples Definitions Note A note provides additional information Warning A warning identifies something that might damage the product hardware or software CAUTION A caution identifies something that might cause a servicer harm product where you are working Unplug the product before you begin or use caution if the product CAUTION When you see this symbol there is a danger from hazardous voltage in the area of the must receive power in order to perform the task XX Service Manual 5060 00 1 General information The Lexmark C750 is a network color printer that uses electrophotographic technology to deliver high quality images presentation graphics line art and text It prints up to 20 pages per minute ppm for both four color and monochrome print jobs The printer s flexible design allows it to support a variety of printing needs For example if you need the printer to match the color process used in a particular application you can select RGB or CMYK color corrections You can also adjust the printed colors to more closely represent the colors on your computer display A variety of connectivity options enable the printer to be used in
405. r resistance should measure between 115 and 135 assembly ohms Is the resistance correct 3 DC Motor check between J4 1 and between J4 2 Replace the Go to step 4 the case of the DC motor for shorts mechanical linkage DC motor Is the DC motor shorted assembly Note If the DC motor is found to be shorted damage may result to the RIP board 2 102 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Actions and questions Yes No Output Expander control board check disconnect the motor cable J4 and check the voltages at J4 on the board Warning Be careful not to short to adjacent pins on the connector The voltages measure approximate Pins Voltages motor idle J4 1 24 V dc J4 2 24 V dc J4 3 5 V dc J4 4 5 V dc Are the voltages correct Replace the Output Expander control board Replace the mechanical linkage DC motor assembly Finisher Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the top options cable is correctly plugged into the system board Is the cable correctly installed Go to step 2 Install correctly Make sure the finisher cable is correctly installed on top of the printer Is the cable correctly installed Go to step 3 Install correctly Make sure the finisher cable is correctly installed on the finisher system board Is the cable correctly installed Go to step 4 Install correctly
406. r and the access door Warning careful not to lose the access door spring 4 20 Service Manual 5060 00 9 Remove the MPF swing arm assembly Repair information 4 21 5060 00 10 Remove paper level sensor There are two screws located under the back VTB belt Remove both of them along with a third that is located at the rear pivot point for the transfer plate F This allows the paper level assembly to drop into the cavity that the tray is inserted into Disconnect the cable from the paper level sensor Pull the paper lever sensor cable up through the opening Remove the paper level sensor assembly Left Side View Front View Paper Level Sensor 4 22 Service Manual 5060 00 11 Disconnect the pick motor and the transparency sensor connectors Repair information 4 23 5060 00 13 Push the bellcrank I in to allow the pick arm to fall to the bottom of the tray 14 Disconnect the spring clip J from the pick arm Be sure not to let the spring come off of the lower frame Also identify which pegs the spring clip is sitting on These pegs are typically marked with white paint 4 24 Service Manual 5060 00 BOR drive assembly removal See BOR housing assembly with motor on page 7 30 for the part number 1 Open the front cover 2 Remove the yellow toner cartridge 3 Remove the front right light shield cover 4 Remov
407. r door of Bin 1 to access the jam If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam occurred the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets not be removed during the jam clearing procedure Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 272 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher Primary Media is jammed in output bin x Open the door of output bin xto access the jam If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam occurred the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages to indicate that all accumulated sheets not be removed during the jam clearing procedure Secondary When this message is displayed do not remove accumulated sheets during the jam clearing procedure as the printer will not reprint the removed sheets Also if the accumulated sheets are removed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 280 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher Primary Paper is jammed in the finisher option open the side door or top cover to access the jam If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled or offset when the jam occurred
408. r fan cover removal on page 4 9 2 Disconnect the fuser fan cable from connector J2 B on the engine board 3 Remove the fuser fan screws A part number 12G6529 and remove the fan Fuser top duct removal See Fuser top duct on page 7 5 for the part number 1 Remove the rear fan cover See Rear fan cover removal on page 4 9 2 Remove the fuser top duct screw type 323 A and remove the top duct 4 36 Service Manual 5060 00 Fuser web oiler motor assembly removal See Fuser assembly web oiler 115 500W on page 7 11 or Fuser assembly web oiler 220V 500W on page 7 11 for the part number 1 Remove the fuser top duct See Fuser top duct removal on 7 4 36 2 Remove the paper path access door cover right mounting screw Uc A 3 Remove the front right handle cover assembly See Front right handle cover assembly removal on page 4 10 4 Disconnect the web oiler motor assembly cable A A 5 Remove the fuser web oiler motor assembly mounting screws and remove the assembly Repair information 4 37 5060 00 Installation notes Note When you reinstall the web oiler motor assembly pull the excess cable twist install a cable tie and route the cable down into the printer BOR Motor Note Make sure the motor cable is routed away from gears y 4 38 Service Manual 5060 00 ITU assembly removal See ITU assembly on pag
409. r information 4 71 5060 00 RIP board removal See RIP board assembly network model 5060 002 on page 7 37 or RIP board assembly non network Model 5060 001 on page 7 37 for the part number Warning Improper RIP board replacement can result in incorrect printer function and significant additional service time due to loss of data Warning Also if both the RIP and engine boards are being replaced DO NOT replace both at once Replace one board at a time following appropriate procedures for each Remove the outer EMC shield See Outer EMC shield removal on page 4 49 Remove the rear cover See Rear cover removal on page 4 9 Remove the USB connector screw type 232 A Remove the RIP board screw type 232 B Remove the parallel connector C Disconnect all cables from the RIP board and remove the board DARON Installation notes Perform the following steps to install the replacement RIP board Turn off the printer Install the replacement RIP board Turn on the printer When the operator panel prompts NV Rip to Eng choose STOP This prevents transfer of data from the RIP board to the engine board When the operator panel prompts NV Eng to Rip choose GO This transfers data from the engine board to the RIP board The printer restarts at this point Atthe READY prompt print a Menu page and look for the correct printer name and equivalent updated RIP code level The
410. r motor NS 56P0515 1 Magnetic latch NS 56P0541 1 Tray present lever NS 56P0543 9 Cable clamp NS 56P0564 1 Kit stabilizer with mounting screws Parts catalog 7 67 5060 00 Assembly 31 High capacity output finisher HCOF 7 68 Service Manual Assembly 31 High capacity output finisher HCOF 5060 00x Asm Part index number Units Description 30 4 56P0321 1 Top cover tall finisher 1 56P 1287 1 Scanner plate short finisher 2 56P0569 1 Rear cover 3 56P0573 1 Upper right side cover tall finisher 3 56P 1286 1 Upper right side cover short finisher 4 56P0574 1 Lower tray cover 5 56P0576 1 Bottom kick cover 6 56P0575 1 Front rear lower cover 7 56P0387 1 Bar tip unit 8 56P0577 1 Lower right side cover 9 56P0320 1 Cover front door 10 56P0566 1 Finisher install kit 11 56 1290 1 Cover wire NS 56P0317 1 Cartridge staple Parts catalog 7 69 5060 00 Assembly 31 1 High capacity output finisher 7 70 Service Manual Assembly 31 1 High capacity output finisher 5060 00x fe Units Description 30 14 56P0324 1 Motor assembly elevator tray 2 56P0357 1 Actuation assembly 3 56P0339 1 HCOF control board assembly 4 56P0325 1 Motor assembly paper feed 5 56P0332 1 Accumulator paper feed belt 40S3M900 6 56P2294 1 Accumulator
411. r the printhead Replace the printhead cables If the problem remains replace the printhead 6 Perform the printhead adjustments Print quality defect locator chart The print quality locator chart is copied below but the tool is a transparent sheet available with this printed book Use the tables and rulers to determine the source of repeating defects Using the chart Measure repeating vertical lines from the reference lines at the top to determine what may have caused the lines to form in that pattern Rollers Component mm inches Charge roll One 38 7 1 5 PC drum One 96 8 3 8 PC cleaner One 96 8 3 8 Developer roll Cartridge One 47 9 1 9 TAR One 46 4 1 8 Toner meter One 1092 2 43 Cart auger One 349 9 13 8 First transfer roll ITU One 53 2 2 09 Second transfer roll Second All 59 4 2 34 transfer roll ITM drive roll ITU All 101 0 3 98 ITM reverse roll ITU All 50 5 1 99 Fuser hot roll All 147 0 5 79 Fuser BUR as All 147 0 5 79 Diagnostic aids 3 3 5060 00 Rollers Defect period Vieh na Component escription affecte Hi inches Metering rolls Reference Edge All 47 0 1 85 Color charge roll short C M or Y cart C M and Y 101 0 3 98 NIP shock NIP distances Defect period mm Inches Y C M K cartridge spacing 101 0 3 98 K to second transfer roll 144 6 5 69 M to second transfer roll 2
412. re is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Checkthe black cartridge drive motor cable connection Go to step 2 Install the cable to J64 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Checkthe black cartridge drive motor cable connection Go to step 3 Install the cable to the black cartridge drive motor card correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check continuity of the black cartridge drive motor Go to step 4 Replace the black cable cartridge assembly Is there continuity cable 4 Replace the black cartridge drive assembly Perform Problem solved Go to step 5 the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does this fix the problem 5 Replace the engine board Problem solved Call your next level Does this fix the problem support 2 58 Service Manual 151 Error code Magenta cartridge drive assembly The magenta cartridge drive motor has either failed to lock or has lost lock 5060 00x Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the magenta cartridge drive motor cable Go to step 2 Install the cable connection to J47 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Check the magenta cartri
413. rect 2 120 Service Manual 5060 00 Is there continuity options board Step Action and questions Yes No 7 Check the voltages on the bottom options cable Go to step 8 Replace the connector The voltages are with the printer in standby bottom options mode cable in the printer Note All voltages are approximate values Connector pin Voltage J5 1 24 V dc J5 3 5 V dc J5 5 5 V dc J5 6 5 V dc J5 8 5 V dc Are the voltages correct 8 Make sure the upper options cable in the duplex option Go to step 9 Correctly install the is installed correctly in the duplex frame cable If the Is the cable installed correctly E the cable assembly 9 Make sure the upper options cable in the duplex option Go to step 10 Install the cable is connected correctly to J11 on the duplex options correctly board Is the cable connected correctly 10 Check continuity of the upper duplex options cable Replace the duplex Install the cable correctly Top margin on duplexed copy set incorrectly Go to Quick Test on page 3 23 to adjust the top margin on the back of the duplex page Diagnostic information 2 121 5060 00 Finisher service check If a failure is detected by the system board an error may be displayed The LEDs on the HCOF system board can help in diagnosing the errors HCOF error code table LEDs lit by number Description 33 3
414. rect motor is detected Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Replace the yellow cartridge drive assembly See Go to step 2 Problem solved Cartridge drive assembly removal on page 4 28 Perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does the printer display error code 165 2 Reflash the NVRAM on the engine board Call your next level Problem solved Does error code 165 continue support 2 66 Service Manual 5060 00 200 Paper jam Tray 1 1 Obtain the sub error code from the operator panel Press and hold Return and press Select to view the sub error code 2 Compare the sub error code to the list below and go to the appropriate service check Sub error code Service check 2D 1B 62 or narrow media sensor obstructed on page 2 67 2D 1C 2D 11 52 sensor late on page 2 68 2D 03 2D OF S2 or narrow media sensor made early on page 2 68 2D 02 2D 05 2D 04 62 or narrow media sensor did not break in time on page 2 69 2D 06 S2 or narrow media sensor obstructed 2D 1B S2 sensor obstructed 2D 1C Narrow media sensor obstructed Note See Printer sensors on page 5 3 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Is sensor flag obstructe
415. rectly 2 The print cartridge be out of toner Try new print Problem solved Replace the cartridge Transfer HVPS Does a new print cartridge fix the problem aoe Step B Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure that color calibration has not been disabled Set Color Go to step 2 in the Diagnostics menus especially if the printer has Calibration on been previously serviced Was color calibration disabled 2 Toner density calibration Run toner density calibration Problem solved Replace the from the Utility menu Transfer HVPS Does this fix the problem ca Diagnostic information 2 143 5060 00 Poor color alignment Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Print cartridge Make sure that the print cartridges are Go to step 2 Install the properly inserted and are seated properly in their cartridge s respective V blocks correctly Are the cartridges seated correctly 2 Front cover and cartridge contact block Check the Go to step 3 Replace any front cover and the cartridge contact block to make missing or sure that all the springs and cartridge hold downs are damaged springs present and correctly installed or hold downs Are all springs and cartridge hold downs present and correctly installed 3 ITU Make sure that the ITU legs are properly seated Go to step 4 Reinstall the ITU onto the rail at the right side of the printer This is If
416. removal on page 4 39 Set aside the top cover assembly It is not necessary to totally remove it See Top cover assembly removal on page 4 5 Remove the developer HVPS See Developer HVPS board removal on page 4 30 It is not necessary to remove the entire assembly unless you are removing the black cartridge rail If you are removing the yellow cyan or magenta cartridge rails remove only the large portion of the developer HVPS board Remove the three mounting screws in the cartridge rail in the front A and one from the rear B and remove the rail of the selected cartridge assembly yellow shown Warning When removing the black cyan or magenta cartridge rails it is necessary to remove the appropriate printhead assembly Before you can remove the cartridge rail screws scribe the location of the printhead on the frame before removing the printhead This will help put the printhead back in the previous location If a printhead alignment problem develops go to Printhead removal and adjustment on page 4 52 Repair information 4 29 5060 00 Developer HVPS board removal See Developer HVPS board on page 7 38 for the part number 1 Remove the RIP board shield assembly See RIP board shield assembly removal on page 4 73 2 Remove the four screws type 323 A and four screws type 121 B that mount the developer HVPS board B 121 3 Disconnect the HVPS to RIP board cable C the c
417. rimary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 250 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher area 5 Primary Paper is jammed in the MPF Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 251 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher area 5 Primary The paper has jammed in the paper path near the MPF due to an in line transparency sensor mismatch Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job i
418. rint job for which stapling was selected is not stapled or Press Menu or lt to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions are available using the Busy Waiting Menu Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels Note Menu Lockout does not prevent access to the Busy Waiting Menu Diagnostic information 2 33 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation Install Tray x or Cancel Job Install Bin X or Cancel Job Install Duplex or Cancel Job This message is displayed when the printer requests the user to insert tray x before it can continue printing the job The printer needs to pick media from the missing tray or the trays below it Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 or Tray 5 Note This message displays when refilling the trays during a job Before filling tray x take the printer offline by pressing Stop and wait for pages to reach the output bin The following actions can be taken Insert the requested tray or Press Menu or lt to access the Busy Waiting Menu The following functions are available using the Busy Waiting Menu Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels This message is displayed when the user has Hot Unplugged a paper handling option and the printer requires the reinstallation of the option to print a page which has been formatted by an install Tray x inte
419. rinter may not complete POR and Sed Engine Y continues to display a 133 error board removal Remove the fuser assembly from the printer and on page 4 31 measure the voltage on connector J10 7 on the engine board The voltage should measure approximately 3 3 V dc Is the voltage correct 7 Measure the voltage on pin 7 of the fuser DC control Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS connector The voltage should measure approximately assembly See assembly See 3 3 V dc Fuser assembly Low voltage removal on power supply Is the voltage correct page 4 33 LVPS removal on page 4 40 134 Error code Hot fuser The fuser is running over temperature or the hot roll fuser lamp has been on too long Error code 134 may also indicate a problem in the fuser assembly with the hot roll fuser bearings hot roll thermistor LVPS or engine board Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Turn the printer on open the right side fuser access Go to step 2 Replace the LVPS door and observe the hot roll lamp to see if it turns on assembly See and off You may have to observe the lamp for a few Low voltage minutes to see if it turns on and off power supply Does the lamp turn on and off 2 Turn the printer on Measure the voltage on engine Replace the fuser Replace the engine board connector J10 11 The voltage should measure assembly See board assembly approximately 0 13 V dc to 0 64 V dc as the hot roll Fuser assembly
420. rn to normal position when released Go to step 3 Replace the fuser See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 Check that the diverter gates in the fuser rotate freely Do the diverter gates rotate freely Go to step 4 Replace the fuser See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 Reinstall the fuser and perform the BASE SENSOR TEST on page 3 29 for the fuser exit sensor Note Use a spring hook to actuate the flag Does the fuser exit sensor pass Got to step 5 Perform the following in order 1 Reseat the connector J10 on the engine board 2 Replace the fuser See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 3 Replace the LVPS See Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 4 Replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 Check that the duplex diverter rotates freely with the redrive door closed Does the duplex diverter rotate freely Go to step 6 Replace the redrive door See Redrive door removal on page 4 16 Diagnostic information 2 73 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 6 Check for the proper operation of the redrive Go to step 7 Install or replace Are both belts in good condition and properly installed Redrive assembly removal on page 4 70 7 If the duplex option is in use check the lower right door Go to step 8 Re
421. roblem Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the chad box is correctly installed in the Go to step 2 Install the chad box finisher correctly Is the chad box correctly installed 2 Make sure the chad box cable 55 is properly Go to step 3 Install the cable connected to CN5 on the finisher system board correctly Is the cable properly connected 3 Make sure the chad box cable is properly connected to Go to step 4 Install the cable the chad box sensor located above the box correctly Is the cable properly connected to the sensor 4 Check the chad box sensor with a voltmeter Empty the Go to step 5 Replace the chad box Check the voltages on CN5 The voltages finisher system read the following approximate values with the chad board box empty Connector pin Voltage CN5 1 5 V dc 5 V dc supply CN5 2 45 V dc sensor signal CN5 3 0 V dc Ground Are the voltages correct 5 Check the sensor by placing the chad box or a piece of Problem solved Replace the chad paper in front of the sensor As the chad box or piece of box sensor paper is moved away from the front of the sensor the voltage on CN5 2 should change from 5 V dc to 0 V dc Does the voltage change Chad box full message when chad box is not full Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure the chad box is correctly installed in the Go to step 2 Install the chad box finisher correctly I
422. ronic continuity of the tray x autoconnect cable s size sensing Is th tinuity assembly includes sene SON the system board 7 Disconnect J5 from the engine board and check the Replace electronic Replace the engine voltages on connector J5 on the engine board size sensing board assembly includes The voltages should measure the system board Note All voltages are approximate values Connector pins Voltage J5 1 24 V dc J5 3 5 V de J5 5 5 V de J5 6 5 V de J5 8 5 V de Are the voltages correct 2 108 Service Manual Tray x autocompensator fails to retract stays in down position 5060 00x Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Use care when removing a tray assembly when the autocompensator is in its down position Remove the tray and manually reset the autocompensator to its uppermost position by actuating the pick arm lift bellcrank Does the autocompensator assembly stay in the up position Go to step 2 Go to step 3 Carefully replace the tray and recheck to see if the autocompensator operates correctly Does the autocompensator assembly operate correctly Problem solved Go to step 3 Make sure the autocompensator pick arm lift bellcrank is installed correctly Is the pick arm lift bellcrank installed correctly Go to step 4 Install the bellcrank correctly Check the following for loose broken or missing parts Boss on the side of the arm Bellcrank
423. ront cover correctly or Does the front cover close correctly repair as necessary 4 Front cover assembly Replace the front Go to step 5 Make sure the front cover flag is not broken or 2 damaged actuates the switches correctly assembly Is the flag broken or damaged removal on page 4 12 5 Printhead cover open interlock cable assembly Go to step 6 Install the cable Make sure the cable is correctly connected to J12 on correctly the RIP board Is the cable connected correctly 6 Make sure the front cover is closed and the ITU is Replace the RIP Replace the correctly installed Disconnect J12 from the RIP board board See RIP printhead interlock and check for continuity between pins J12 1 and J12 3 board removal cable switch Do you measure continuity on page mere assembly 2 118 Service Manual POR complete printer feeds blank page 5060 00x This symptom is usually associated with the Upper switch mounted on the Front Access Door Support and with the right switch mounted in the ITU Light Shield sure the front cover is closed and the ITU is correctly installed Disconnect the switch cable from J86 on the engine board Check for continuity between J86 1 and J86 2 on the cable connector Is there continuity board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure that the ITU light shield is not broken Replace th
424. ront cover and remove the print cartridges Open the multipurpose feeder MPF door Remove the ITU assembly Remove the right rear cover Disconnect connector J70 A to the MPF sensor from the system board mem 6 Remove the screws from transfer high voltage power supply C and lay it down out of the way 7 Cutthe cable tie D which holds the cable bundle so you can remove the sensor cable assembly Cut any cable tie restraining the cable to J68 Note Note the location of any cable ties so they can be replaced later Warning Use care not to cut or nick any cables when removing the cable ties 8 Disconnect J68 B from the engine board 9 Cutthe connector J68 off the old sensor cable assembly to make removal easier 4 74 Service Manual 5060 00 10 Disconnect the MPF assembly door hinge restraint removing screw A and remove the MPF assembly 11 Gently pull the sensor assembly cable through the opening between the upper and lower frame and remove the sensor assembly through the rectangular opening 12 Clip and remove the cable tie C Repair information 4 75 5060 00 13 Disconnect the three sensors A from the frame Service tip Leave the old sensor cable assembly C in place temporarily after disconnecting the sensors as a guide to placement of the sensors for the new assembly Lay the new sensor cable assembly beside the old one and connect the new
425. rpreter prior to removal of the option or Cancel Job Bin x x 1 2 or 3 Tray x x 2 3 4 or 5 Duplex The following actions can be taken Insert the requested option or Press Menu or lt to access the Busy Waiting Menu Group The following functions are available using the Busy Waiting Menu Cancel Job Reset Printer Reset Active Bin Check Supply Levels No DRAM Installed This message is displayed when the printer is turned on and no DRAM is installed Turn the printer off install DRAM and turn the printer back on 30 ITU Missing This message is displayed when the ITU is missing Turn the printer off insert the ITU and turn the printer back on 30 Yellow Toner Cart Missing 30 Magenta Toner Cart Missing 30 Cyan Toner Cart Missing 30 Black Toner Cart Missing This message is displayed when the printer is missing the yellow magenta cyan or black toner cartridge Open the front cover insert the toner cartridge and close the cover 2 34 Service Manual 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 31 Defective Black Cartridge 31 Defective Yellow Cartridge 31 Defective Magenta Cartridge 31 Defective Cyan Cartridge This message is displayed when the top cover is closed and a defective print cartridge is detected It may take the printer 10 to 20 seconds to determine whether or not the print cartridg
426. rror code on page 2 91 930 LV Power Supply Unable to find zero crossover Replace the LVPS See Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 931 LV Power Supply Invalid Frequency the AC power line frequency be incorrect Go to AC power service check on page 2 112 939 RIP Engine Comm The RIP card processor cannot communicate with the engine processor Check the RIP to engine cable for correct installation If installed correctly replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 If this does not fix the problem replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 940 TMC Error Cyan Cyan toner metering cycle TMC switch failure go to 940 Error code on page 2 93 941 TMC Error Magenta Magenta toner metering cycle TMC switch failure go to 941 Error code on page 2 95 942 TMC Error Yellow Yellow toner metering cycle TMC switch failure go to 942 Error code on page 2 97 943 TMC Error Black Black toner metering cycle TMC switch failure go to 943 Error code on page 2 99 951 NVRAM Failure NVRAM Chip Failure engine board replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 952 NVRAM Failure NVRAM CRC Failure engine board replace the engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 953 NVRAM Failure NVRAM Chip Failure RIP board
427. run using any of the paper or envelope sizes supported by the printer The pages are placed in the default output bin however the Feed Test menu lets you select the input source To run the Input Tray Feed Test 1 Select Input Tray Feed Test from the INPUT TRAY TESTS menu 2 Select the input source from the sources displayed on the Feed Test Menu All installed sources are displayed 3 Select either Single feeds one sheet of media from the selected source or Continuous continues to feed from the selected source until Return or Stop is pressed 4 Press Return or Stop to exit test Sensor Test This test can be used for either 500 sheet trays or 2000 sheet trays 500 sheet trays To run the Sensor Test for 500 sheet trays 1 Select Sensor Test from the INPUT TRAY TESTS menu e Sensor L f Input Tray level empty Sensor 1 Sensor L2 Input Tray level empty Sensor 2 e Sensor P Input Tray Pass Thru Sensor 2 Once this message appears you can manually actuate each sensor The tray empty sensor can be actuated by hand however a sheet of paper can be used to cover the pass thru sensor When the sensor is closed CL displays when the sensor is open appears Tray sensors are supported by the following sources Source L1 L2 2 2 Tray 1 Yes Yes Not present Tray 2 Yes Yes Yes Tray 3 Yes Yes Yes Tray 4 Yes Yes Yes Multipurpose Feeder Yes Not present Not present 1 2000 sheet trays may be in this posi
428. rvice on page 2 127 Fuser problem excessive fuser drive motor assembly noise Go to Excessive fuser drive motor assembly noise on page 2 127 Close Door displays constantly unable to clear the message POR incomplete Go to Close door HVPS printhead interlock switch service check on page 2 118 Symptom table 500 sheet drawer option Symptom Action Printer fails to recognize the option is installed Go to The base printer does not recognize that tray x is installed on page 2 108 The tray x autocompensator fails to retract stays in down position Go to Tray x autocompensator fails to retract stays in down position on page 2 109 Paper Low message appears when adequate paper is installed tray x Go to The printer does not detect paper low in Tray x when adequate paper is installed in the tray on page 2 109 Paper Out message appears when adequate paper is installed tray x Go to The printer does not detect paper out in tray x when adequate paper is installed in the tray on page 2 110 Tray x does not detect size media is installed Go to Tray x does not detect size media is installed on page 2 111 Paper Jam 24x displayed Media fails to feed from the 500 sheet option tray Go to 500 sheet drawer option 242 243 244 on page 2 77 Symptom table HCIT 2000 sheet option Symptom Action Pr
429. s 4 Serial Number 031960001 Capacity 15 Return ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPORSTU I ERES ABCDEFGHIJKLMINOPORSTU 12 0123456789 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijkImnopgrstuvwxyz o C 10 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHUKLMNOPOQRSTUVWXYZ _ abcdefghijkimnopqrstuvwxyz oC a c eeiA 065 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHUKLMNOPORSTUVWXYZ _ abodefghijkimnopgrstuvwayz oC G68aabeeSeiTi A E060 00g OUa O x 6 0123456289 c8 ABCDEFGHDK LMNOPQRSTUN WX YZ abcdefghikEmseparssnuxyz o COMMACANGLA AE m 6009 fb GARI 07354 e or 6204 B 4 Service Manual 5060 00 Lexmark C750 Print Quality Test Printer Information MARGIN SETTINGS Page Count 35316 Top Margin 0 Installed Memory 12808 Bottom Margin 6 Processor Type RM7000 w 256k 12 Left Margin 0 Processor Speed 350MM Right Margin 47 Serial Number 140000x Cyan Top Margin 0 CatStat 001 Cyan Left Margin 5 CalSet 5 50 3 59 3 88 Cyan Right Margin 7 11 06 12 00 Cyan Theta Margin 4 0 35314 5 3554 5 Cyan Fine Margin 0 3534 5 3534 5 Yellow Top Margin 7 Engine 10 05 800 Yellow Left Margin 1 Boot 01 00 R00 Yellow Right Margin 73 Engine Card 20 Yellow Theta Margin 2 Loader 853 007A 0 Yellow Fine Top Margin 0 Kernel KBS3 005 0 Magenta Top Margin gt 0 Base 853 0074 0 Magenta Left Margin 10 Network 853 0074 3 Magenta Right Margin 70 Panel
430. s Menu Menu Item Purpose Values Color Adjust To manually relinearize the color tables adjusting for variations in output that occur as a result of environmental conditions Color Samples To assist in selecting colors used by certain applications Defragment To retrieve storage area lost when Yes Printer transfers all resources stored in Flash resources are deleted from flash flash memory to printer memory and memory then reformats the flash memory option 4 When the format operation is complete Warning Do not turn off the printer the resources are loaded back into flash while the flash is defragmenting memory No Printer cancels the request to defragment the flash memory Factory Defaults To return your printer settings to the Restore All menu items are returned to the factory default values factory default values except Display Language All settings in the Parallel Menu Serial Menu Network Menu Infrared Menu LocalTalk Menu and USB Menu All downloaded resources fonts macros and symbol sets in printer memory RAM are deleted Resources residing in flash memory or on the hard disk are unaffected Do Not User defined settings remain Restore Diagnostic information 2 23 5060 00 Hex Trace Job Acct Stat Print Demo Print Directory Print Fonts Print Menus Print Net lt x gt Setup To help isolate the source of a print job problem Wit
431. s an example a Turn off the printer b Unplug the printhead cables from the RIP board in the printer and connect them to the printhead diagnostic tool Connect the printhead diagnostic tool cables to the connectors the RIP board in the printer This reverses the printhead color signals for the selected pair of colors 3 2 Service Manual 5060 00 d Turn the printer and note the new error codes automatic calibration begins 36 Printer Service Required may appear The printhead and RIP board are working correctly and the printhead cable connections should be checked Press Go to clear the error Ifthe error code remains the same replace the RIP board If that solves the problem you are finished e If the printer displays a different printhead error code which indicates another color the printhead or the printhead cables are defective See the table below for printhead codes For example the printer originally displays the printhead error code 108 yellow After switching the signals using the diagnostic tool the printer displays the printhead error code 106 cyan Printhead error codes Printhead error codes Yellow Cyan Magenta Black K For 10x errors 108 106 107 109 For 11x errors 117 115 116 114 For errors 169 475 175 171 173 169 Not commonly seen 176 172 174 170 4 Remove the printhead diagnostic tool 5 The problem is in either the printhead cables o
432. s completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled 271 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher area 5 Primary Paper has jammed at output bin 1 Open the door of bin 1 to access the jammed media Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapled Diagnostic information 2 29 5060 00 User primary message User secondary message Explanation 272 Paper Jam Clear Paper Path Leave Job in Finisher area 5 Primary Media is jammed in the 5 bin mailbox option Open the rear door of option to access the jammed media Secondary If sheets have been accumulated to be stapled when the jam is detected the printer alternately flashes the primary and secondary messages indicating the accumulated sheets should not be removed during jam clearing Note When the secondary message is displayed if the accumulated sheets are removed the printer will not reprint these sheets Also if the print job is completed the portion of the job printed after the jam will not be stapl
433. s fail to operate correctly Note If all the buttons fail to operate correctly the LCD page 4 48 display is blank Power On Status LED is on and the printer beeps 5 times go step B Step B Note Make sure the operator panel cable is seated firmly in J1 on the RIP board before proceeding with this step Step Action and questions Yes No 1 LCD Test perform the LCD Test on page 3 19 Go to step 2 Go to step 4 Can you run the test 2 LCD Test does the test pass Problem solved Go to step 3 3 Operator panel is the operator panel operating Replace the Go to step 4 correctly except for a few pels missing or broken operator panel See Operator panel removal on page 4 48 4 Operator panel assembly is the operator panel Go to step 6 Go to step 5 assembly completely blank and the power on status LED off 5 Operator panel assembly is the operator panel Go to step 10 Go to step 12 assembly completely blank and the power on status LED on 6 Does the printer beep 5 times Go to step 7 Replace the operator panel See Operator panel removal on page 4 48 2 132 Service Manual 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 7 board measure the voltage at connector J1 2 on Replace the Go to step 8 the RIP board See RIP board on page 5 14 The operator panel voltage measures approximately 5 V dc See Operator panel remov
434. s the chad box correctly installed 2 Check the chad box sensor with a voltmeter Empty The sensor is Replace the any material that is in the chad box Measure the voltage on CN5 2 The voltage changes from approximately 5 V dc to 0 V dc as the sensor is activated Does the voltage change working correctly finisher system board 2 126 Service Manual Fuser service check Cold fuser service 5060 00x If error code 122 123 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 or 133 is displayed the printer detects a problem in the fuser hot roll or back up roll fuser lamp circuits fuser hot roll thermistor back up roll thermistor engine board or LVPS fuser control circuits Hot fuser service Error codes 124 125 134 and 135 appear whenever the printer detects a problem with the fuser running over temperature or the fuser lamps have been on too long Excessive fuser drive motor assembly noise Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Excessive noise from the fuser drive motor assembly Go to step 2 Correctly install the check for correct installation of the fuser drive motor fuser drive assembly assembly See Is the fuser drive motor installed correctly ok removal on page 4 34 2 Install a new fuser top duct See Fuser top duct Replace the fuser Replace the fuser removal on page 4 36 drive assembly top duct See Is there still excessive noise from the fuser drive motor um driv
435. selected all network NVRAM settings are restored to their factory default settings This option is only available on models with an integrated network adapter In either case Restoring Factory Defaults is displayed after the operation is selected Select Factory Defaults from the CONFIG MENU Restore Base Restore Network Note Restore Network is only listed on models that have integrated network support Energy Conserve When Energy Conserve is on the customer does not have access to disable the Power Saver function When Energy Conserve is off Disable appears as an additional menu item in the Power Saver menu This setting only affects the values that are displayed in the Power Saver Menu Select Energy Conserve from the CONFIG MENU On Off ITU Alignment This alignment is required anytime you replace the ITU Assembly 1 Select ITU Alignment from the CONFIG MENU A test page is printed 2 After the test page prints enter alignment values for each alignment setting Example A Alignment 0 printed sheet 10 8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 Enter A Alignment 4 The alignment values range from 10 to 10 in 0 5 increments 0 3 Press Select to continue to the next alignment value 4 You will be prompted to continue through Test L pressing Select to save each value 5 When the tests are done press Go or Return to exit Diagnostic aids 3 11 5060 00 Auto Color Adjust Autom
436. sembly 7 61 56P0449 Support decurl guide 7 61 56P0451 Backup spring assembly 7 63 56P0452 Backup spring assembly 7 63 56P0454 Wall support 7 61 56P0455 Sensor mount plate 7 61 56P0456 Duplex support plate 7 63 56P0457 Duplex support bracket 7 61 56P0458 Chassis ground spring 7 63 56P0459 Back support 7 63 56P0462 Autoconnect cable assembly 7 63 56P0463 DC forward reverse motor assembly 7 63 56P0464 DC duplex feed motor 7 63 56P0465 Drive alignment shaft assembly 7 63 56P0466 Spur drive gear 7 61 56 0467 26T duplex
437. sembly Simplified Chinese Font DIMM NS 56P9975 1 Card assembly Japanese font DIMM NS 56P0162 1 Adapter parallel 1284 C B NS 56P9982 1 Hard disk 20GB with adapter formatted NS 56P9926 1 Lexmark Optra Forms software NS 56P9927 1 Lexmark Forms Director software NS 56P9928 1 Lexmark Forms 4MB flash DIMM NS 56P9929 1 Lexmark Forms 8MB flash DIMM NS 56P9930 1 Lexmark Forms 16MBMB flash DIMM NS 56P9932 1 Hard disk Lexmark Forms NS 56P9942 1 Hard drive mounting kit NS 56P9934 1 MarkNet Token Ring Print Server NS 12G1695 1 MarkNet N2001e Ethernet 10 100BaseTX NS 12G1696 1 MarkNet N2002e Ethernet 10BaseT 2 NS 56P 1431 1 MarkNet X2011e Ethernet 10 100 BaseTX 1 port NS 56P 1432 1 MarkNet X2012e Ethernet 10 100 BaseTX 10 Base2 1 port NS 56P1433 1 MarkNet X2031e Ethernet 10 100 Base TX 3 port NS 56P1434 1 MarkNet X2030e Token Ring 3 port NS 99A0545 1 External serial adapter NS 99A0560 1 Tri Port Adapter LocalTalk serial infrared NS 99A0629 1 Coax Twinax Adapter for SCS NS 99A0424 1 Infrared adapter NS 56P0161 1 RS 232 C serial parallel 1284 C adapter NS 99A0923 1 Parallel port USB INA card assembly 7 76 Service Manual Assembly 34 Miscellaneous 5060 00x d m Units Description NS 1 Screw type 323 PP 12G6309 NS 1 Screw type 324 PP 12G6530 NS 1 Screw type 232 PP 12G6531 NS 1 Screw type 102 PP 12G6532 NS 1 Screw type 312 322 412 423 PP 12G6533 NS 1 Screw type 484 PP 12G6534 NS 1 Screw 500 sheet
438. serviceoperasjoner Av s sobre el L ser Segons ha estat certificat als Estats Units aquesta impressora compleix els requisits de DHHS 21 CFR apartat J pels productes l ser de classe 1 i segons ha estat certificat en altres llocs s un producte l ser de classe que compleix els requisits d IEC 60825 1 Els productes laser de classe no es consideren perillosos Aquesta impressora cont un l ser de classe 3b d arseni r gal li nominalment de 5 mil liwats i funciona a la regi de longitud d ona de 770 795 nan metres El sistema l ser i la impressora han sigut concebuts de manera que mai hi hagi exposici a la radiaci laser per sobre d un nivell de classe durant una operaci normal durant les tasques de manteniment d usuari ni durant els serveis que satisfacin les condicions prescrites Laser notice Xiii 2 6 1071 yI 5 21 1 2 1 1 4 0 82508677 5 ALOV V WMECHSCEMMMANTHIES 7Zyr sZ i7ZzHnb 30 OL P AARMELTOEF CO 95 gt 4 7 0 BH 5 7 RORY YAE aL rT LWATACTULS ii BORE ARM I FALTOVANVELLOL ik E DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter I 1 m H d Hb X N 825
439. settings for media type being used Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Media settings Check to see if the printer is set for Set the printer for Go to step 3 light paper current media type Is the printer set for light paper and go to step 2 2 Does resetting the media type fix the problem Problem solved Go to step 3 3 Fuser settings Set the fuser to High in the CE menu Problem solved Replace the fuser Does setting the fuser to High fix the problem NE removal on page 4 33 Diagnostic information 2 145 5060 00 Smudged or distorted images fused page belt near the toner patch sensor TPS which is the white egg shaped device located on the front left corner of the ITU assembly Note When toner cartridges are replaced small pieces of plastic may drop off of a toner cartridge and be deposited on the ITU belt Are there any debris in this location Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Remove the ITU assembly and check for any signs of Remove the debris Go to step 2 debris near the paper feed reference edge mechanism underneath the ITU assembly Are there any signs of any debris in this location 2 Check for any signs of debris on the surface of the ITU Remove the debris Look for any signs of damage to the ITU belt If found replace the ITU assembly Toner is on the back of the printed page Do the following steps before proceeding w
440. sfer roll gears and the cleaner gear should turn freely Do the gears turn freely Replace the engine board If this does not fix the problem replace the ITU drive motor Go to step 6 ITU motor drive assembly remove the ITU drive motor assembly Manually turn the motor Do the gears on the ITU drive motor assembly turn freely Contact your next level support Replace the ITU motor drive assembly Diagnostic information 2 61 5060 00 155 Error code Hot fuser Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Connector J8 on the engine board make sure thatthe Go to step 2 Correctly install the fuser drive motor cable is correctly connected to J8 on cable the engine board Go to Engine board on page 5 7 Is the cable connected correctly 2 FRU replacement replace the following FRUs in the Replace the fuser Replace the fuser order shown drive assembly top duct See 1 Fuser drive assembly See Fuser drive assembly 1 2 removal on page 4 34 removal on page 4 36 2 Engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 34 page 4 31 156 Error code Black cartridge drive assembly The black cartridge drive motor has either failed to lock or has lost lock Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed
441. sher and printer Push the finisher against the printer making sure the gap in the front is the same as the gap in the back When adjoining the finisher and the printer make sure that the finisher cable is out of the way of the paper path If the cable folds itself between the finisher and the printer disconnect the cable twist it one time and then reconnect it This may help the cable bend the other direction Finisher alignment quick check Use this table to make sure all alignments have been made Make sure To make adjustments see 1 The printer is secured to the floor Step 1 Secure the printer on appendix page A 24 2 The finisher s height is correct Step 2 Align the pin on appendix page A 25 The pin should align with the hole in the finisher and the finisher should easily dock to the printer without interference or binding with the pin 3 The finisher is vertically aligned to the printer Step 3 Align the bumper pads on appendix The finisher s two bumper pads should lightly touch the printer page A 26 4 The finisher s tilt is correct Step 4 Adjust the tilt on appendix page A 27 The printer and finisher s front covers should be flush together at top and bottom If you run your hand across them from side to side they should feel as if they are one part 5 The finisher is squarely docked to the printer S
442. sitive offset moves the text down the page and widens the top margin while a negative offset moves the text up the page and narrows the top margin 3 Press Return or Stop to exit the test Check the Top Margin Offset of the base printer Top Margin Modification of this setting controls the offset between the placement of the first scan line on the front and back side of a duplex sheet Changing the value by 1 unit moves the margin by 1 100 inches A positive value moves the text down the page and widens the top margin A negative value moves the text up the page and narrows the top margin Sensor Test This test determines whether or not the Duplex sensors and switches are working correctly Select Sensor Test from the DUPLEX TESTS menu Manually actuate each of the duplex sensors When the sensor switch is closed CL closed displays when the sensor switch is open OP Open displays e Duplex input sensor e Duplex exit sensor Press Return or Stop to exit the test Diagnostic aids 3 23 5060 00 INPUT TRAY TESTS Feed Test This test lets you observe the paper path as media is feeding through the printer The upper front door used to access the print cartridge cannot be opened during the feed test To observe the paper path you must open the lower front door used to access the envelope feeder or MPF No information is printed on the feed test pages since the laser isn t engaged during this test Note This test can
443. sk test clean 3 29 Diverter Test 3 25 Download Emuls 3 10 DRAM Test 3 20 Drift Sensor Check 3 16 ducts fuser bottom duct 4 34 fuser top duct 4 36 duplex option deflector button replacement 8 29 error codes 2 8 2 9 parts catalog 7 60 7 62 relocation packaging 7 77 1 2 Service Manual service check 2 120 sub error codes 2 17 tests 3 23 duplex sensor test 3 23 duplex tests 3 23 Duplex Top Margin Offset 3 23 E electronics parts catalog 7 34 7 36 7 38 7 39 7 40 Energy Conserve 3 11 engine board cabling 7 42 7 44 connectors 5 7 diagram 5 7 locations 5 1 removal 4 31 error codes 1565 service error 2 41 1xx service errors 2 9 2xx paper jams 2 25 2 28 3x 8x attendance errors 2 34 9 service errors 2 6 error log clearing 3 33 viewing 3 33 ESD sensitive parts 4 1 Exit Config Menu 3 12 Exit Diagnostics 3 13 F Factory Defaults 3 11 features 1 2 Feed Test 3 25 Feed to All Bins 3 25 finisher alignment 8 22 error codes 2 122 LVPS board connectors 5 28 parts catalog 7 68 7 70 7 72 service check 2 122 sub LVPS relay board connectors 5 28 symptoms 2 5 system board connectors 5 29 system board diagram 5 32 tests 3 27 finisher feed test 3 27 finisher sensor test 3 27 flash test 3 30 friction buckler 4 32 fuser assembly parts catalog 7 8 removal 4 33 service check 2 127 Fuser Cnt Value 3 7 fuser drive assembly lubricating replacement motors 6 2 lubrication 6 2 parts catalog 7 12 removal 4 34
444. sse gelten als unsch dlich Im Inneren des Druckers befindet sich ein Laser der Klasse 3b bei dem es sich um einen Galliumarsenlaser mit 5 Milliwatt handelt der Wellen der Lange 770 795 Nanometer ausstrahlt Das Lasersystem und der Drucker sind so konzipiert daB im Normalbetrieb bei der Wartung durch den Benutzer oder bei ordnungsgemaBer Wartung durch den Kundendienst Laserbestrahlung die die Klasse bersteigen w rde Menschen keinesfalls erreicht Avis relatif l utilisation de laser Pour les Etats Unis cette imprimante est certifi e conforme aux provisions DHHS 21 CFR alin a J concernant les produits laser de Classe 1 Pour les autres pays cette imprimante r pond aux normes IEC 60825 1 relatives aux produits laser de Classe Les produits laser de Classe sont consid r s comme des produits non dangereux Cette imprimante est quip e d un laser de Classe 3b ars niure de gallium d une puissance nominale de 5 milliwatts mettant sur des longueurs d onde comprises entre 770 et 795 nanom tres L imprimante et son syst me laser sont con us pour impossible dans des conditions normales d utilisation d entretien par l utilisateur ou de r vision l exposition des rayonnements laser sup rieurs des rayonnements de Classe 1 Avvertenze sui prodotti laser Questa stampante certificata negli Stati Uniti per essere conforme ai requisiti del DHHS 21 CFR Sottocapitolo J per i prodotti laser di classe 1
445. ssembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 Diagnostic information 2 45 5060 00 122 Error code The printer has detected a problem in the fuser hot roll lamp circuitry backup roll fuser circuitry fuser hot roll thermistor backup roll thermistor engine board or LVPS fuser control circuits Replace the FRUs in the order shown 1 Fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 2 LVPS assembly See Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 3 Engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 123 Error code Cold fuser The printer has detected a problem in the fuser hot roll lamp circuits backup roll fuser lamp circuits fuser hot roll thermistor backup roll thermistor engine board or LVPS fuser control circuits Replace the FRUs in the order shown 1 Fuser assembly See Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 2 LVPS assembly See Low voltage power supply LVPS removal on page 4 40 3 Engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 124 Error code Hot fuser The printer detects a problem with the fuser running over temperature or the hot roll fuser lamp has been on too long A problem may exist in the fuser assembly with the hot roll bearings the hot roll thermistor or other hot roll parts The LVPS or engine board assembly can also be failing Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Open the right fuser access door Obser
446. t 7 5 56P2291 Redrive belt cover duct 7 5 56P2292 Printhead spacer 7 15 56P2294 Accumulator drive belt 052 334 7 71 7 73 56P2295 Jogger fence belt 4052 460 7 73 56P2296 Card assembly printhead diagnostic aid 7 15 56P2484 Belt transfer 7 63 56P2489 Label top paper jam 221 222 7 3 56P9909 Card assembly PRESCRIBE 7 76 56P9910 Card assembly 128MB SDRAM 7 76 56P9910 SDRAM DIMM 128MB 7 37 56P9911 Card assembly 256MB SDRAM 7 76 56P9912 Card assembly 4MB flash DIMM 7 76 56P9913 Card assembly 8MB flash DIMM 7 76 56P9914 Card assembly 16MB flash DIMM 7 76 56P9917 Card assembly 32MB flash
447. t Cam BOR rear Rear ITU guide ITU bias spring Screw PP 12G6309 Parts catalog 7 29 5060 00 Assembly 18 BOR drive assembly Asm Part Index number Units Description 18 4 12G6446 1 BOR housing assembly with motor 7 30 Service Manual 5060 00 Assembly 19 Cartridge contact assembly o o gt 2 c oS o o BG 45 9 ce o 9 9 o 9 d oO t d Oo o M 2 n Mo 2280 AA x T lt Parts catalog 7 31 5060 00 Assembly 20 Cartridge drive assembly 7 32 Service Manual Assembly 20 Cartridge drive assembly 5060 00x oe PUMA Units Description 20 4 4 Screw PP 12G6530 2 56P1214 3 Cartridge drive assembly cyan magenta black 3 56P1215 1 Cartridge drive assembly yellow Parts catalog 7 33 5060 00 Assembly 21 Electronics 7 34 Service Manual 5060 00 Assembly 21 Electronics Asm Part index i number Units Description 21 1149095 1 Power cord set 5 Canada LV Brazil LV Colombia LV Costa Rica LV Dominican Republic LV Ecuador LV El Salvador LV Guatemala LV Honduras LV Nicaragua LV Panama L
448. t bracket Swing bracket to the right H 17 Use the alignment pins 1 on the web oiler fuser motor assembly to position the assembly in holes J and install the assembly Repair information 4 91 5060 00 18 Secure the web oiler motor assembly with screws 4 92 Service Manual 5060 00 20 Plug web oiler cable into web oiler card connector Plug web oiler drive assembly cable into cable connector N Note Make sure the cables from the drive assembly are routed along the lower frame and are not in contact with the drive assembly gears Repair information 4 93 5060 00 22 Align tabs on the front right light shield with the slots on the frame O 23 Move the front right light shield up until alignment stud P and the screw hole Q are aligned 4 94 Service Manual 5060 00 24 Attach the new fuser web oiler fuser housing to the new web oiler fuser 25 Insert the web oiler fuser assembly into the fuser assembly and install the fuser assembly into the printer Repair information 4 95 5060 00 4 96 Service Manual 5 Connector locations Locations Printer boards Thermistor board 4 Developer PSD board 4 oar If Installed RIP board LVPS SDRAM DIMM Riser card board Transfer HVPS board 5060 00x Connector locations 5 1 5060 00 Printer motors Web oiler drive motor optional Pr
449. t door is open and no error message appears Go to Front door is open no indication on display on page 2 125 Inoperative fan Go to Fan in finisher inoperative on page 2 125 Full chad box no message appears Go to No indication that the chad box is full no message on page 2 126 Chad Box Full message appears when box is not full Go to Chad box full message when chad box is not full on page 2 126 Diagnostic information 2 5 5060 00 Error code table Error code Action 9xx service errors 900 RIP Software Go to 900 RIP Software Error on page 2 88 902 Service Engine Error 0 General Engine Software Errors 902 through 908 indicate an unrecoverable engine software error The engine board may cause this type of error Turn the printer off and on to try and clear the error code If this does not fix the problem after several attempts call your next level support before replacing the engine board 904 Engine Software Interface violation by RIP check all cabling and connections to the RIP board If no problem is found replace the RIP board See RIP board removal on page 4 72 905 Engine Software Interface violation by Paper Port Device turn the printer off and on to try and clear the error code If this does not fix the problem after several attempts do the following Check each paper handling option to isolate which one is causing the problem
450. t lower pivot to lower frame Attach 2 Left upper pivot to left lower cover Attach 1 Rear cover to lower frame left cover Attach 6 Rear fan cover to lower frame and top cover Attach 4 Top cover asm to upper front cover Attach 3 Top cover asm to RIP shield Attach 1 ITU light shield asm to upper front guide ITU Attach 1 Ribs to Upper Redrive Door Mounting 5 Upper door hinges to upper frame redrive Mounting 2 Inner redrive asm to upper frame redrive Mounting 2 Developer HVPS to cartridge contact asm Mounting 4 Engine card shield to frame Mounting 5 BOR drive asm to upper frame Mounting 1 Repair information 4 3 5060 00 069 1111111141111111414 Reference number Screw type Location Purpose Qty 323 M3 5x1 35mmx ITU drive asm to lower frame Mounting 3 continued 1 35 Plastite f 8 long Fuser drive asm to lower frame Mounting 4 D continued Vacuum top duct to lower frame Mounting 2 SS Toner shield to lower frame Attach 4 i Upper deflector to lower frame PF XPORT Mounting 2 VTB asm to lower frame Mounting 2 PF XPORT Inner deflector to VTB assembly PF XPORT Attach 1 Jam access spring to asm Attach 1 500 pick assembly to lower frame Mounting 3 Paper size sensing assembly to lower frame Mounting 1 Paper level se
451. t side All 15 in 381 Front All 20 in 508 mm Rear All 12 in 304 8 mm Top C750 n 42 in 1 066 8 mm C750dn 34 in 863 6 mm 1 Allow 1 219 2 mm 48 in clearance to the right if you are adding a finisher Allow clearance above the printer front door clearance and for adding options such as additional input drawers output expander or 5 bin mailbox Fuser web oiler upgrade kit and replacements The web oiler removes fuser roll contamination in machines which run a large number of vinyl or dual web labels The web oiler works with all media types and enables the prolonged use of labels without sacrificing fuser life Weboiler life 100 000 pages Availability Order the web oiler upgrade kit Upgrade kit Description Part number 115 V web oiler upgrade kit 12G6514 220 V web oiler upgrade kit 12G6515 100 V web oiler upgrade kit 12G6502 The installation of the web oiler upgrade kit converts a standard Lexmark C750 printer to an oil web capable printer The web oiler upgrade kit includes an oiler fuser and web oiler Replacements Description Part number 115 V web oiler fuser 12G6514 220 V web oiler fuser 1266515 100 V web oiler fuser 12G6502 Web oiler replacement 12G6545 1 4 Service Manual Acoustics 5060 00x All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and conform with ISO 9296 Model Status 1 Meter
452. teilylle l katso s teeseen VARNING Osynlig laserstralning n r denna del r ppnad och sp rren r urkopplad Betrakta ej str len Laser notis Denna skrivare r i USA certifierad att motsvara kraven i DHHS 21 CFR underparagraf J f r laserprodukter av Klass 1 andra l nder uppfyller skrivaren kraven f r laserprodukter av Klass enligt kraven i IEC 60825 1 Laserprodukter i Klass anses h lsov dliga Skrivaren har en inbyggd laser av Klass 3b som best r av en laserenhet av gallium arsenid p 5 milliwatt som arbetar i v gl ngdsomr det 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet och skrivaren r utformade s att det aldrig finns risk f r att n gon person uts tts f r laserstr lning ver Klass l niv vid normal anv ndning underh ll som utf rs av anv ndaren eller annan f reskriven service tg rd Laser melding Skriveren er godkjent i USA etter kravene i DHHS 21 CFR underkapittel J for klasse 1 laserprodukter og er i andre land godkjent som et Klasse I laserprodukt i samsvar med kravene i IEC 60825 1 Klasse l laserprodukter er ikke betrakte som farlige Skriveren inneholder internt en klasse IIIb 3b laser som best r av en gallium arsenlaserenhet som avgir str ling i belgelengdeomr det 770 795 nanometer Lasersystemet og skriveren er utformet slik at personer aldri utsettes for laserstr ling ut over klasse l niv under vanlig bruk vedlikehold som utf res av brukeren eller foreskrevne
453. tem Stop Press Stop at the Ready Busy or Waiting message to temporarily take the printer offline The message changes to Not Ready No data is lost Press Go to return the printer to the Ready Busy or Waiting state 1 2 3 4 5 6 Use the numbers located next to the names of the buttons to enter your personal identification number PIN after you send a confidential job Finishing Menu Job Menu Paper Menu PCL Emul Menu Serial Menu Supplies Menu Duplex Cancel Job Paper Source Font Source PCL SmartSwitch color Toner Duplex Bind Reset Printer Paper Size Font Name PS SmartSwitch Oiler Copies Print Buffer Paper Type Point Size NPA Mode Waste Bottle Blank Pages Cancel Fax Custom Types Pitch Serial Buffer Collation Confidential Job Output Bin Symbol Set Job Buffering Separator Sheets Held Jobs Configure Bins Orientation RS 232 RS 422 Separator Source Reset Active Bin Overflow Bin Lines per Page RS 422 Polarity USB Menu Hole Punch Assign Type Bin A4 Width Serial Protocol PERI T Ur arie Offset Pages Substitute Size Auto CR after LF Robust XON PCL SmartSwitch Staple Job Configure MP Auto LF after CR Baud PS SmartSwitch Staple Prime Src LocalTalk Menu Paper Texture Tray Renumber Data Bits MAC Binary PS Multipage Print LocalTalk Port Paper Weight Parity NPA Mode Multipage Order PCL SmartSwitch Paper Loading Setup Menu Honor DSR USB Buf
454. tep Action and questions Yes No 1 Connector J64 on the engine board check for correct installation of the ITU drive motor cable from the ITU drive motor to the engine board connector J64 Is the cable connected correctly Go to step 2 Install the cable correctly ITU drive motor check for continuity between pin 4 of CON1 on the motor drive card and the remaining pins in the connector Do you measure continuity Note The ITU drive motor can be removed from the printer without removing the complete ITU drive motor assembly If the ITU drive motor assembly is removed be careful not to spill toner that may be contained in the auger system Replace the drive motor Go to step 3 ITU drive motor cable check the continuity of the ITU drive motor cable Do you measure continuity Go to step 4 Replace the ITU drive motor cable ITU drive motor voltage check measure the voltage on connector J64 on the engine board The voltages are approximately values Voltages Motor not running Connector pin J64 2 J64 4 J64 6 J64 8 J64 10 J64 12 J64 14 Voltages motor not running 4 2 V dc 5 0 V dc 3 3 V dc 24 V dc Ground 0 V dc 3 3 V dc Are the voltages correct Replace the drive motor Go to step 5 ITU motor drive assembly remove the ITU assembly Manually turn the motor The gears in the ITU motor assembly the second tran
455. tep 4 3 Try another 500 sheet tray in place of the internal Go to step 4 Go to step 7 tray 1 paper tray Does this fix the problem 4 Check tray 1 for broken parts especially the teeth on Replace the Back Go to step 5 the back restraint Restraint Is the back restraint broken or any of the teeth broken or missing 5 Check the following parts to make sure they are Go to step 6 Replace tray 1 installed correctly and they are not damaged or broken Size sensing gear cover Size sensing gear Size sensing barrel cam Note Make sure the size sensing barrel cam is correctly installed Observe the position of the cam tab through the size sensing gear cover Observe the cam position through the cover by moving the back restraint and observe the cam detent In the A5 media position the detent should be visible through the opening in the gear cover Are all the parts installed correctly and not broken or missing 6 Make sure the following parts in the printer are Repair or replace Go to step 7 operating correctly Check for any signs of broken or parts as necessary missing parts Size sensing springs Size sensing links Size sensing bracket Are there broken or missing parts 7 Check paper size sensing assembly to make sure that Replacetheengine Repair or replace the size sensing links correctly actuate the paper size board See parts as necessary switches on the engine board Engine board Does tray 1 correctly actuate
456. tep 5 Connect the finisher and printer on The printer and finisher s top covers should have the same appendix page A 28 distance between them at the front and rear when docked A 28 Service Manual 5060 00 Duplex option deflector button replacement During a duplex job the duplex option fails to actuate the deflector in the fuser and the paper is diverted away from the duplex The duplex option does not receive the sheet and prompts a 230 Paper Jam message Replace the rubber deflector button with the compression spring deflector button 1 The FRU kit contains a spring and button that should be assembled as shown 3 Place the new button into the cam T V 4 Verify the new button moves freely by pressing the button firmly down and watching for it snap back Note Leave the button in the up position Appendix Service tips A 29 5060 00 A 30 Service Manual Appendix Print quality samples 5060 00x The following pages represent some of the pages available in various menus While they are as close as possible to what you will see variations in printing may result from individual user printer settings media and printer alignment Print Menus Page one of two Lexmark C750 SUPPLIES MENU Cyan Toner Serial Number Capacity Type Yellow Toner Serial Number Capacity Type Magenta Toner Ser al Number Capacity Type Black Toner Serial Number Capacity Type COLOR MENU Print M
457. ter aligning the Cyan targets press Return Repeat the process to align the Top Left Right Theta for Magenta and for Yellow Print line length calibration 1 Press Return until you reach the main Diagnostic Menu the top line is blank and bottom line displays Alignment 2 Press Menu until Print Tests is displayed and press Select 3 Select Print Line Length Calibration There are six alignment groups A through F 1 uuu 14 Service Manual 5060 00 4 Acolor band is visible through the black bars Locate the center of the color band and determine the value 5 11 pax m 10 8 4 2 0 2 4 6 8 10 e If all the color bands for Cyan Magenta and Yellow on all six groups A through F are centered between 2 and 2 you are done Ifthe center is located outside the area between 2 and 2 you need to calculate the appropriate alignment adjustment for that color Continue to the next step Calculate the Alignment Group values Alignment Group Adjustment Calculation s A T A B B C D 3 T A B B C D 3 dZ B C 2 D T A B B C D 3 L E F 6 F L E F 6 dR F 6 After completing calculations for the colors that are beyond 2 and 2 range return to the Alignment menu See Electronic color alignment on page 12 Select the appropriate color Change value of the respective setting by the calculated value
458. th the maximum fail count being 99 999 Once the maximum pass count or fail count is reached the test is stopped the power indicator turns on solid and the final results appear If the test fails DRAM Error appears for approximately three seconds and the failure count increases by 1 CACHE Test The CACHE Test is used to verify the processor cache is functioning properly 1 Select CACHE Test from the menu The machine initiates a POR of the printer and the following screen is displayed Resetting the Printer Upon completion of the POR the following screen is displayed Cache Test x100 PHHHHHE FAHHHHEBE P represents the number of times the cache test has passed finished successfully Initially 000000 is displayed The maximum pass count is 999 999 represents the number of times the cache test has failed finished with errors Initially 000000 is displayed The maximum fall count is 999 999 2 To exit the test turn the printer off 3 20 Service Manual 5060 00 ROM Test The ROM Test is used to check the validity of the controller board code and fonts To run the ROM Test 1 Select ROM Test from the menu P and F represent the same numbers for DRAM The power indicator blinks indicating the test is in progress The test runs continuously 2 Press Return or Stop to exit the test Each time the test finishes the screen updates with the result If the test passes t
459. the horizontal marks or lines in a single color Replace the Go to step 2 cartridge 2 Print cartridge s Enter the Diagnostics Mode Replace the Go to step 3 Remove one print cartridge at a time and run a Test cartridge contact Page to isolate the faulty print cartridge assembly See Have you isolated the failing print cartridge Cartridge y gp contact assembly removal on page 4 26 3 Reseat the ITU Go to step 4 Problem solved Do the marks lines persist 4 Does the printer display an 83 ITU Maintenance Recommend the Replace the ITU message customer order the ITU maintenance kit See Scheduled maintenance on page 6 4 assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 Diagnostic information 2 137 5060 00 Vertical lines or streaks Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Are the vertical streaks visible outside the printed Go to step 2 Replace the image cartridge 2 Are the vertical streaks a single color Go to step 3 Replace the ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 3 Vertical streaks in a single color which are visible Replace the Replace in order outside the printed are most likely caused by acleaner cartridge Black print problem in the print cartridge cartridge Are streaks magenta cyan or yellow ITU assembly See ITU assembly removal on page 4 39 Light lines or streaks appear on the
460. the magenta cartridge drive motor card correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check continuity of the magenta cartridge drive motor Go to step 4 Replace the cable magenta cartridge Is there continuity assembly cable 4 Replace the magenta cartridge drive assembly Problem solved Go to step 5 Perform Motor Detect on page 3 16 Does this fix the problem 5 Replace the engine board Problem solved Call your next level Does this fix the problem support Diagnostic information 2 63 5060 00 158 Error code Cyan cartridge drive assembly The cyan cartridge drive motor has either failed to lock or has lost lock Note Any time any of the cartridge drive motor assemblies are replaced perform the Motor Detect on page 3 16 If this procedure is not performed error code 168 is displayed Step Actions and questions Yes No 1 Check the cyan cartridge drive motor cable connection Go to step 2 Install the cable to J47 on the engine board correctly Is the cable installed correctly 2 Checkthe cyan cartridge drive motor cable connection Go go step 3 Install the cable to the cyan cartridge drive motor card correctly Is the cable installed correctly 3 Check continuity of the cyan cartridge drive motor Go to step 4 Replace the cyan cable cartridge assembly Is there continuity cable 4 Replace the cyan cartridge drive assembly Perform Problem solved Go to step 5 M
461. the media installed in the tray meets Go to step 2 Inform the specifications customer that Does the media meet specifications 2 meet specification 2 Check tray for the edge guide setting and media Go to step 3 Properly load loading Edge guides should be adjusted against edge media of media Media should be fanned and lay flat in the tray Is the media properly loaded in the tray 3 Remove the ITU and check for the jam at the second Clear the jam Call your next level transfer roll of support Is paper jammed at the second transfer roll 200 Paper jam Options and envelope feeder 500 sheet option or envelope option Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Does media feed correctly from Tray 1 Go to step 2 Go to 200 Paper jam Tray 1 page 2 67 2 Check tray 2 or the envelope feeder if installed for Go to step 3 Load media proper media loading Media should be fanned before properly loading and must lay flat in the tray Is the media loaded properly 3 Check tray 1 pass thru for damage or obstructions Remove Go to step 4 Note Remove the paper drawer to inspect tray 1 pass th t pap replace damaged Is the pass thru damaged or obstructed 4 Remove duplex and check the pass thru Problem solved Replace the duplex Check the alignment pin on top of the 500 sheet option 500 Sheet _ n option or the enve option or envelope feeder if installed lope feeder if Check the pass thru r
462. the tire Note Do not attempt to remove either the shaft or the clutch races 4 50 Service Manual 5060 00 Rear roll Reach around and depress the latch A on the side of the shaft and remove the tire Installation notes e Replace both rollers at the same time When you replace the front roller make sure the roller is pressed against the shaft and the screw is fastened all the way down When replacing both the front and back rollers note the directional markings on the rollers and make sure the same narrow hub caps are facing each other Check to see if the rollers turn freely The autocompensator pick rolls are located in the base machine There are also rollers in all tray options If you have additional trays beneath your printer check the condition of these rollers when you replace the rollers in your printer Repair information 4 51 5060 00 Printhead removal and adjustment See Printhead assembly on page 15 for the part numbers Black K Yellow 109 107 106 108 114 116 115 117 169 173 170 174 Printhead error codes Warnings Do not loosen or replace more than one printhead at a time to retain factory settings Whenever a printhead is replaced you must to perform the Printhead mechanical alignment on page 4 53 and Electronic color alignment on page 4 60
463. tiated This is displayed if one of the following occurs The printer detects at power on or the front cover is closed that a new or different toner cartridge has been installed The printer detects at power on when the cover is closed that a new or different ITU has been installed The printer detects at power on that the fuser temperature is below 60 When coming out of power saver if power saver has been active for 8 hours or longer If the printer is turned on when a calibration cycle was in progress since the printer was last powered off 24 Ready is displayed 2 2 Service Manual 5060 00 Symptom tables Symptom table base printer Symptom Action Fuser fan fails to run or is noisy Go to 925 Error code on page 2 90 RIP fan fails to run or is noisy Go to 927 Error code on page 2 91 VTB fan fails to run or is noisy Go to 926 Error code on page 2 90 Machine inoperative Fans don t turn engine not on lights not on none of the printer functions work Go to AC and DC power service check on page 2 112 Operator panel One or more buttons do not work Go to Operator panel LCD status LED buttons service check on page 2 132 Operator panel Display is blank printer does not sound 5 beeps but printer is not inoperative Replace the operator panel Go to Operator panel removal on page 4 48 Operator panel Operator panel displays
464. tion See 2000 sheet trays 3 Press Return or Stop to exit the test 3 24 Service Manual 5060 00 2000 sheet trays Use this test to determine if the 2000 Sheet Tray sensors are working correctly 1 Select Sensor Test from the menu for the tray you want to test The following is displayed lt input tray gt EM OP NE OP LE OP SC OP The selected tray is displayed on line 1 lt input tray gt either Tray 1 2 3 or 4 EM trays empty sensor NE trays near empty sensor LE trays paper level sensor 5 input trays side cover sensor 2 Manually actuate the bin sensor by moving the flag in and out of the sensor Open appears when the flag is out of the sensor or CL Closed when the flag is in the sensor OUTPUT BIN TESTS Feed Test Feed to all Bins Diverter Test Sensor Test Feed Test Note If the Configure Bins printer setting is link rather than mailbox the printer selects its own internal bin linking regardless of which output bin is selected for the feed test This test verifies that media can be fed to a specific output bin No information is printed on the media because the printhead is not turned on during this test To run the Output Bin Feed Test 1 Select Feed Test from the OUTPUT BIN TESTS menu 2 Select the output bin you want the paper to exit into All output bins installed on the printer are shown on the feed test menu For example Standard Bin 3 Select
465. tions QUT 1 Options OUT 2 FXDLOFTS E ower 8 AUTOCOMP ENC IN Trays Se options Swiched XPAR UN 1007 EIE coU 3 3Vd H z EXT SENSOR IN 3 FUSER CAM TIN iEDVGG H a5 Fusen HI J69 wa E 5 orenean i 5 ENC B IN 2 Paper OUT IN 5 Switched E 55 SR THERM J10 Priem Sensor IN E 219 vesa E Grd BE ZERO Xing IN Prism LED VOLT u5 HR FEAT ON GUT Gra x BR HEAT ON GUT Je8 12l PPS2IN z zb Gnd 2 PWM Out 32404 Left Side Prism Sensor FAN 2 Stal IN Hem EEIT CB Gleaner Bias Terminal Yellow Printhead Heee FICN2 San Carnage Sek E Contact Assembly HVPS Cyan Magenta Black 9 Printhead Printhead Printhead asv Developer Pee CN 3 CN Contact Assembly Therisia Smet Canga Contact Assembly
466. tions such as turning off power before removing logic boards Keep the ESD sensitive part in its original shipping container a special ESD bag until you are ready to install the part into the machine Make the least possible movements with your body to prevent an increase of static electricity from clothing fibers carpets and furniture Put the ESD wrist strap on your wrist Connect the wrist band to the system ground point This discharges any static electricity in your body to the machine Hold the ESD sensitive part by its edge connector shroud cover do not touch its pins If you are removing a pluggable module use the correct tool Do not place the ESD sensitive part on the machine cover or on a metal table if you need to put down the ESD sensitive part for any reason first put it into its special bag Machine covers and metal tables are electrical grounds They increase the risk of damage because they make a discharge path from your body through the ESD sensitive part Large metal objects can be discharge paths without being grounded Prevent ESD sensitive parts from being accidentally touched by other personnel Install machine covers when you are not working on the machine and do not put unprotected ESD sensitive parts on a table If possible keep all ESD sensitive parts in a grounded metal cabinet case Be extra careful in working with ESD sensitive parts when cold weather heating is used because low humidity increas
467. tions Yes No 4 Unplug all cables from the system board except J6 Go to step 5 Replace the J35 J37 See System board non network on System board page 5 6 or System board network on page 5 7 on page 4 69 Does the printer power up and display a message 5 Turn off the printer and plug in the cable for the Check the cable If printer comes to Ready connect the remaining cables and print Autocompensator service check e If the paper fails to feed from Tray 1 or 500 sheet option go to Step on page 2 114 e Ifthe autcompensator fails to lower when Tray 1 is installed go to Step on page 2 115 e If the autocompensator fails to retract when you attempt to remove Tray 1 go to Step on page 2 115 e If there is no indication that the media is out or low go to Step D on page 2 116 e If the printer fails to detect transparencies and 203 Paper Jam appears go to Step E page 2 116 Note When feeding paper through the printer to check for autocompensator problems use the Tray 1 Feed test in the Diagnostics Menu A printed copy is not required Step A Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Use the tray 1 feed test to feed paper from tray 1 Go to step 2 Go to step 3 Check to see if the pick rolls are turning Note Observe the pick rolls by opening the Lower Jam access door assembly Do the pick rolls turn 2 Check the autocompensator pick rolls for Replace t
468. tly The following sensors can be checked using this test Input S1 Input S2 e In Line media Sensor e Fuser exit Sensr See Printer sensors on page 5 3 for locations for these sensors See Cartridge contact assembly pin locations on page 5 4 CAUTION These sensors are near high voltage terminals to the print cartridge Use a nonconducting item to toggle these switches and not your hand To run the Base Sensor Test 1 Select BASE SENSOR TEST from the Diagnostics Mode OP for open and CL for closed are displayed 2 Manually toggle the sensors by hand to verify that each sensor switches from open to closed DEVICE TESTS Quick Disk Test This test performs a non destructive read write on one block per track on the disk The test reads one block on each track saves the data and proceeds to write and read four test patterns to the bytes in the block If the block is good the saved data is written back to the disk To run the Quick Disk Test 1 Select Quick Disk Test from the Device Tests menu The power indicator blinks while the test is in progress Quick Disk Test Test Passed displays if the test passes and the power indicator turns on solid Quick Disk Test Test Failed displays if the test failed and the power indicator turns on solid 2 Press Go Return or Stop to return to the Device Tests menu Disk Test Clean Warning This test destroys all data on the disk and should not be
469. to step 10 Install the cable correctly Diagnostic information 2 79 5060 00 Step Action and questions Yes No 10 Is the registration home sensor operating correctly Replace the Replace the following FRUs in following FRUs in the order shown the order shown 1 HCIT system 1 Registration board sensor 2 Feed unit 2 HCIT system assembly board 11 Use the HCIT system board LED error code table Go to step 12 Go to step 14 on page 2 128 Does the LED flash 8 times 12 Make sure the pick home sensor cable is installed Go to step 13 Install the cable correctly to the sensor and to CN6 on the system correctly board Is the cable connected correctly 13 Is the registration home sensor operating correctly Replace the Replace the following FRUs in following FRUs in the order shown the order shown 1 HCIT system 1 Registration board sensor 2 Feed unit 2 HCIT system assembly board 14 Use the standalone feeding operation test to determine Repair or replace Replace the feed where the paper jams Use the HCIT system board parts as necessary unit assembly LED error code table on page 2 128 to help isolate problems in the feed unit assembly Are you able to determine where the failure is occurring 2 80 Service Manual 5060 00 Printer configuration diagrams for 24x paper jams Multipurpose Feeder Multipurpose Feeder 241 Tray 1
470. tor on the LVPS The voltage should measure assembly See assembly See approximately 3 3 V dc Fuser assembly Low voltage removal on power supply Is the voltage correct page 4 33 LVPS removal on page 4 40 2 48 Service Manual 129 Error code 5060 00x The fuser backup roll is under temperature during standby Replace the fuser top duct See Fuser top duct removal on page 4 36 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Turn the printer on and allow it to reach Ready Go to step 2 Replace the engine Note The printer may not complete POR and continue EL to display the 129 error message board removal Remove the fuser assembly from the printer and on page 4 31 measure the voltage on connector J10 7 on the engine board The voltage should measure approximately 43 3 V dc Is the voltage correct 2 Measure the voltage on pin 7 of the DC control Replace the fuser Replace the LVPS connector on the LVPS The voltage should measure assembly See assembly See approximately 3 3 V dc Fuser assembly Low voltage removal on power supply Is the voltage correct page 4 33 LVPS removal on page 4 40 Diagnostic information 2 49 5060 00 130 Error code Hot roll did not reach the correct standby temperature
471. tray PP 12G6538 NS 1 Screw type 124 PP 12G6539 NS 1 Screw type 121 PP 12G6540 NS 7370235 1 Kit relocation package assembly printer NS 7370563 1 Kit relocation package assembly Output Expander NS 7370564 1 Kit relocation package assembly 5 Bin Mailbox NS 7370565 1 Kit relocation package assembly 500 Drawer NS 7370566 1 Kit relocation package assembly Duplex NS 7370595 1 Kit relocation package assembly Finisher Parts catalog 7 77 5060 00 7 78 Service Manual 5060 00 Appendix Service tips Printhead diagnostics If you get a printhead error follow this diagnostic to find the specific failure 1 Verify that all the printhead cables are properly seated If the printhead cables are properly seated and the error remains record the error code Continue to the next step 2 Determine how to setup the printhead diagnostic tool a Ifthe printhead diagnostic tool is not configured as in the illustration below reconfigure it to match Y M Motor Y M Video K Motor C K Video b Select which pair of printheads to switch based on the error code If the printer displays the codes that indicate yellow or cyan use the tool to switch the yellow and cyan signals If the error code indicates a magenta or black error use the tool to switch the magenta and black signals Connect tool here for Connect tool here for yellow cyan magenta black Appendix A Service tips 1 5060 00 3 Install the printhe
472. ts parts as necessary Tray bias spring loose or missing Tray bias bellcrank Are any parts broken loose or missing 2 Make sure the autocompensator has fully retracted to Go to step 3 Go to Autocom its upper position pensator service Does the autocompensator retract correctly essct yl 3 Check for any signs of damage to the paper tray guide Replace the Paper Go to Autocom Is the paper tray guide damaged loose or missing Tray Guide 2 114 4 Check the following parts for wear damage or missing Repair or replace Go to Autocom parts parts as necessary pensator service Wear strips ber ip Restraint pads Wear clip Side restraint Back restraint and back restraint latch Are there broken worn or missing parts Diagnostic information 2 149 5060 00 Tray 1 paper size sensing service check The printer does not sense the size of the media installed in tray 1 Note If there is a problem when installing tray 1 tray 1 is difficult to remove or does not stay locked in position go to Tray 1 service check on page 2 149 Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Make sure tray 1 is installed and seated correctly inthe Go to step 2 Install Tray 1 printer correctly If there is still a problem go Is the tray correctly installed to Tray 1 service check on page 2 149 2 Is another 500 sheet tray available Go to step 3 Go to s
473. ty exposure from any non Lexmark attachments Lubrication specifications Lubricate only when parts are replaced or as needed not on a scheduled basis Use of lubricants other than those specified can cause premature failure Some unauthorized lubricants may chemically attack polycarbonate parts Use IBM no 10 oil P N 1280443 Approved equivalents Mobil DTE27 Shell Tellus 100 Fuchs Renolin MR30 IBM no 23 grease Approved equivalent Shell Darina 1 and grease P N 99A0394 to lubricate appropriate areas Use Nyogel type 774 to lubricate the Fuser Drive Assembly and Nyogel 744 to lubricate the ITU and Cartridge Drive assemblies Preventive maintenance 6 1 5060 00 Lubrication for replacement motors The motor drive FRUs contain the proper lubricant in the FRU Only use the lubricant included Fuser drive assembly Before installing the new Fuser Drive Assembly 1 Apply a thin coating of Nyogel type 774 grease to the points identified A from the supplied packet 2 Rotate the motor housing B to distribute evenly 6 2 Service Manual 5060 00 Cartridge drive assembly 1 Apply a thin coating of Nyogel type 744 grease to the points identified A from the supplied packet 2 Rotate the motor housing B to distribute evenly ITU drive assembly 1 Apply a thin coating of Nyogel type 744 grease to the points identified A from the supplied packet Note Do not lubricate Gear 58 C 2 Rotate the motor housi
474. u Four margin offset settings are displayed T sxx B sxx L sxx Where is the current value and sis the sign or 3 Press Go to print the Quick Test Page A 10 Service Manual 5060 00 Examine the registration marks the top bottom left and right sides on the page Registration Line 4 Adjust the margin settings so that the Registration lines are on the edge of the page Repeat for each margin Adjust the top margin before bottom margin and the right margin before the left Value Description Value change effect Range T Top margin Increasing the value moves the color plane 25 to 25 down the page L Left margin Increasing the value moves the color plane 25 to 25 to the left R Right margin Increasing the value moves the color plane 12 to 12 to the left B Bottom margin Increasing the value moves the color plane 12 to 12 down the page Menu changes the values Select saves the new value chosen and moves to the next margin setting Press Go to print the Quick Test Page after adjusting the margins and saving the change Select 5 After completing the registration press Return to exit the registration function Appendix A Service tips A 11 5060 00 Electronic color alignment Note Use of a loupe or magnifying glass 4x or higher may make observation of th
475. u seja cuidadoso caso o produto tenha de estar ligado corrente el ctrica para realizar a tarefa necess ria xviii Service Manual Informacio de Seguretat especifics El fabricant no es fa responsable de les q estions de seguretat si s utilitzen peces de recanvi no autoritzades destinada a ning que no ho sigui 5060 00x La seguretat d aquest producte es basa l avaluaci i aprovaci del disseny original i els components La informaci manteniment d aquest producte est orientada exclusivament a professionals i no est El risc de xoc el ctric i de danys personals pot augmentar durant el proc s de desmuntatge i de servei d aquest producte El personal professional ha d estar ne assabentat i prendre les mesures convenients PRECAUCIO aquest s mbol indica que voltatge de la part de amb la qual esteu treballant s perill s Abans de comengar desendolleu l equip extremeu les precaucions si per treballar amb l equip l heu de connectar 21 gt gt OF 2 o HH mE x aa o 2 pii a 2 H gt qo 9 Min ri gt con r za 9 9 9 gt 9 9 4 9 long 2 jor rot o o H zou oe 21 Eg A gt rm 0 gt 219 41 o g Jo mu ase 2221 or om 2 AE Zu n gt
476. uckler removal See Friction buckler on page 7 21 for the part number 1 Press the multipurpose feeder MPF latch to disconnect the MPF 2 Use needlenose pliers to remove the buckler housing 3 Replace the friction buckler 4 32 Service Manual 5060 00 Fuser assembly removal CAUTION Be sure the fuser assembly has cooled before you remove it See Fuser assembly 115V 500W on page 7 9 or Fuser assembly 220V 500W on page 7 9 for the part numbers 1 Open the lower right door assembly 2 Unlatch the two fuser latches A 3 Remove the fuser assembly Repair information 4 33 5060 00 Fuser bottom duct removal See Fuser bottom duct on page 7 5 for the part number Remove Fuser assembly removal on page 4 33 Remove Fuser top duct removal on page 4 36 Remove the redrive belt cover duct A Remove fuser left duct B 5 Remove fuser bottom duct Fuser drive assembly removal See Fuser drive assembly w motor on page 7 12 for the part number 1 Remove Fuser bottom duct removal on page 4 34 4 34 Service Manual 5060 00 2 Swing lever A and disengage VTB shaft 3 Remove the fuser drive assembly screws A type 323 on page 4 3 and remove the assembly A B 323 Repair information 4 35 5060 00 Fuser fan removal See Fuser fan on page 7 41 for the part number 1 Remove the rear fan cover See Rea
477. uity Replace in order 1 Developer HVPS board See Developer HVPS board removal on page 4 30 2 Engine board See Engine board removal on page 4 31 Replace the developer HVPS cable Black and white cyan magenta and yellow are missing correct color driver is installed Is the correct color driver installed color driver Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Check the Print Mode setting in the Color Menu Change the setting Go to step 2 Is the Print Mode set to Black amp White fo 2 Ask the user network administrator to check if the Install the correct Go to Black only retract BOR service check on page 2 117 Light print over the entire page e Ifall colors have light print go to All colors have light print over the entire page on page 2 142 e f only one color has light print go to One color has light print over the entire page on page 2 143 All colors have light print over the entire page Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Replace the second transfer roll See Second Go to step 2 Problem resolved transfer roll removal on page 4 82 Does the light print persist 2 Turn the printer off Check the cable connections Go to step 3 Problem resolved between the transfer HVPS board and the system board 3 Check continuity on the cable between the rear second Replace the Check the trans
478. uto Network Buffer Auto MAC Binary PS Auto STO WET SETUP USB MENU STANDARD USB PCL SmartSwitch On PS SmartSwitch On NPA Mode Auto US8 Buffer Auto MAC Binary PS Auto Other Settings Tray Auto Size Auto PCL Type Fonts On Feed Timeout 60 Job Timeout Disabled Stored Job Limit 5 Appendix Print quality samples 1 5060 00 Print Menus Page two of two Lexmark C750 Printer Information Page Count 35308 Installed Memory 128m8 Processor Type Processor Speed RM7000 w 256k 12 350 Seriel Number 140000x CalStat 17417 CalSet 5 50 5 59 3 88 11 06 12 00 Tot E 35245 C 35245 C 35245 35245 Engine 10 05 R00 Boot 01 00 800 Engine 20 Loader 853 007 0 Kernel 853 005 0 Base 855 007 0 Network 853 007A 3 Ethernet 10 100 Panel 7 02 Font 8 09 Installed Features 128MB Memory B 2 Service Manual 5060 00 Print tests Appendix Print quality samples B 3 5060 00 Print Quality Pages Title page total of five Lexmark Print Quality Test Printer Information ITU Information Page Count 8222 ITU Serial Num 00 05 08 23 02 PSAC Q 1125 ITU Page Count 8222 PSAC F 829 ITU Cycle Count 30313 Installed Memory 128 MB Processor Type RM7065 w 256k 12 MARGIN SETTINGS Processor Speed 500MHz Top Margin 22 Serial Number 20 KCD Bottom Margin 10 CalStat 0010 Left Margin 0 CalSet 2 56 0 00 3 00 Right Margin 2 5 00 6 00 Cyan Top Mar
479. ve the fuser Go to step 2 Replace the LVPS and see if the hot roll lamp turns on and off You may assembly See have to observe the fuser for a few minutes Low voltage Does the hot roll lamp turn off and on AVS removal on page 4 40 2 Turn the printer on and measure the voltage on Replace the fuser Replace the engine connector J10 11 on the engine board The voltage assembly See board assembly should measure approximately 0 13 V dc to Fuser assembly See Engine 0 64 V dc as the hot roll lamp turns on and off removal on board removal Is the voltage correct 4 33 es 2 46 Service Manual 125 Error code Hot fuser 5060 00x The printer detects a problem with the fuser running over temperature or the backup rolls have been on too long A problem could exist in the fuser assembly with the backup roll bearings backup roll thermistor or other backup roll parts The LVPS or engine board assembly may also be failing Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Open the right fuser access door Observe the fuser Go to step 2 Replace the LVPS and see if the backup roll lamp turns on and off You assembly See may have to observe the fuser for a few minutes Low voltage Does the backup roll lamp turn off and on LPS renovar on page 4 40 2 Turn the printer on and measure the voltage on Replace the fuser Replace the engine connector J10 12 on the engine board
480. x control solenoid assembly ohms board assembly Is the resistance correct 4 Mechanical linkage motor assembly check the gears Replace the Replace the 5 bin clutch and other linkage parts for correct operation and mechanical mailbox control any signs of wear broken gear teeth or damaged parts linkage DC motor board assembly Are the mechanical linkage assembly mechanical parts assembly broken worn or damaged Ready Bin x Full message may be able to clear message and paper feeds into bin selected Note This sensor is normally in a open position with the flag out of the sensor slot Step Action and questions Yes No 1 Bin x sensor Bin x sensor 1 through 5 make sure Go to step 2 Install the sensor the sensor is seated correctly in the side of tray x correctly Is the sensor seated correctly 2 Bin x sensor cable make sure that Bin x sensor cable Go to step 3 Install the sensor is connected to the sensor and to the control board cable correctly Is the sensor cable connected correctly 3 Bin x sensor flag check the Bin x sensor flag for Repair or replace Go to step 4 binding and proper operation the sensor flag Are there any problems with the sensor flag 4 Bin x sensor cable check the continuity of the sensor Replace the Bin x Replace the Bin x cable sensor cable Is there continuity 2 106 Service Manual Bin x Full no message that Bin x is full 5060
481. xto y where xto 1 to 5 Note This message is used for multiple bin output devices Check the autoconnects above and below the failing option to make sure they are seated and connected correctly Go to service check for the device indicated 990 device This error message indicates that an equipment check condition has occurred in the specified device but the device is unable to identify the exact component failure Note device can be one of the following Duplex option Tray x where x 1 2 3 4 or 5 Output bin x where x 1 2 3 or 6 Note This message is used for single bin output devices Output bin x to y where 1 to 5 Note This message is used for multiple bin output devices Go to the 990 service check for the specified device 991 device Card This error message indicates that a device has detected an equipment check in its system board Note device can be one of the following Duplex option Tray x where x 1 2 3 4 or 5 Output bin x where x 1 2 3 or 6 Note This message is used for single bin output devices e Output bin x to y where x21 to 5 Note This message is used for multiple bin output devices Go to the service check for the device indicated Go to the service check for the specified device 1xx service errors 100 ITU Error ITU stall go to 100 ITU Error on page 2 42 101 ITU Error Invalid ITU memory replace the ITU See ITU assemb
482. y 21 1 Electronics 7 36 Service Manual Assembly 21 1 Electronics 5060 00x Asm Part index number Units Description 21 1 22 Screw PP 12G6309 2 12G6331 1 RIP board ground shield 3 56P1188 1 RIP board assembly network model 5060 002 4 12G6334 2 INA riser support bracket 5 12G6326 1 Riser card assembly w o support brackets 6 12G6335 1 Standoff INA RIP spacer 7 56P9910 1 SDRAM DIMM 128MB 7 12G6509 1 SDRAM DIMM 64MB 8 56P1187 1 RIP board assembly non network Model 5060 001 9 99A0426 1 Screw parallel connector mounting 10 99A1611 1 Ethernet blank shield use with non network RIP boards 11 99A0408 1 INA blank flat shield use when options are not installed 12 99A2432 1 Blank parallel shield use with network RIP boards 13 12G6333 1 RIP board shield assembly 14 12G6332 1 RIP board cover shield Parts catalog 7 37 5060 00 Assembly 21 2 Electronics 2 sane Units Description 21 2 4 12G6327 1 Transfer HVPS board 2 1 Screw PP 12G6309 3 1 Screw PP 12G6533 4 1 Screw PP 12G6530 5 12G6541 4 Standoff high voltage power supply developer 6 4 Screw PP 12G6540 7 12G6328 1 Developer HVPS board 7 38 Service Manual Assembly 21 3 Electronics 5060 00x oo ibe Units Description 21 3 12G6336 1 Engine board shield 2 12 Screw PP 12G6531 3 12G6323 1 Engine board 4 12G6387 1 Ground strap 5 1

Lexmark C750 Service Manual (5060-00x)

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents